110307 News As Talked About on The Harry Thomas Show week in review
=============================================================================================
Why Is The Mainstream Media Scared Of This Man?
Live Leak | October 31, 2007
WATCH HERE
Learn why you should also listen to what this presidential hopeful has to say and why we feel that he is the only candidate worth voting for in this election. Could he be the savior of this great nation? Find out in the coming issue.
Also featuring: 60 Second Activism, Activist Profile- “Ron Paul MeetUp Austin”, Learn how to live "Off the Grid" with this feature on Organic Gardening, 9/11 Six Years Later, Constitutional RE-Education and The End of the IRS Pt 2.
Find patriot owned businesses with products and services that could help you live out the dream of our forefathers in our patriot pages.
ORDER YOUR BULK ACTIVIST COPIES NOW. We have opened the doors for you to order 25, 50, 100 copes or more of this special issue. Republic Magazine is the perfect tool to wake up the American people to the evil acts that are methodically eroding our freedoms. Order now before we sell out!
ORDER YOUR ACTIVIST COPIES HERE
Spread the word an help us WAKE-UP America! Please help by ordering your copies now.
VIEW ISSUE # 2 FOR FREE NOW PDF
VIEW ISSUE # 1 FOR FREE NOW PDF
Investors around the world know and respect Jim Rogers as a smart, successful, maverick investor. He was an original partner with George Soros - they founded the Quantum fund together. In the late 1990's, he turned bullish on commodities - notably gold, and predicted the beginning of a great bull market in commodities in his best selling, Hot Commodities.
Jim recently endorsed Ron Paul in a video interview with the Financial Times. In this excellent interview on the Financial Times website, he says that Ron Paul "is the only one I've seen in American politics that seems to have a clue with what's going on in the world..."
The whole interview is well worth your time - he begins by talking about the future direction of the US dollar - but his endorsement of Ron Paul comes at around the 4:45 mark. Unfortunately, emphasizing his reputation as an early adopter / maverick / contrarian, Jim goes on to say, "If I'm supporting him, there is no way he is going to win..." :-( This is not as bad as it sounds, since he has a reputation in the investment community of being unconventional and also right! So having Rogers put Ron Paul's name out there is huge!
Ron Paul's Meteoric Rise Web rankings prove Ron Paul is attracting more and more attention while every other candidate is flat
Steve Watson Prison Planet Saturday November 3, 2007
A cursory analysis of Ron Paul's web rankings on Alexa proves that his presidential campaign is soaring while all his nearest rivals are no longer attracting any new visitors and are languishing in the congressmen's wake.
The following graph (click for enlargement) compares Ron Paul's ranking (in blue) with that of Hillary Clinton, Barack Obama, Mitt Romney and Rudy Giuliani:
Ron Paul's website is currently ranked at 13,494 and has risen 9,247 within the last 3 months, a rise of 81%.
Meanwhile Hillary Clinton's site is ranked at 35,143, a drop of over 12,000 in the last three months, with giuliani way down at 121,745.
Ron Paul's online popularity is also reflected in the straw polls and the debate polls he has won.
Fox News Exposed Censoring Ron Paul
Ron Paul at GOP Executive Meeting 11-01-2007 (Part 1) Ron Paul at GOP Executive Meeting 11-01-2007 (Part 2) Ron Paul at GOP Executive Meeting 11-01-2007 (Part 3) Ron Paul at GOP Executive Meeting 11-01-2007 (Part 4) Ron Paul at GOP Executive Meeting 11-01-2007 (Part 5) Ron Paul at GOP Executive Meeting 11-01-2007 (Part 6) Recent Videos Ron Paul on Freedom to Fascism & Aaron Russo Ron Paul in Aaron Russo's Freedom to Fascism Hutton Gibson Endorses Ron Paul for President More Videos ============================================================================================= Neocons Dream Up Nefarious Alex Jones - Ron Paul Plot TruthNews | October 30, 2007 Kurt Nimmo Neocons never rest, especially when they are tasked with shooting down the only Constitution-based presidential candidate out of fear he will, when elected, put an end to their clash of civilizations mass murder campaign. For instance, the neocon blogger �Allahpundit,� posting on the Hot Air site, is busy accusing Ron Paul and Alex Jones of some sort of shadowy collusion. ��it seems now we've got money moving in both directions between America's Greatest Patriot and this bottom-feeding Truther jackass: a $2,300 donation from Jones to Paul and a $1,300 payment this quarter from Paul's campaign to �Jones, Alex.' Assuming it's the same Alex Jones, which seems a safe bet, pray tell what might that payment have been for?� writes the dirt-sniffing blogger. Nothing nefarious here, folks. Indeed, Alex Jones donated to the Ron Paul campaign, as radio talk show hosts are allowed to donate to the political campaigns of their choice. As for the supposed �$1,300 payment� to Alex Jones, this was merely a refund. Jones made a mistake�he intended to donate $1,000, not $2,300, and the $1,300 was a refund. The transaction was noted by OpenSecrets, an organization covering presidential funding. But never mind. In the demented recesses of the average neocon mind, this transaction is considered some sort of �sinister� conspiracy�one they hope may bring down the Ron Paul campaign, as the neocons want to make it look like Ron Paul is paying Alex Jones for favorable coverage on his radio show and websites. It irks the neocons to no end that a real conservative is running for the presidency. Obviously, the cons want the snake Rudy Giuliani to reign as decider-commander in 2009�they have packed his campaign with their Machiavellian-Straussian �advisors,� including the swami of destruction, Norman Podhoretz, who never encountered a Muslim he did not want to kill, or at least make suffer by way of bunker-buster. Finally, Rick Moran posted a partial retraction on the American Thinker site: As far as the specific charge in my piece yesterday that the Paul campaign paid 9/11 truther and New World Order conspiracist Alex Jones $1300 in �services,� the facts of the matter are different. The �disbursement� that was paid to Mr. Jones was a partial refund of a campaign contribution made by Jones, who originally donated the maximum amount of $2300. I regret the confusion caused by the difference between �services� rendered by Mr. Jones and the partial refund of his contribution. Fair enough, except for the fact Moran took the opportunity to slam Alex Jones, Endgame, and Ron Paul. �Paul's supporters will continue their campaign of intimidation against us, of that I am sure,� Moran concludes after quoting several venomous emails he received. �But I for one will not be deterred from reporting on the decidedly unbalanced and frightening nature of both his supporters and the direction his campaign would take America.� Of course, as we live in Bushzarro world, it is not �unbalanced and frightening� that a gaggle of pernicious neocons want to launch World War IV, as they fondly call it. For a bit more enlightenment on this story, check out the comments posted on the the Liberty Papers blog . ============================================================================================= Ron Paul Gaining Ground In New Hampshire New poll proves mainstream dismissal of congressman's presidential campaign is foolhardy Steve Watson Infowars.net Monday, Oct 29, 2007 A newly released presidential primary preference poll indicates that Ron Paul is gaining significant ground in New Hampshire and dispels the mainstream media myth that the Congressman is not amongst the top tier candidates. The poll, conducted by St. Anselm College's Institute of Politics, puts Ron Paul 4th behind Giuliani, McCain and Romney with 7.4 percent. It places Fred Thompson, touted as second favourite to take the GOP nomination, in 6th place. The poll also shows that 40 percent describe themselves as "independents" who may vote Republican, and 19 percent who will, are still undecided. Ron Paul's campaign staff are encouraged by these figures as they show that none of the other big name candidates have grasped the imagination of voters, leaving the door very much open for the Congressman Paul's campaign office is about to embark on a major media blitz in New Hampshire, readying phone banks to call potential Ron Paul supporters throughout the state and major TV ads, such as the one below. Congressman Paul, who filed his declaration of candidacy to run in the New Hampshire presidential primary at the State house in Concord last week, is also scheduled to make an appearance on the Tonight Show with Jay Leno tomorrow night. Recent poll results from public opinion service Rasmussen Reports also indicate that support for Ron Paul could be much higher nationwide, placing him above Giuliani in some instances. "By all accounts, Dr. Paul's support is rising steadily," said Paul campaign chairman Kent Snyder. "Americans are ready for a change and his unifying message of freedom, peace and prosperity is bringing more people together every day." ============================================================================================= Ron Paul is Winning Murray Sabrin USA Daily Monday October 29, 2007 Despite his relatively low standing in the national polls, GOP presidential candidate Ron Paul is winning the intellectual debate about the role of government. As the campaign unfolds we will see if his Internet support translates into huge fourth quarter contributions and then substantial votes in the early primaries. In the meantime, presidential candidates are sounding more like Dr. Paul everyday. On Meet the Press yesterday, Senator Chris Dodd (D) of Connecticut was interviewed by host Tim Russert. Senator Dodd is seeking his party’s nomination for president and is polling at 0% nationally. That is not a misprint. 0%! Yet, Dodd’s appearance on the long running Sunday morning talk show is due to the presidential candidate series MTP is holding every week. Fair enough. What was so surprising about Senator Dodd’s appearance yesterday was his statement that “…the first thing I would do on January 20th, 2009… is restore the Constitution. I’m very worried about where we’re headed… ” When was the last time we heard a Democrat state he wants to restore the Constitution! Does that make Dodd a Jeffersonian Democrat? Is Dodd a Ron Paul Democrat who wants to restore limited government and a noninterventionist foreign policy? Not quite. On Senator Dodd’s presidential campaign website the following blurb under “Restoring the Constitution” appears: “Chris Dodd is appalled by the current administration’s assault on our Constitutional Rights. That is why Senator Dodd introduced the Restoring the Constitution Act, which would restore habeas corpus and require the US to live up to the Geneva Conventions. It would remedy much of the harm done to our nation’s commitment to due process rights by the misguided Military Commissions Act.” Some may conclude that Senator Dodd has been a supporter of the American people’s civil liberties since 9/11. You would be wrong. Dodd voted for the Patriot Act in 2001. Nevertheless, he may have had an epiphany. Most people do. In the upcoming presidential debate televised Tuesday night on MSNBC in Philadelphia Senator Dodd will have another opportunity to express his unequivocal support for the U.S. Constitution. I predict that as the primaries get closer and closer more of the GOP field will sound like Ron Paul on all of the issues except Iraq. However, if the war deteriorates over the next several months, don’t be surprised to hear pro-war GOP candidates calling for the troops coming home sooner rather than later. We will see. In another vein, on The McLaughlin Group that also aired Sunday the panelists were asked to make a prediction at the end of the show. Newsweek columnist Eleanor Clift made the following statement: “Ron Paul with his anti-war and libertarian message will be the big story coming out of New Hampshire.” There it was from one of the media’s best known liberal commentators. Ron Paul will be the big story out of New Hampshire. A colleague of mine at Ramapo College said he saw Ron Paul signs “everywhere” when he was in the Granite State recently. The “yard sign” indicator may be a better predictor of a candidate’s real strength than an establishment presidential poll. And by winning the intellectual debate on Iraq, civil liberties, taxes, government spending, regulation, the Federal Reserve, immigration, and other issues, the Ron Paul Presidential Campaign may be on the verge of winning the GOP nomination as well. ============================================================================================= Candidate Paul May Be Nader With a Twist New York Sun | November 1, 2007 SETH GITELL Ron Paul could be the Ralph Nader of 2008. Only this time, a third-party candidacy could hurt the Republicans, not the Democrats. For now, Mr. Paul's campaign is dismissing talk of a run as anything other than a Republican, and the candidate himself is focused on the primaries. "Ron's committed to running for the Republican nomination or nothing," a spokesman for Mr. Paul, Jesse Benton, said. Mr. Paul, who ran as a Libertarian presidential candidate in 1988, said the same to the Wall Street Journal last month. Nevertheless, the relative success the Texas congressman is having on the campaign trail has political observers envisioning how a Paul third-party candidacy would shake out. The possibility of a candidacy by Mr. Paul on the Libertarian ticket began being discussed in earnest after last month's Republican debate in Michigan, when Chris Matthews of MSNBC asked him if he promised to back the Republican nominee. "Not right now I don't," he said, adding, "Not unless they're willing to end the war and bring our troops home, not unless they're willing to look at excessive spending." In an election that pitted, say, Mayor Giuliani against Senator Clinton, at whom the anti-war movement has bristled, Mr. Paul might find a rationale for a candidacy. And given Mr. Paul's strong fund-raising numbers during the third quarter of 2007, his campaign having garnered $5.2 million and possessing $5.4 million of cash on hand, he has outperformed expectations. "Would he hurt the Republicans? The answer is yes. Could he hurt them somewhat in the Deep South?" a Democratic strategist, Hank Sheinkopf, said. "Could he do to them what Ralph Nader did to the Democrats in 2000? The answer is yes." Mr. Paul's presence is currently making itself felt on the Internet, where he is raising almost 80% of his money, and on the ground in New Hampshire, where his sign-holding supporters are a frequent sight on the campaign trail. In New Hampshire, Mr. Paul's campaign has distributed a direct mail piece and produced radio and television ads giving informed Republicans the sense that he may finish as high as third place in the Granite State, which Patrick Buchanan won in 1996 with a somewhat similar, though not identical, angry outsider message. A former political consultant to Jesse Ventura and Ralph Nader, Bill Hillsman, the president of North Woods Advertising, said a third-party candidacy for Mr. Paul could pick up steam. "You can see the potential there for something if he had some breakthrough messaging," Mr. Hillsman said. "He's got a little bit of money and some strong supporters. It reminds me of the Jesse Ventura thing in Minnesota. His people sound pretty dedicated. You can go a long way with that kind of dedication and support." Asked whether there was a possibility Mr. Paul could draw from the right and left, Mr. Hillsman said "I think there could be. � If they don't like their choices in a general, it could happen." Full article here ============================================================================================= Is San Francisco Ron Paul territory? Scott Martelle LA Times Monday October 29, 2007 SAN FRANCISCO — Stephanie Burns and Ben Parkinson strolled down sun-drenched Fillmore Street with political thievery on their minds. Both are grass-roots volunteers for Republican presidential contender Ron Paul, a Texas congressman whose libertarian views might seem to make him a tough sell in this legendarily left-wing city. But Burns, Parkinson and other Paul supporters have been spending their weekends marching, staffing tables and knocking on doors in an improbable quest: picking up some of California's 173 convention delegates in the Feb. 5 primary. On the surface, the plan seems quixotic given general assumptions about California: that the state is too big for retail politics, and that campaign victory requires expensive TV ads in Los Angeles, San Francisco, San Diego and Sacramento. But for the Republicans, that changed when the state party amended its rules before the 2004 primary. Instead of awarding all the state's delegates to whomever wins the statewide vote, the GOP doles out three delegates to the winner of each of the state's 53 congressional districts. (Eleven at-large delegates also go to the top vote-getter in the state, and three more delegates are unpledged.) The rule change might seem arcane, but it has forced campaigns to reach into the state's nooks and crannies beyond key media markets. And it has emboldened Paul supporters to organize here in San Francisco, across the bay in Oakland and in other districts with relatively few Republicans, under the theory that it's easier for a small fish to campaign in a small pond. "We don't have to chase that many people," said Burns, a construction site manager from Sausalito who leads a 345-member group of Bay Area Paul supporters who came together through Meetup.com. "That's what makes it attractive." Under the rules, whoever wins in San Francisco's District 8 -- represented by Democratic House Speaker Nancy Pelosi and containing 34,000 registered Republicans -- will receive the same number of delegates as the top vote-getter in Orange County District 48, held by John Campbell, with 200,000 Republicans. In Pelosi's district, the winning threshold is low. Primary voter turnout historically is less than 50%, which means fewer than 17,000 Republicans are likely to vote. With a wide field of candidates, the number of votes to win a plurality -- and the district's three delegates -- is likely to be just a few thousand. "To me, that's a jewel waiting to be plucked," said Jerry Collins, a retired workers' compensation analyst and Paul volunteer. "The Republican Party is split, with maybe 30% following along with Bush and will never let go. About 30% is also very much opposed to the war. . . . It's real doable if we can reach those Republicans and get converts from, first of all, the [registered] Libertarians and independents." Dan Schnur, a longtime Republican strategist not working with any of the presidential contenders, said the Paul volunteers "are probably overly optimistic, but it's the right way of thinking." The new allocation rules mean that the major candidates will probably focus more on direct mail and voter contact than on television ads. And, Schnur said, the campaigns will need to be more diffuse. "You're going to see each campaign target its message toward those geographic areas where they've got the greatest chance of success," Schnur said. "You're going to see five or six parallel campaigns going on simultaneously in different parts of the state. . . . Direct mail and e-mail and volunteer contacts become that much more valuable." But so far the leading Republican contenders -- former New York Mayor Rudolph W. Giuliani, former Massachusetts Gov. Mitt Romney and former Tennessee Sen. Fred Thompson -- have done little overt organizing at the congressional district level. They are running relatively light traditional statewide campaigns as they focus on the "kingmaker" early states of Iowa and New Hampshire and, to a lesser extent, Nevada and South Carolina. "We're very conscious of the unique opportunities to be very creative," said Robert Stutzman, a senior advisor to Romney in California. "We're very confident in what we're doing to help capitalize on what we think will be a slingshot effect for Gov. Romney on Feb. 5." Stutzman said strategists were aware of the Paul volunteer efforts. "I think the Paul campaign may perform better than people expect in some places in the country, but by the time that comes to California, a lot of the wind will be out of the sails," Stutzman said. "The challenge among his followers is to actually make sure they are dealing with registered Republicans. The activist base is very libertarian, just not necessarily Republican." The Giuliani campaign did not respond to requests for detail on its California strategy. Full article here. ============================================================================================= Ron Paul's Presidential Odds Drastically Slashed Britain's biggest bookie has Texas Congressman 12/1 to win White House, down from 66/1 Prison Planet | October 31, 2007 Paul Joseph Watson Britain's biggest bookmaker William Hill has drastically slashed Ron Paul's odds of becoming president from 66/1 to just 12/1, putting him on course to go head to head with Rudolph Giuliani for the Republican nomination, which will be decided in the next six months. After initially writing off the Texas Congressman as a fringe candidate, the establishment media are finally having to admit that Paul's meteoric rise over the last 10 months have turned him into a frontrunner with a real chance of claiming victory should his growth curve continue. Ron Paul is now ahead of John Edwards and John McCain in the betting and is closing in fast on Barack Obama, Al Gore, Fred Thompson and Mitt Romney, according to William Hill's odds . From being Ron Who? to many people back in January when he announced his attention to run, Paul has captivated the nation with his fierce and patriotic defense of the constitution, standing out from the rest of the Neo-Con dead horses in the Republican field that the establishment had hoped to run in order to ensure Hillary Clinton's election. Clinton is still hot favorite, but with members of her own party viciously attacking her pro-war record in the Democratic debate yesterday, the tide could be starting to turn. Other betting companies like BetUSA.com place Ron Paul ahead of Mitt Romney at just 6/1. The Ron Paul Revolution has blown away all cynicism about the people's candidate not having a snowball's chance in hell and now is the time to re-double our efforts in educating others about the Texas Congressman's campaign. We are encouraging all our readers to support the November 5th donation drive which aims to put another $10 million in Paul's campaign coffers by bringing together 100,000 people to donate $100 each. ============================================================================================= Ron Paul Freedom Train < Watch Music Video ============================================================================================= George Carlin Questions "Received Reality" Of 9/11 Story Grammy award winning comedian, actor says new investigation would be whitewash Paul Joseph Watson Prison Planet Monday, October 29, 2007 Grammy-winning American stand-up comedian, actor, and author George Carlin spoke of his doubts about the official 9/11 story during a recent appearance at Borders bookstore in New York City, just a few blocks away from ground zero. Asked what he thought of the 9/11 truth movement and how Bill Maher's show was interrupted by truthers last week, Carlin responded, "I always question the received reality." "The consensus reality is often intentionally misleading," he added. Asked if he would support a new investigation into 9/11, Carlin was skeptical, stating, "They don't investigate themselves in this country - it would be a whitewash, it would be like the Kennedy thing, it would be like everything." "The people who are in charge do what they want and they will always do what they want, power does what it wants to and I wouldn't trust an investigation," Carlin concluded. Watch the video. Carlin was described by Comedy Central as the second greatest stand-up comedian of all time behind Richard Prior and is famous for his scathing black humor directed at American culture and the political climate. During a recent appearance on Keith Olbermann's MSNBC show, Carlin said that America was "finished" because "no one questions things anymore" and that the population had been bought off by distractions, toys and gizmos. Watch a stand-up routine where Carlin slams the education system and talks about the true power system that controls America. ============================================================================================= Martin Sheen Questions Official 9/11 Story Follows in footsteps of son Charlie Sheen, highlights implausible collapse of WTC 7, asks why building was "rigged" Paul Joseph Watson Prison Planet Monday, October 29, 2007 Actor Martin Sheen questioned the official 9/11 story, as well as the collapse of Building 7 and Larry Silverstein's "pull it" comment during an anti-war march this past weekend in Los Angeles, saying that recent revelations about the attacks had caused him to have doubts. Sheen was interviewed by We Are Change L.A. along with fellow actor Mark Ruffalo during an event hosted by the ANSWER Coalition at which around 20,000 people attended. Emmy and Golden Globe Award-winning Martin Sheen, star of blockbuster films like Apocalypse Now and hit series The West Wing, follows in the footsteps of his son Charlie Sheen, who publicly spoke of his doubts about the official 9/11 story back in March 2006. Martin Sheen said that he was dubious about questioning the official story until his son introduced him to new information about the anomalies of what happened on that day. "Up until last year, I was very dubious," said Sheen, "I did not want to believe that my government could possibly be involved in such a thing, I could not live in a country that I thought could do that - that would be the ultimate betrayal," he added. "However, there have been so many revelations that now I have my doubts, and chief among them is Building 7 - how did they rig that building so that it came down on the evening of the day?" said Sheen. Sheen also questioned the comments of Larry Silverstein, the leaseholder of the WTC complex, who told a September 2002 documentary that the decision was made to "pull" Building 7, a demolition industry term for the deliberate implosion of a structure. "How convenient," said Sheen, "When did they rig that building? That's the most interesting question and I have not received a satisfactory answer - nobody could give me an answer to how you rig the building - what a coincidence - two weeks prior and then bring it down on the day, that is the one thing that I have not got a sensible answer about from anyone," he concluded. Sheen also stated that NORAD's failure to follow its standard operating procedure on 9/11 was "something to wonder about". Watch the video below. Click here to listen to the audio MP3. Though Fox News and other attack dogs are likely to seize upon Sheen's comments and run hit pieces, the National Institute of Standards and Technology itself had to admit recently that the total collapse of the twin towers at free fall speed could not be explained. NIST also promised to investigate whether explosive devices were involved in the collapse of Building 7 in August last year. The issue of Building 7 stoked controversy earlier this year when archive footage from news networks including BBC and CNN emerged that showed correspondents reporting the collapse the 47-story skyscraper over 20 minutes before it fell, leading some to charge that people with foreknowledge of the collapse were feeding networks a script as the events of 9/11 unfolded. Video to follow, watch this space. -------------------------------------------------------------- ============================================================================================= Actor Ruffalo "Baffled" At Collapse Of Twin Towers Joins Martin Sheen in publicly doubting 9/11 official story, slams Commission as "illegitimate" Prison Planet | October 30, 2007 Paul Joseph Watson Award winning actor Mark Ruffalo says he is "baffled" at the collapse of the twin towers and Building 7 on 9/11 and has called for re-opening the investigation into the attacks, joining Martin Sheen in publicly doubting the government's official story. Ruffalo's notable film roles include Michel Gondry's Eternal Sunshine of the Spotless Mind , Academy Award-nominated 2000 film You Can Count on Me and most recently, 2007's Zodiac . He is a vocal critic of the Iraq war having appeared on Democracy Now and spoken at the October 2006 World Can't Wait protest in New York City. In an interview with We Are Change L.A. at an anti-war rally in Los Angeles this past weekend, Ruffalo said he was "baffled" with how the twin towers and Building 7 came down, but cautioned that so much information had been put out that the truth had been "stretched" and that too many people were being distracted by the more "sensational" aspects of some claims made about 9/11 that were being fostered to "discredit the movement." Ruffalo also slammed the 9/11 Commission Report. "The fact that the 9/11 investigation went from the moment the planes hit to the moment the buildings fell and nothing before and nothing after I think makes that investigation completely illegitimate," said Ruffalo. "If you're gonna do a crime investigation, you have to find motive....and we didn't follow that, it was quickly pushed away," he added. Ruffalo concurred that the immediate interference in the crime scene as well as the initial appointment of Henry Kissinger to head the 9/11 Commission were obvious signs that the investigation was compromised, mandating a re-opening of the inquiry. Click here for the audio MP3. Ruffalo joins two other highly prominent public figures who have also expressed doubts about the official 9/11 story just in the last few days alone. Actor Martin Sheen spoke at length about how he finds the government version difficult to swallow during the same ANSWER rally in Los Angeles that Ruffalo attended, a story that has received absolutely no mainstream press attention at time of writing. Award winning comedian George Carlin also questioned the "received reality" of 9/11 during a recent appearance at Borders Bookstore in New York City. ============================================================================================= Official Statement Confirms Detonations on 9/11 RINF Alternative News | November 1, 2007 Smoking gun testimony, demolition detonations reported by top brass in official statement The rank of this witness is: CAPTAIN KARIN DESHORE OF BATTALION 46 CAPTAIN KARIN DESHORE QUOTE : �SOMEWHERE AROUND THE MIDDLE OF THE WORLD TRADE CENTER, THERE WAS THIS ORANGE AND RED FLASH COMING OUT. �INITIALLY IT WAS JUST ONE FLASH. THEN THIS FLASH JUST KEPT POPPING ALL THE WAY AROUND THE BUILDING AND THAT BUILDING HAD STARTED TO EXPLODE. THE POPPING SOUND, AND WITH EACH POPPING SOUND IT WAS INITIALLY AN ORANGE AND THEN RED FLASH CAME OUT OF THE BUILDING AND THEN IT WOULD JUST GO ALL AROUND THE BUILDING ON BOTH SIDES AS FAR AS I COULD SEE. THESE POPPING SOUNDS AND THE EXPLOSIONS WERE GETTING BIGGER, GOING BOTH UP AND DOWN AND THEN ALL AROUND THE BUILDING. I WENT INSIDE AND TOLD EVERYBODY THAT THE OTHER BUILDING OR THERE WAS AN EXPLOSION OCCURRING UP THERE AND SAID THINK WE HAVE ANOTHER MAJOR EXPLOSION. I DONT KNOW IF WE ARE ALL GOING TO BE SAFE HERE.� The second building was being demolished. The complete interview will be published on RINF shortly. ============================================================================================= COINTELPRO Redux: Global Order Targets the 9/11 Truth and Patriot Movements TruthNews | November 2, 2007 Kurt Nimmo In 1970, as an antiwar activist, I was deemed dangerous enough�even though I was eighteen years old�to warrant a dossier compiled by the Michigan State Police "Red Squad," a throwback to the so-called Red Scare of the early 1920s. The Red Squad was organized to go after dissidents of all stripes but in particular, in the late 1960s and early 1970s, to go after antiwar and "New Left" activists. As I discovered years later, the Red Squads worked in concert with the FBI, under its notorious COINTELPRO, and even the CIA, supposedly prevented by its charter from snooping and subverting domestic activists. The depth and criminal severity of the CIA's subversion of American activists partaking in entirely legal and constitutionally guaranteed dissent was recently revealed in documents released to the the National Security Archive at George Washington University, known as the "family jewels" by agency insiders. Of course, much of the information revealed in the documents is nothing new, as researchers have known about numerous CIA projects for decades, including Operation Chaos and the Merrimac and Resistance programs, all specifically designed to infiltrate and compromise dissident groups. It is important to note that these CIA operations worked hand-in-glove with the FBI and local police, as noted by the Select Committee to Study Government Operations, otherwise known as the Church Committee. The "CIA received and maintained considerable information about the domestic activities and relationships of American individuals and organizations. Much of that material was collected in the first instance by the FBI, police or other confidential sources, who turned it over to the CIA," the final report issued by the Church Committee notes. "From 1959 to at least 1974, the CIA used its domestic organizations to spy on thousands of US citizens whose only crime was disagreeing with their government's policies," writes Mark Zepezauer (The CIAs Greatest Hits). "This picked up speed when J. Edgar Hoover told President Johnson that nobody would be protesting his Vietnam war policies unless they were being directed to do so by some foreign power. Johnson ordered the CIA to investigate." In response, the CIA vastly expanded its campus surveillance program and stepped up its liaisons with local police departments. It trained special intelligence units in major cities to carry out "black bag" jobs (break-ins, wiretaps, etc.) against US "radicals." � In 1968, the CIA's various domestic programs were consolidated and expanded under the name Operation CHAOS. When Richard Nixon became president the following year, his administration drafted the Huston Plan, which called for even greater operations against "subversives," including wiretapping, break-ins, mail-opening, no-knock searches and "selective assassinations." Bureaucratic infighting tabled the plan, but much of it was implemented in other forms, not only by the CIA but also by the FBI and the Secret Service. With the revelation of CIA and White House complicity in the Watergate break-in, light began to shine on Operation CHAOS. After a period of "reform," much of CHAOS's work was privatized, and right-wing groups and "former" CIA agents now provide the bulk of the CIA's domestic intelligence. The FBI's concurrent program went by the name COINTELPRO, short for Counter Intelligence Program. COINTELPRO, the Church Committee explained, employed "techniques � adopted wholesale from wartime counterintelligence, and ranged from the trivial (mailing reprints of Reader's Digest articles to college administrators) to the degrading (sending anonymous poison-pen letters intended to break up marriages) and the dangerous (encouraging gang warfare and falsely labeling members of a violent group as police informers)�. Many of the techniques used would be intolerable in a democratic society even if all of the targets had been involved in violent activity, but COINTELPRO went far beyond that." In order to understand the game of hardball the government played with activists�the vast majority of them nonviolent and many pacifist�consider the remarks of William C. Sullivan, former Assistant to the director of the FBI: "This is a rough, tough, dirty business, and dangerous. It was dangerous at times. No holds were barred�. We have used [these techniques] against Soviet agents. They have used [them] against us. . . . [The same methods were] brought home against any organization against which we were targeted. We did not differentiate. This is a rough, tough business." Of course, it was not rough and tough for the FBI and the "establishment," never seriously in jeopardy of losing control, even with the failures of Vietnam, but it was certainly rough and tough for activists, particularly activists involved in black and Indian "national liberation" movements�many of them, including Martin Luther King, Fred Hampton and Mark Clark (the latter two of the Black Panthers), assassinated outright. As Gregg York told M. Wesley Swearigen , published in Swearigen's in FBI Secrets: An Agent's Expose (1995), the FBI's plot to assassinate the Panthers was "in a style similar to the Chicago gangland murders of the 1950s," that is to say, at least in regard to the Black Panthers (and the American Indian Movement), cold-blooded murder was the preferred method of dealing with upstarts. In A Short History of FBI COINTELPRO, Mike Cassidy and Will Miller bullet-point the FBI's COINTELPRO tactics: First, there was infiltration. Agents and informers did not merely spy on political activists. The main purpose was to discredit and disrupt. Their presence served to undermine trust and scare off potential supporters. They also exploited this fear to smear genuine activists as agents. Second, there was psychological warfare from the outside. They planted false media stories and published bogus leaflets and other publications in the name of targeted groups. They forged correspondence, sent anonymous letters, and made anonymous telephone calls. They spread misinformation about meetings and events, set up pseudo movement groups run by agents, and manipulated or strong-armed parents, employers, landlords, school officials and others to cause trouble for activists. Third, there was harassment through the legal system, used to harass dissidents and make them appear to be criminals. Officers gave perjured testimony and presented fabricated evidence as a pretext for false arrests and wrongful imprisonment. They discriminatorily enforced tax laws and other government regulations and used conspicuous surveillance, "investigative" interviews, and grand jury subpoenas in an effort to intimidate activists and silence their supporters. Fourth and finally, there was extralegal force and violence. The FBI and police threatened, instigated and conducted break-ins, vandalism, assaults, and beatings. The object was to frighten dissidents and disrupt their movements. In the case of radical Black and Puerto Rican activists (and later Native Americans), these attacks, including political assassinations, were so extensive, vicious, and calculated that they can only be accurately called a form of official "terrorism." "The public exposure of COINTELPRO and other government abuses resulted in a flurry of apparent reform in the 1970s, but domestic covert action did not end," the two authors warn. "It has persisted, and seems a permanent feature of our government. Much of today's domestic covert action can also be kept concealed because of government secrecy that has been restored." Indeed, as Ross Gelbspan documents (Break-Ins, Death Threats and the FBI), COINTELPRO was not shut down in the 1970s but continued to live on and subvert the constitutional rights of Americans through the 1980s and 1990s, right up until the present day. "Utilizing thousands of pages of FBI documents secured through the Freedom of Information Act, Gelbspan found that activists who opposed U.S. policy in Central America �experienced nearly 200 incidents of harassment and intimidation, many involving�break-ins and thefts or rifling of files,'" writes Paul Wolf . (COINTELPRO: The Untold American Story). "There is no better example than the Judi Bari �boom and bust' case to show that the FBI kept on well into the 1990s using covert action tactics against political movements and activists which they perceived as threats to the established order. One can make a case that the FBI is still using such tactics in the Bari case in 2001," Wolf writes. Environmental activists Judi Bari and Darryl Cherney were targeted by the FBI for engaging in "leftist environmental and labor organizing." As it turns out, the FBI planted a bomb in their car. In the 1990s, the FBI and government concentrated on a new target�the putative militia movement, its numbers increased by the treacherous events in Waco, Texas. As Daniel Brandt writes (The 1960s and COINTELPRO: In Defense of Paranoia), the Clinton administration turned the legacy of COINTELPRO into a full-blown media circus with the likes of Warren Christopher unveiling simultaneously "a broad plan for expanded wiretapping, denial of visas, working with other governments on money laundering and seizing assets, and expanding the use of current laws prohibiting fund- raising for terrorist organizations," in short a precursor of things to come under the neocon Bush administration and its contrived GWOT. The bombing in Oklahoma City happened three months later. It was accompanied by 100 times more footage about dead children than the same media mustered for Waco two years earlier � or for that matter, bombed children in Vietnam during the 1960s. They deftly dropped the word "international" from all references to "terrorism," and "anti-terrorism" moved to the fast track. The president's popularity went up as Bill and Hillary staged a session with some children in front of the cameras, promising the toddlers that they'd do their best against the bad guys. They didn't take questions. A few days later Clinton sent a $1.5 billion anti-terrorism bill to Congress. Here we go again, for those old enough to remember the sixties. The Anti-Defamation League (ADL) and Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC) had bigger fish to fry. Even though the connection between the bombing and militia groups was more imaginary than real, the copy-starved media grabbed whatever crumbs they were offered by these two axe-grinding groups. The militias hit the front pages everywhere. On June 7, with the support of the ADL, the Senate passed a sweeping $2 billion anti-terrorism measure by a vote of 91-to-8. It took a pair of gloves at the O.J. trial to slap our media back to their usual fare. And by then the House was already reporting a similar bill out of committee. Since the 60s and 70s, Brandt notes, things have changed. "Without the �communists' to kick around anymore, some of those who once underwrote Wall Street's global interests by donating their first- born, are now describing themselves as patriots and populists. Many of them have taken a fresh look at the international ruling class, and resurrected a long but gnarly tradition of anti-establishment, isolationist nationalism�. Much of the political thinking among these new patriots is immature, and is short on both research and scholarship. Even so, it still describes the world better than what's left of the Left, with its self-interested insistence on multiculturalism and political correctness. The conspiracy theories peddled by patriots make more objective sense today, than the reasons they were given for our involvement in Vietnam did in the sixties. That's progress of sorts." Naturally, the corporate media did a fine job destroying the so-called militia movement's reputation. "Widely portrayed as having links with white supremacist organizations or �Nazi' type groups, many of them vigorously deny such allegations and point to a growing number of Black participants in the movement, including some in leadership roles. This is a loosely-federated movement with a presence in all 50 states, in urban as well as rural areas," writes Husayn Al Kurdy . The rebels and "revolutionaries" now challenging the major power internally turn out to be from the Right, insofar as the Left/Right spectrum has any real meaning anymore. Many of those pushing for "tough" state-sponsored measures (those at the business end of some of these initiatives could call them "terrorist" with full justification) now include voices from what calls itself the "Progressive Community," the remnants of what used to be called "The Left." By cheering government repression against their opponents, as many are now doing, they expose their political opportunism, just as many in other political camps did on previous occasions. The Pastor Niemoller scenario as evoked during the Hitler period has been playing itself out. This time around, the story begins "First they came for Randy Weaver's family and the Branch Davidians�" Indeed, the "target" threat, as elucidated by the FBI and CIA way back in the late 60s, has transferred from the "left" over to "right," that is if you still put any credence into these antiquated political designations. The growing 9/11 truth and "patriot" movements�largely a reformulation of the "militia" movement with a contingent of disillusioned "progressives"�pose more of a threat than anything proffered by the diehard and politically correct to a fault Greenies, so many who are completely snowed under by the globalist agenda and dependent on foundation grant money dispensed through methodical gatekeepers. Of course, the anti-globalist movement, well entrenched on the "progressive" side of the equation, still poses a significant threat to the New World Order and, as black bloc "anarchist" agent provocateurs demonstrate, the state is busily at work attacking the anti-globalist movement, as it poses a sincere threat to the corporatist-fascist order, determined to convert the planet into a slave plantation. In the years since the events of September 11th, 2001, the patriot movement, increasingly merged with a nascent "truth" movement, has effectively challenged the globalist order�from exposing the 9/11 cover-up and substantially detailing the texture of the inside job to confronting and hounding the elite and their minions from Ottawa and university auditoriums to live television audiences. Needless to say, these often improvised guerrilla tactics have put our rulers on the offensive. As Alex Jones warned on his November 1st radio program, the gloves have come off and the elite are in the process of targeting the patriot-truth movement head-on. The slanderous mischaracterizations of Bill O'Reilly, Glenn Beck, Sean Hannity and other corporate media minion-whores of state power are but a preparation of things to come�and likely sooner before later. It is no mistake the Violent Radicalization and Homegrown Terrorism Prevention Act of 2007 sailed like a clipper ship through Congress, as our rulers certainly consider 9/11 truth an "extremist belief system" determined to "advance political, religious, or social change," that is to say, in the parlance of the elite, engage in terrorism. It is the job of Glenn Beck et al to equate truth activists to the sufficiently demonized Timothy McVeigh�emblematic of the "patriot" terrorist, never mind his shadowy linkage to military intelligence�a process made all the more simple by the fact the corporatist-fascist media venue allows no rebuttal short of a Bill O'Reilly shout-over, replete with adolescent references to pinheads and cartoonish al-Qaeda villains. However, these shrill, irrational and confrontational tactics will not work, as far too many Americans are clued in to the fact there is something rotten� not specifically in Denmark but rather in Washington, on Wall Street, and in the corporate suites and on the sets and studios of the corporate-fascist media. It remains to be seen if enough Americans will step up and show the intestinal fortitude required to make a difference. But then, it should be remembered, the last time we had a revolution in this country it was a small number of dedicated individuals who made the difference while a large and hesitant majority sat on the fence. ============================================================================================= Framing The Truth Movement As Terrorists Bellicose establishment hacks like O'Reilly and Beck pray for another attack so they can blame it on peaceful activists who are putting them to shame Prison Planet | November 2, 2007 Steve Watson & Paul Joseph Watson A disturbing trend has emerged amongst establishment "news" hacks who are raising the same talking point ad infinitum, dubbing the global truth movement as "anarchists" and violent individuals who may be aiding terrorists, and praying for another attack in America so they can blame peaceful activists who are consistently putting the Neo-Cons to shame. Over the past weeks and months talking heads such as Fox News bigot Bill O'Reilly and his frothing caricature Glenn Beck over on CNN, have specifically targeted 9/11 truthers in segments designed to portray the movement as dangerous and sow the seed in the minds of what viewers they have left that peaceful truth seekers are actually in league with violent terrorists. Two weeks ago Beck aired a response to the We Are Change infiltration of Bill Maher's show in which he stated: "These truthers are exactly the kind of people who want to rock this nation's foundation, tear us apart and plant the seeds of dissatisfaction in all of us." At one point Beck even suggested that the 9/11 truth movement is "the kind of group a Timothy McVeigh would come from", insinuating the movement is intent on violence and terrorism. In thousands of 9/11 protests over the course of the last six years, not one person has been arrested for violent conduct. To carte blanche suggest that the truth movement is dangerous, "a threat to children" and intent on violence is extremely inflammatory and indicates just how afraid of everyday people investigating and debating the facts people like Glenn Beck actually are. The core of the 9/11 truth movement is composed of well educated and rational thinking individuals who are strictly opposed to violence and are intent on protecting a free and peaceful society which has been under dire threat ever since the attacks of 9/11 and the ensuing cover up. Furthermore, the movement represents the very antithesis of anarchism in that it is actively seeking to restore and protect our traditional form of government which has been usurped by an unaccountable cabal that continues to operate outside of Constitutional law and with little restraint, using 9/11 as justification. Most recently Bill O'Reilly has been running segments, such as the one below, suggesting that questions over 9/11, the war on terror and the war in Iraq are "going to lead to violence": O'Reilly flat out states "This is going to lead to death" and makes all kind of threats stating, "If they are not reigned in by the authorities, and they should be...somebody is going to get hurt." We could announce that Bill O'Reilly is dangerous and aids terrorists, based on O'Reilly's own standard for claiming that people are dangerous and aid terrorists - i.e. no evidence whatsoever except the fact that he disagrees with their politics. If anyone is a threat to the American way of life then it's Beck and O'Reilly - having implicated themselves with a history of repugnant statements proving they are enemies of the Constitution and the freedoms that define America. In addition, the only violent statements made on 9/11 truth websites have been written by trolls and debunkers attempting to discredit the movement - they should be investigated for advocating violence, not peaceful activists who are merely trying to speak truth to power. People like O'Reilly and Glenn Beck would relish the opportunity to have their baseless allegations "proved right", and should some act of violence or terrorism be carried out, whether real or staged, they would love to blame it on the 9/11 truth movement, in a similar way to how the patriot movement was blamed for the OKC bombing in 1995. With the explosion of the alternative media and with more and more people confronting government officials and elitist figures from the US to Canada to the UK, in "guerilla journalism" style, the mainstream media has come to realize that they can no longer get away with reporting only one side of the story. Figures like Beck and O'Reilly ar e running scared because they know the people are no longer buying into their manipulative propaganda and are searching for the truth themselves. Such shameful tactics are not going to work because the horse has already bolted and the seeds of truth have been scattered over the globe by the winds of change. What we are witnessing is the establishment's desperate attempt to cling onto their information monopoly as the Internet, alternative radio and guerilla activism grow in leaps and bounds while the mainstream withers away and loses all credibility. As Gandhi said - First they ignore us, then they laugh at us, and then they attack us. Then we win. ============================================================================================= Former high-level officials challenge the conventional explanation of how and why the Twin Towers came down November 3, 2007 at 06:58:31 by Richard Clark A 2,000 word article, Seven CIA Veterans Challenge 9/11 Commission Report, appeared September 23, 2007 in OpEdNews. (Link provided below.) The article details severe criticism of the 9/11 Commission Report by seven CIA veterans and calls for a new investigation. Here follows a brief quote or two from several of the individuals whose testimony is included in the article: Ray McGovern, former Chairman of the National Intelligence Council and 27-year CIA veteran: "The 9/11 Report is a joke." “It has long been clear that the Bush-Cheney administration cynically exploited the attacks of 9/11 to promote its imperial designs. . . (And there is) evidence for an even more disturbing conclusion: that the 9/11 attacks were themselves orchestrated by this administration precisely so they could be thus exploited.” William Christison, former National Intelligence Officer (NIO) and former Director of the CIA's Office of Regional and Political, and 29-year CIA veteran: "We very seriously need an entirely new, very high level, and truly independent investigation of the events of 9/11. I think you almost have to look at the 9/11 Commission Report as a joke and not a serious piece of analysis at all." “The North and South Towers of the World Trade Center almost certainly did not collapse and fall to earth because hijacked aircraft hit them.” Robert Baer, 21-year CIA veteran and specialist in the Middle East, was awarded the Career Intelligence Medal upon his retirement in 1997. During an interview by Thom Hartmann, Baer, after commenting on the financial profits being made from 9/11, was asked: “What about political profit? There are those who suggest that someone in (the U.S.) chain of command had pretty good knowledge that 9/11 was going to happen -- and really didn't do much to stop it -- or even obstructed efforts to stop it because they thought it would lend legitimacy to Bush's failing presidency.” Baer replied: “Absolutely.” Hartmann then asked, “So you are personally of the opinion that there was an aspect of 'inside job' to 9/11 within the U.S. government?" To which Baer replied, "There is that possibility, the evidence points at it." When Hartmann continued, "And why is this not being investigated?” Baer replied, "Why isn't the WMD story being investigated? Why hasn't anybody been held accountable for 9/11? We held people accountable after Pearl Harbor. Why has there been no change in command? Why have there been no political repercussions? Why has there been not been any sort of exposure on all this? It really makes you wonder." Robert David Steele has 25 years of combined service in the CIA and the U.S. Marine Corps. Second ranking civilian in U.S. Marine Corps Intelligence from 1988 - 1992. Member of the Adjunct Faculty of Marine Corps University. His comment: "I am forced to conclude that 9/11 was at a minimum allowed to happen as a pretext for war. "I'm absolutely certain that WTC 7 was brought down by controlled demolition. There's no way that building could have come down without controlled demolition." http://www.opednews.com/maxwrite/print_friendly.php?p=genera_alan_mil_070922_seven_cia_veterans_c.htm Additional statements questioning the official account of 9/11, and calls for a new investigation, by hundreds of high-level military officers (now retired) and other highly-credible individuals, can be found at http://PatriotsQuestion911.com Here’s some of the evidence that prompts them to call for a new investigation: 20-ton sections of steel beams were propelled, laterally, for a distance of up to 400 feet where they lodged in the sides of nearby buildings. (See video footage of this at www.ae911truth.org. Molten metal was seen (and videotaped) gushing out the side of one of the twin towers. (Jet fuel, rugs and office furniture & equipment burn at a temperature that is much much lower than the temperature it takes to liquefy steel. What can liquefy steel? Thermate, and incendiary compound that burns at 4500 degrees F., which would have had to have been surreptitiously planted at many strategic locations.) Various explosions (some quite powerful) were seen, heard and felt by hundreds of people, including many firemen and policemen, prior to the collapse of the twin towers, but occurred well after the airliners collided with the buildings. Huge numbers of extremely tiny iron spherules (formed when steel or iron vaporizes at extremely high temperatures) can be found in most of the 9/11 dust samples. (Why is this significant? Jet fuel burns at 1800 degrees Fahrenheit while office furniture, rugs and computers burn at an even lower temperature. Iron and steel don’t vaporize until their temperature gets close to 4000 degrees F. So what does burn at a temperature capable of vaporizing steel? Incendiary compounds known as thermate and thermite, which burn at 4500 degrees F. See more about this later in this article.) Many column sections seen in the wreckage of the twin towers were cut at 45-degree angles, and have, close to the cut lines, lots of previously-melted 'drippings' produced when the steel was melted at a temperature much higher than can be produced by an acetylene torch. Besides, no worker cutting up columns with an acetylene torch is going to make the cut at a 45-degree angle; he's going to cut straight across the beam, at an angle that is 90-degrees from the centerline of the length of the beam. Why? Because it is a shorter distance, and that means less work. Source for the above information is www.ae911truth.org, which is the web site of an investigative organization whose 200+ members are all either professional architects or professional engineers. If there were no high-powered explosives detonated inside the twin towers, as the official explanation contends, then defenders of that official explanation must provide us with an alternate theory as to how those column and/or beam sections got embedded in the sides of buildings that were 400 feet away. (The compressed air created by floors collapsing one upon the other could provide nowhere near the force required to propel a 20-ton beam or column section that far.) In addition, defenders of the official explanation must provide us with a plausible fuel source for the temperatures approaching 4000 degrees F. which would have been necessary to vaporize parts of many of the steel beam remnants found in the wreckage. The evidence for incendiary cutting of steel consists of the video evidence, the forensic evidence in the dust and rubble, and the testimony of eyewitness early responders and survivors who saw glowing molten metal flowing out of window openings. These incendiary events and the forensic evidence strongly suggest that the official story is wrong. The chemistry of the iron-aluminum-rich microspheres that are found in the dust from the rubble, the chemical content of these microspheres suggest that the official story is wrong. http://www.journalof911studies.com/volume/200704/JLobdillThermiteChemistryWTC So when could the explosives and incendiary materials have been planted? The official record shows that various floors of each of the twin towers were completely closed off 'for repairs,' for days at a time. Monitoring TV cameras on these floors were disconnected. http://georgewashington.blogspot.com/2005/11/how-could-they-plant-bombs-in-world.html. Owner Larry Silverstein was perhaps in on the deal. Why suspect this? Well, for one thing he received a fabulous insurance settlement, after purchasing the WTC complex under very unusual circumstances. http://www.whatreallyhappened.com/silverstein.html. The terrorist attack on the twin towers saved him the immense expense of having the towers demolished in the conventional way. (The towers had many structural problems. Two applications to have the buildings demolished were submitted by the previous owners because of the advanced galvanic corrosion that was taking place at each of the thousands of joints where aluminum parts were mistakenly put in tight contact with steel structural members.) http://redlineav.com/tsg.deposition.contd.2.html There is plenty of evidence to suggest that explosives and incendiary compounds might have been planted at strategic locations within the Twin Towers. For example: Bomb-sniffing dogs were inexplicably prevented from doing their job in the Twin Towers five days before 9-11 Various floors in the Twin Towers had been evacuated a number of times in the weeks preceding 9/11 There was a ‘power-down’ in parts of the Twin Towers on the weekend before 9/11, security cameras were shut down, and many workers ran around busily doing things unobserved. And, as an interesting coincidence, a Bush-linked company ran security at the trade center, thus giving it free reign within the buildings. http://georgewashington.blogspot.com/2005/11/how-could-they-plant-bombs-in-world.html In addition to these facts, demolition-and-building-collapse experts have raised the possibility of "explosive tenants" -- i.e. tenants in the Twin Towers who might have planted explosives in their own rented office spaces. http://911blogger.com/node/2487 Obviously none of this is PROOF of anything. All it does is show what the possibilities are, so that in combination with all the other circumstantial evidence that explosives may well have been planted, a completely independent investigation is warranted. And how could we rule out another investigation after we absorb the testimony of hundreds of very credible witnesses such as these: “[T]here was just an explosion [in the south tower]. It seemed like on television [when] they blow up these buildings. It seemed like it was going all the way around like a belt, all these explosions.”-- Firefighter Richard Banaciski “I saw a flash flash flash [at] the lower level of the building. You know like when they demolish a building?”--Assistant Fire Commissioner Stephen Gregory “[I]t was [like a] professional demolition where they set the charges on certain floors and then you hear 'Pop, pop, pop, pop, pop'."-- Paramedic Daniel Rivera ____________________________________________________________________ The above quotations come from a collection of 9/11 oral histories that, although recorded by the Fire Department of New York (FDNY) at the end of 2001, were publicly released only on August 12, 2005. Prior to that date, very few Americans knew the content of these accounts or even the fact that they existed. Why have we not known about them until recently? Part of the answer is that the city of New York would not release them until it was forced to do so. Early in 2002, the New York Times requested copies under the freedom of information act, but Mayor Michael Bloomberg’s administration refused. So the Times, joined by several families of 9/11 victims, filed suit. After a long process, the city was finally ordered by the New York Court of Appeals to release the records (with some exceptions and redactions allowed). Included were oral histories, in interview form, provided by 503 firefighters and medical workers. (Emergency Medical Services had become a division within the Fire Department.) The Times then made these oral histories publicly available. Once the content of these testimonies is examined, it is easy to see why persons concerned to protect the official story about 9/11 would try to keep them hidden. By suggesting that explosions were occurring in the World Trade Center’s Twin Towers, they pose a challenge to the official account of 9/11, according to which the towers were caused to collapse solely by the impact of the airplanes and the resulting fires. http://www.911truth.org/article.php?story=20060118104223192 More from that site: There were many reports about an explosion in the basement of the north tower. For example, janitor William Rodriguez reported that he and others felt an explosion below the first sub-level office at 9 AM, after which co-worker Felipe David, who had been in front of a nearby freight elevator, came into the office with severe burns on his face and arms, yelling "Explosion! explosion! explosion!" Rodriguez's account has been corroborated by Jose Sanchez, who was in the workshop on the fourth sub-level. Sanchez said that he and a co- worker heard a big blast that "sounded like a bomb," after which "a huge ball of fire went through the freight elevator." Engineer Mike Pecoraro, who was working in the sixth sub-basement of the north tower, said that after an explosion he and a co-worker went up to the C level, where there was a small machine shop. "There was nothing there but rubble," said Pecoraro. They then went to the parking garage, but found that it was also gone. Then on the B level, they found that a steel-and-concrete fire door, which weighed about 300 pounds, was wrinkled up "like a piece of aluminum foil." Having seen similar things after the terrorist attack in 1993, Pecoraro was convinced that a bomb had gone off. Given these testimonies to explosions in the basement levels of the towers, it is interesting that Mark Loizeaux, head of Controlled Demolition, Inc., has been quoted as saying: "If I were to bring the towers down, I would put explosives in the basement to get the weight of the building to help collapse the structure." Multiple Explosions In June of 2002, NBC television played segments from tapes recorded on 9/11. One segment contained the following exchange, which involved firefighters in the south tower: Official: “Battalion 3 to dispatch, we've just had another explosion.” Official: “Battalion 3 to dispatch, we've had additional explosion.” Dispatcher: “Received battalion command. Additional explosion.” So the question arises: Why these oral histories kept from the public for four years? Also: How can they be reconciled with the “official conspiracy theory” put forward by the Bush administration? And why do the mainstream mass media continues to marginalize the testimony of these eyewitnesses? In conclusion and summary, the trick of this Administration and the corporate media in general, appears to have been to swing public opinion as fast and furiously as possible through a blitz of emotion -- until a majority opinion had been reached, thereby allowing human reason and reflection no time to evaluate findings like these: * Steel supports were "partly vaporized," which would require a temperature near 4,000 degrees Fahrenheit to accomplish — and neither office materials nor jet fuel can generate temperatures anywhere near that hot -- all of them burn at temps below 1600 degrees F. Fires caused by jet fuel from the hijacked planes lasted at most a few minutes, and office material fires would burn out within about 20 minutes in any given location. (Indeed, at one point firemen reported that fires were nearly out.) * Molten metal found in the debris of the World Trade Center may well have been the result of the high-temperature reactions of a commonly used incendiary such as thermite (which burns at 4500 degrees Fahrenheit). * Multiple loud explosions in rapid sequence were reported by numerous observers who were in and near the towers, and these explosions occurred far below the region where the planes struck. So what caused these extremely powerful explosions (if not planted explosives)? Finally, why won't BushCo release 6,899 photographs and 6,977 segments of video footage for "independent scrutiny? Why won't they release, for independent analysis, a small sample of the once-molten metal found at Ground Zero? (Could it be that chemical traces of an incendiary compound like thermite would be found in any such sample?) http://deseretnews.com/dn/view/0,1249,635160132,00.html Authors Website: http://groups.google.com/groups/profile?enc_user=JCpLDBUAAAC Authors Bio: Several years after receiving my M.A. in social science (interdisciplinary studies) I was an instructor at S.F. State University for a year, but then went back to designing automated machinery, and then tech writing, in Silicon Valley. I've always been more interested in political economics and what's going on behind the scenes in politics, than in mechanical engineering, and because of that I've rarely worked more than 6 months a year, devoting much of the rest of the year to reading and writing about that which interests me most. ============================================================================================= Robert Baer Says Evidence Points To 911 Inside Job You Tube Saturday November 3, 2007 It's getting increasingly harder for Mainstream Media to ignore 9/11 Truth. Bill Maher and Geraldo tries to ridicule 9/11 Truth but end up looking quite ridiculous themselves.... ============================================================================================= "Battle For The Republic" Exposes Real Immigration Agenda Elite using balkanization strategy to destroy American sovereignty and create third world cesspit Prison Planet | October 30, 2007 Paul Joseph Watson Alex Jones' Battle For The Republic exposes how the elite are using illegal immigration and pushing amnesty as a means of pulverizing the American middle class and ensuring that U.S. citizens, black, white and hispanic alike, are forced to sacrifice their freedom and sovereignty as America is sunk into a third world cesspool. The mini-documentary lifts the lid on how the backlash against rampant illegal immigration in America is a major concern for the Bilderberg Group, posing a threat to their plans to lower the living standards of U.S. citizens of all colors and creeds into second or even third world status. What is the real agenda behind last year's massive pro-illegal immigration demonstrations and who is really behind them? Battle For the Republic traces the legacy of the movement back to the Plan of San Diego, a shocking blueprint for race-based genocide directed against blacks and whites in America. The goal is to divide America by bankrolling the Aztlan movement, an extremist separatist plan on behalf of Mexican Ku Klux Klan style groups like Mecha and La Raza to "reclaim" the southern and western U.S. states, in order to eventually merge America, Canada and Mexico into a North American Union. Battle For The Republic shoots down the myth that Mexico has any rightful claim to the south western states by carefully documenting the history of how the west was won, bringing it up to the modern day and highlighting how the elite are using the enraged Mexican mobs as a weapon of conquest to slit America's throat and sacrifice its sovereignty on the altar of globalism. Hispanic Radio and TV stations owned by huge corporations based in New York spew hatred and division as Mexicans are radicalized and told that all their problems stem from the racist American middle class while ignoring the fact that the elite are the true cause of their misery, as taxpayers are sucked dry to fund welfare which only subsidizes the corporations that employ the illegals. Illegal aliens are being granted God-like status by the elite and given rights that super seed those of American citizens. The film highlights the case of a man who was assaulted and arrested by police for expressing his first amendment right to disagree with thousands of illegal aliens marching in downtown Seattle, and how illegals who assaulted him and smashed his car were left completely alone while throngs of Mexicans cheered as an American was taken to jail for exercising his freedom of speech. "Now you're bleeding, what's it like now, bitch!" yells one illegal as blood drips from the man's face. Battle For the Republic ends with Alex Jones' infamous protest of Vicente Fox when he came to Austin to give awards to police for breaking federal laws by not arresting illegal aliens. Fox was forced to cut his speech short after Alex Jones bullhorned the truth about his role in destroying American sovereignty, making headlines across Texas. Battle For The Republic is available now for prison planet.tv members . Also included are two special extra features - blues legend Jimmie Vaughan's performance of "No Shackles On Me" as well as previously unseen footage of Jim Tucker's coverage of the 2007 Bilderberg meeting in Istanbul, Turkey. Click here to subscribe today and begin enjoying a huge back-catalogue of special video reports, audios and documentary films as well as Alex Jones' latest blockbuster - Endgame: Blueprint For Global Enslavement. ============================================================================================= Clinton Exposed as New World Order Front 'Hecklers' Repeatedly Interrupt Terrorism Ramble With Questions About 9/11 and Clinton's Involvement With Bilderberg & New World Order JonesReport.com | October 27, 2007 Bill Clinton has had to answer to more than just hounding questions about 9/11 recently, as he did when members of Minnesota Change interrupted his Hillary campaign stump just days ago. Unsolicited questions from the activist group also forced him to acknowledge the Bohemian Club, calling it 'that place where rich Republicans go and stand naked next to Redwood trees,' but claimed he hadn't been there, suavely brushing off scandalous elite secret societies with his indifferent and casual demeanor. Clinton scolded claims that '9/11 was an inside job,' catching mainstream coverage just after the massive media clamor over the 9/11 truth interruptions on Bill Maher's live HBO show. He cleverly misdirected the now well-known objections to the official story with appeals to the emotional tragedy of a family friend he says was burned beyond recognition on 9/11 and lashed out "An inside job...how dare you." While that sound bite made news, both Clinton and news cameras ignored equally vocal outcry about his involvement in the Bilderberg group. He attended the group-- which has a reputation as kingmaker-- just before becoming president in 1992. Wife Hillary attended in 1997 and again in 2006 before her 2007-2008 campaign to continue the Bush-Clinton syndicate/dynasty. Minnesota Change mentioned Bilderberg over and over throughout the night,but Clinton passed up opportunity to 'put them in their place' as he had throughout the rest of the speech. He turned, however, to give a knowing grin when activists told Bill they knew "they aren't going to get away with their New World Order." Not only is the deeply-connected globalist well aware of the New World Order, he has mentioned it in speeches, and clarifying that he, like George H. W. Bush, was pursuing it. Bill Clinton is a Rhodes Scholar (connecting him to the agenda of the Milner Group and Cecil Rhodes' secret society) and is involved with the Bilderberg group, the Trilateral Commission and the Council on Foreign Relations, amongst other globalist ties. These confrontations enlarge the 9/11 truth coverage in the public mind and is the second major confrontation of Clinton by We Are Change members across the country. NYC We Are Change confronted the former president on not getting bin Laden when he had the clear opportunity-- despite the damning Cole bombing incident-- and then used an amplifier to inform the crowd about his involvement in the Bilderberg group, the drug operations in Mina, Arkansas while he was governor and other issues. ============================================================================================= Endgame: The Rabbit Hole Doesn’t End Here - Part 2 Daniel Taylor Old-thinker news November 1, 2007 “It seems like every new corner we turn, the Rockefellers are already there. And in some cases, they have been there for a long, long time.” — William H. Gates Sr. If you have watched Alex Jones’ Endgame, you know that population reduction has been a leading goal of Rockefeller, Kissinger, and other global elite for many years. You may be wondering; How will the elite fulfill their plans for global population reduction? There are many theories as to how this will be done, and speculation abounds. Race specific bio-weapons, as written in the Project for a New American Century, “…may transform biological warfare from the realm of terror to a politically useful tool.” A report released early this year by the U.K. Ministry of Defense outlining possible future scenarios says that, “The development of neutron weapons which destroy living organs but not buildings ‘might make a weapon of choice for extreme ethnic cleansing in an increasingly populated world.” Documentation can be shown demonstrating that at this very moment massive population reduction programs are being carried out. Henry Kissinger’s National Security Study Memorandum 200, as noted in Endgame, is a foundational document regarding population reduction plans for the third world. The 1974 NSSM 200 document cites “Injectable contraceptives for women” as a possible method of population reduction and control. Depopulation, as stated in the document, should be pursued because it would be in the “…economic interests of the United States.” “Wherever a lessening of population pressures… can increase the prospects for such stability, population policy becomes relevant to resource supplies and to the economic interests of the United States.” The Rockefeller Foundation and the Population Council, both Rockefeller organizations, have been instrumental in the funding and development of sterilization vaccines. The Rockefeller family has been involved with population control and eugenics since the early 1900’s. The Population Council, founded by John D. Rockefeller in 1952, was first headed by Frederick Osborn, who served as the Secretary of the American Eugenics Society. “Injectable contraceptives for women” have been developed in the years after the infamous NSSM 200. In 1989 research was conducted by the National Institute of Immunology in New Delhi India on the use of ‘carriers’ such as Tetanus Toxoid and Diphtheria to bypass the immune system and deliver the female hormone called human chorionic gonadotrophin (hCG). The effect of the hCG hormone was the sterilization of women by causing the body to attack itself. By using four women as test subjects, the research found that multiple doses - around 5 - of the Tetanus toxoid hCG carrier vaccine was required in order for it to effectively raise the level of hCG in their bodies. The research also found that if an alternate carrier such as Diphtheria was used, less doses would be needed to maintain the desired level of hCG. The Rockefeller Foundation and the Population Council are listed as giving grants for the research. The aforementioned research paper was carried in the Oxford University Press in 1990, and was titled “Bypass by an alternate ‘carrier’ of acquired unresponsiveness to hCG upon repeated immunization with tetanus-conjugated vaccine.” Are these plans being implemented right now? NSSM 200 outlines recommendations as to how to carry out population reduction and control policies. The World Bank, World Health Organization, UNICEF, and donor countries are listed as possible implementation arms. GAVI (the Global Alliance for Vaccines and Immunization), which was founded in 2000, has the goal of vaccinating most of the third world. The member organizations of GAVI include many of the same partners listed in NSSM 200, including the Rockefeller Foundation. Listed on the GAVI website, GAVI partners include: national governments of donor and developing countries, the Bill and Melinda Gates Children’s Vaccine Program, the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers Associations (IFPMA), the Rockefeller Foundation, UNICEF, the World Bank Group and the World Health Organization (WHO). In December of 2000, David Rockefeller and William H. Gates Sr., among others, visited the Rockefeller University campus to take part in a meeting on “Philanthropy in a Global Century”. While there, Gates spoke about his inspiration from Rockefeller in founding GAVI, “Gates said that ‘Taking our lead and our inspiration from work already done by The Rockefeller Foundation, our foundation actually started GAVI by pledging $750 million to something called the Global Fund for Children’s Vaccines, an instrument of GAVI.’” He also praised the Rockefeller family’s century of philanthropy, saying, ‘It seems like every new corner we turn, the Rockefellers are already there. And in some cases, they have been there for a long, long time.’” The targets The targets of NSSM 200 for population reduction and control included “…countries where there is special U.S. political and strategic interest.” Those named include: India, Bangladesh, Pakistan, Nigeria, Mexico, Indonesia, Brazil, the Philippines, Thailand, Egypt, Turkey, Ethiopia and Colombia. In 1995 the BBC aired a documentary titled “The Human Laboratory”, which covered the use of birth control drugs and vaccines in the third world. The discovery of “contaminated” Tetanus toxoid vaccines and the resulting negative effects on the Philippine population were covered. The documentary was never shown in the United States. A transcript of the program can be seen here. Contained in the program are the accounts of doctors from the Philippines who found that their Tetanus vaccines were “contaminated” with hCG, resulting in sterility and miscarriages. As the research shown above indicates, these are not contaminants, but rather scientifically crafted. The following are excerpts from the BBC program: MARY PILAR VERZOSA: The women would say why is it that the tetanus shots that we’ve been getting have had effects on us? Our fertility cycles are all fouled up, some of the women among us have had bleedings and miscarriages, some have lost their babies at a very early stage. The symptoms could come soon after their tetanus vaccination - some the following day, others within a week’s time. For those who were pregnant on their first three or four months the miscarriage was really frightening. … MARY PILAR VERZOSA: I began to suspect that here in the Philippines that’s exactly what’s happening. They have laced the tetanus toxoid vials with the Beta HCG. The only way I could make sure that they hadn’t done that was to examine the vials, and how to get a hold of those vials was going to be a problem. Who was I to collect them from the health centres? … MARY PILAR VERZOSA: Oh boy that was really something when this came out of my fax machine. Report on HCG concentration in vaccine vials. Three out of those four vials registered positive for HCG, so my suspicions are affirmed that here in our country they are not only giving plain tetanus toxoid vaccination to our women, they are also giving anti-fertility. NARRATOR: Sister Mary was not alone. Many women and doctors reported similar findings. Dr. Vilma Gonzaga became suspicious when she had two miscarriages, both times after receiving the tetanus jab. She is now suing the government since tests showed she had very high levels of antibodies to Beta HCG. Dr Fays Schrater comments on his suspicions that there is a deliberate campaign to immunise the Philippines with hCG. DR FAYS SCHRATER: If there is a conspiracy to immunise the women of the Philippines with chorionic gonadotropin rather than tetanus, then it requires the knowledge of some member of a government, or two. It requires the participation of a manufacturer to link the chorionic gonadotropin physically to the tetanus toxoid - you can’t just throw it in the vial and expect it to do its work. And it requires that it be mislabelled and that it be shipped then to a centre who knows what’s in it and who is going to distribute it in a guise of tetanus vaccine. Rural populations of the third world have caught on to possible negative effects of vaccination such as sterilization, while their fears are dismissed as “rumors” and “myths” by the mainstream press. Often, those reassuring that the vaccines are safe are the very organizations listed in NSSM 200 as partners in population reduction and control efforts. A 2006 press release from UNICEF (United Nations Children Fund), which is involved with vaccinating many third world countries, quotes the Assistant Project Officer for Health in Ethiopia’s Southern Nations, Tersit Assefa, “In other places, women of this age often stay away,” said Ms. Tersit. “All sorts of misguided rumours go round that the injections will sterilize them or harm them in some way. But here, the village elders are on board. They are here, encouraging the women to come along.” Nigerians have also become suspicious of vaccines. CBS news reported in 2004 that the Nigerian state of Kano was resisting Polio vaccines on grounds that the injections would render the female population infertile. “In September, Shekarau suspended participation in a global immunization program on the grounds that local scientists had discovered traces of a hormone in foreign-made vaccines that they feared could make girls infertile. Some local Islamic leaders accused the Nigerian federal government of being part of a U.S. plot to kill off Muslims with the vaccines. The WHO insisted the vaccines were safe, and urged that vaccinations resume to stave off a resurgence of the paralyzing disease.” Thailand, another target of NSSM 200, is ripe with stories of miscarriages and sterilization. According to the local population of the Akha, pregnant women are forced to receive the vaccine in order to get ID cards for their children. The vaccine often results with violent miscarriages. In the video below, Matthew McDaniel, a human rights activist who has been working with the Akha people of Thailand, speaks with two Akha women about the forced Tetanus vaccine and the resulting miscarriages. The third world populations, which are largely out of sight and out of the minds of a large portion of the west, are taking the brunt of the global elite’s population reduction plans. Read The Rabbit Hole Doesn’t End Here, Part 1 ============================================================================================= US scientists engineer 'mighty mice' AFP | November 1, 2007 US researchers have engineered a line of "mighty mice" whose human equivalent would have similar abilities to the bicycling champion Lance Armstrong, according to research published Thursday. The breed of mice can run six kilometers (four miles) at a speed of 20 meters (yards) per minute for up to six hours without stopping, according to Richard Hanson, a biochemistry professor at Case Western Reserve University in Cleveland, Ohio. "They are metabolically similar to Lance Armstrong biking up the Pyrenees; they utilize mainly fatty acids for energy and produce very little lactic acid," said Hanson, the senior author of the article which was published in the Journal of Biological Chemistry. The genetically engineered mice can eat 60 percent more than wild mice in a control group but remain slim and fit. The "mighty mice" live longer, and some females were able to reproduce much later in life than other mice. The researchers said some "have had offspring at 2.5 years of age, an amazing feat considering most mice do not reproduce after they are one year old." Hanson said the strength of the mice was made possible by the fact that they produce very little lactic acid, which forms during intense exercise. Scientists bred 500 of the mice, which also showed more aggression than other mice, over the past five years as part of a project aimed at unlocking the metabolic and physiological function of PEPCK-C in muscles and tissues. The key to their unusual traits is the over-expression of the gene that influence production of the enzyme PEPCK-C (phosphoenolypyruvate carboxykinases), said Hanson. The transgenic mice are descended from six "founder lines" that "contain a chimeric gene in which a copy of the cDNA for PEPCK-C was linked to the skeletal actin gene promoter," the research said. The resulting mice showed different levels of PEPCK-C in their muscles, but one particularly active group had levels of PEPCK-C activity of nine units per gram of skeletal muscle, compared to just 0.08 units per gram in the muscles of control mice. "From a very early age, the PEPCK-Cmus mice ran continuously in their cages," said Parvin Hakimi, a researcher in the Hanson lab. The "mighty mice" primarily relied on "fatty acids as a source of energy during exercise, while the control animals rapidly switched from fatty acid metabolism to using muscle glycogen (carbohydrates) as a fuel; this dramatically raised the blood lactate levels," the research said. The PEPCK-C enzyme was first discovered at the medical school of Case Western Reserve University in 1955, the study authors said. ============================================================================================= Globalists attempting to depopulate the world Press TV | October 31, 2007 By Afsaneh Ostovar Leuren Moret is an American independent scientist and international expert on radiation and public health issues. She has devoted her life to awakening the public to the destructive consequences of the depleted uranium munitions used by the U.S. military and has made relentless efforts to stop the United States from destroying the environment. Following is the text of a Press TV interview with Leuren Moret published on October 25: Q: The U.S. is using DU weapons in violation of international treaties. Why is the international community not forcing the U.S. to stop the use and production of such weaponry? A: I’ve asked that question many times myself. With the demonstrated total and complete failure of international judicial remedies -- by the International Criminal Court and the world court -- to enforce the 1925 Geneva poison gas protocol, the Geneva and Hague conventions, international agreements and other treaties, and the failure of depleted uranium weapons to meet the standards (in four out of four categories) of legality under international law, it is clear that the international judicial system is morally and procedurally bankrupt. In other words, international laws and treaties are meaningless and/or selectively enforced. Just like the U.S. nuclear weapons labs where I have worked, they selectively enforce the rules only when they want to ‘get someone’, in other words, they unfairly target and enforce laws that may be on the books, but are ignored. And that has been true throughout the nuclear project since the end of WWII when atomic bombs, weapons of mass destruction, were dropped on living civilian populations in Hiroshima and Nagasaki, Japan, the only two Christian cities in Japan. And that was a case of Christians dropping the first atomic bombs on Christians. Those first atomic bombs were weapons of mass destruction and they were illegal in every sense of the law. They were dropped without the consent of the scientists who developed them, without the consent of the political leadership (with the exception of President Truman who was talked into it by one man -- Col. Henry Stimson, Sec. of War and a Wall Street banker and member of Skull and Bones), and with the strongest opposition coming from the U.S. military leadership -- especially General Leslie Groves who was in charge of developing atomic bombs as head of the Manhattan Project. The decision to drop two atomic bombs was made by one man -- Colonel Henry Stimson -- a Wall Street banker with ties to Churchill and the city of London bankers. It’s always the international bankers who are engineering these horrific wars and the development of ever more horrific technologies of war. However the hypocrisy of the U.S. government must also be addressed. Depleted uranium munitions meet the definition of WMDs under U.S. Federal Code in 2 out of 3 categories, and they violate U.S. military law because the U.S. is a signatory to the Geneva and Hague conventions. If the U.S. government is so worried about Iran being a nuclear threat, then why did Henry Kissinger give Iran nuclear power plants, and President Gerald Ford give Iran plutonium? September 16, 2005, in the UN General Assembly, President Hugo Chavez of Venezuela said: “We could, on the basis of national realities, exchange knowledge, integrate markets, interconnect, but at the same time we must understand that there are problems that do not have a national solution: radioactive clouds, world oil prices, diseases, warming of the planet or the hole in the ozone layer. These are not domestic problems.” And on September 17, 2005, in the UN General Assembly President Ahmadinejad of Iran eloquently brought the depleted uranium issue to the table: “Ironically, those who have actually used nuclear weapons, continue to produce, stockpile and extensively test such weapons, have used depleted uranium bombs and bullets against tens and perhaps hundreds of thousands of Iraqis, Kuwaitis, and even their own soldiers and those of their allies, afflicting them with incurable diseases, blatantly violate their obligations under the NPT, have refrained from signing the CTBT and have armed the Zionist occupation regime with WMDs, are not only refusing to remedy their past deeds, but in clear breech of the NPT, are trying to prevent other countries from acquiring the technology to produce peaceful nuclear energy. All these problems emanate from the fact that justice and spirituality are missing in the way powerful governments conduct their affairs with other nations. “ A third courageous world leader has also recognized that depleted uranium global pollution is the most important issue today, for example Dr. Mahathir Mohamed, former prime minister of Malaysia. He held an international war crimes conference February 5-7, 2007, in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, attended by 5000 people. The issue of radioactive weapons and depleted uranium played an important role at this conference. So we have three world leaders now who have spoken out about the horror and illegality of depleted uranium weaponry. But the NATO countries are silent and complicit in the poisoning of Iraq, Yugoslavia, Afghanistan, and Lebanon with their illegal weapons. The approximately 5000 U.S. bunker buster bombs that Israel bombed Lebanon with, in the July 2006 attack. Dr. Chris Busby has reported evidence of not only depleted uranium in the bomb craters along the Lebanon/Israel border, but also traces of deuterium, high levels of uranium 235, and neutron activation products that quickly decayed within 3 weeks. The analyses were done at the British Government Radiation Laboratory at Harwell, so they must be correct. Those anomalous radiation fingerprints suggest that 4th generation nuclear weapons were also included in the bunker buster dirty bombs. In other words, the U.S./Israel are now carrying out two nuclear wars from within the same bomb -- or shall we call it the new ‘super nuker.’ What hypocrisy for the U.S. to cry ‘terrorist’ about Iran, when U.S. bombs delivered by Israeli jets are nuking Lebanon, Israeli citizens, and everyone in the region. Well, it is well known in America that the victimizer always turns himself into the victim. The truth is that the ‘nuclear states’ have, and are using, nuclear weapons for blackmailing weaker countries in order to depopulate them and steal their mineral resources. It’s just that simple. Q: What is depleted uranium and how does it affect human beings? What are the consequences of DU contamination? A: Depleted uranium is radioactive waste from the nuclear weapons and nuclear power programs. 99.5% of the uranium that is mined becomes depleted uranium after 0.5% uranium 235 is removed in the enrichment process. Iran is legally enriching uranium for their nuclear power program, and the IAEA has stated that this is a perfectly legal activity in a country with nuclear power plants. It is being used as an excuse by the U.S. and international community to threaten Iran. In 1942, radioactive poison gas weapons were suggested for development under the Manhattan Project. In other words, the scientists did not know if they could successfully make atomic bombs, so they said “…Let’s make dirty bombs, dirty missiles, and dirty bullets out of the depleted uranium, since we have lots of that, and it will permanently contaminate the air, water, soil, food, and blood in a region where we use these munitions.” It was a great weapon to kill, maim and disease lots of people. So in 1942 they knew everything about depleted uranium but did not use it until 1973, during the oil crisis, when the U.S. government gave it to Israel and supervised them using it in the Yom Kippur war. I have met so many women in Berkeley, California, who lived in Israel (occupied Palestine) then in Kibbutzes, and they have an epidemic of breast cancer in their families now. Well, that was just the beginning. The U.S. has contaminated 39 states with depleted uranium since 1945 from testing, manufacture, sales, storage and disposal of these weapons. The U.S. is in a massive epidemic of radiation related illnesses, which is increasing every year -- the U.S. government nuked its own people with atomic bomb testing, nuclear power plants, and now depleted uranium. Not only are the Middle East and Central Asia contaminated forever with radioactive depleted uranium, which has a half-life of 4.5 billion years, but it has contaminated and mixed throughout the global atmosphere, causing a global epidemic of diabetes and other radiation related illnesses. Depleted uranium is a radioactive nano-particle doomsday machine, which is not only causing diabetes all over the world, but it is invisibly increasing death rates, and decreasing birth rates globally -- that is called depopulation. The Queen of Britain and the Rockefellers (U.S.) own most of the uranium, and the City of London bankers control world uranium supplies and prices. Nice partnership, isn’t it? Through her mother (maiden name Roche), Princess Diana was actually a Rothschild (City of London bankers). Many people believe that Prince Charles married Diana for her Stuart bloodline, which made her more royal than Charles. But when Prince William becomes king, England will have a Rothschild on the throne… that is the bloodline wanted from Princess Diana. Well, if you think about the thousands of tons of depleted uranium the U.S./UK have admitted using since 1991, that would be the same as releasing the radiation from at least 400,000 Nagasaki bombs into the atmosphere since 1991, ten times more than during atmospheric testing. Well, look at the increase in diabetes in Japan since 1991, which represents the global effect of depleted uranium pollution. (source: Vital Statistics of Japan 2004, Vol. 1, Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare, pp.202-3) Then there are the effects to consider on the unborn babies. Consider the large increase in low birth weight babies in the U.S. since 1991, caused by the global depleted uranium pollution. This is happening all over the world. Unlike infant mortality, these babies survive but they are at much greater risk for health problems during their lives: diabetes, learning disabilities, obesity, heart defects, and they are never really strong and healthy. The babies may look normal on the outside, but the DNA is damaged both in the nucleus and in the mitochondria of the cell, as well as other damage we still don’t understand. Over future generations, the genetic damage will be expressed in unpredictable ways, and gradually the genome will degrade and decline in vigor. (source: U.S. government data, Centers for Disease Control {CDC}) The consequence of depleted uranium global pollution is damage to the genome of the entire planet which is being degraded and destroyed slowly over time -- for all living things. This is a demonic plan by the City of London and Wall Street banking establishments, and the new world order, the ‘globalists’ who want to depopulate the world by 2-4 billion people. They don’t call London the world capital of terrorism for no reason. Depopulation, through a continuous global covert nuclear war, has been waged against citizens, paid for by citizens through taxation, privatized, and secretly implemented by the global ruling elite. From 62 years of depleted uranium wars alone, global public health has been devastated by large increases in death rates and chronic disease, and decreasing birth rates, both evident in the vital statistics of many countries since 1945. This is a global trend. This is what Henry Kissinger said about it in 1974 in the National Security Council: Dr. Henry Kissinger proposed in his memorandum to the NSC that ‘depopulation should be the highest priority of U.S. foreign policy towards the third world.’ He cited reasons of national security, and because the U.S. economy will require large and increasing amounts of minerals from abroad, especially from less developed countries… wherever a lessening of population can increase the prospects for such stability, population policy becomes relevant to resources, supplies and to the economic interests of the U.S. (“Implications of worldwide population growth for U.S. security & overseas interests”, National Security Memo 200, April 24, 1974) According to an NSC spokesman at the time, the United States shared the view of former World Bank President Robert McNamara that the ‘population crisis’ is a greater threat to U.S. national security interests than ‘nuclear annihilation’. In 1975, Henry Kissinger established a policy-planning group in the U.S. State Department’s office of population affairs. By 1979 depopulation was the top priority of U.S. national security policy, as outlined in the national security paper Global 2000 written by Rockefeller contractors Henry Kissinger, Z. Brzezinski, Gen. Alexander Haig, and Ed Muskie for President Carter. So it is very clear that depleted uranium weaponry is being used for the purpose of depopulation in the Middle East, Central Asia, Lebanon, Yugoslavia… and these areas of course are rich in mineral resources that the Zionist Anglo-American economic empire wants to control. The tiger economies (China, Japan, {South} Korea and India) are another serious economic threat -- so another nuclear war is being carried out against them with nuclear power plants forced on them by the U.S./UK war crimes racketeering syndicate (who own the uranium and the nuclear power industry). The Zionist Anglo-American banking establishment is an international permanent war economy, a war crimes racketeering syndicate, the most vicious and ruthless in the history of the world: once again, they are the greedy bankers of Wall Street and the City of London, and let’s include the British throne which will soon crown a Rothschild as king. Q: What parts of the world have been poisoned by DU? Are there more regions at risk of contamination? A: All of the world has been poisoned by the DU -- most of it since 1991. The health statistics from around the world clearly show the global impact. But even the oceans are being killed by the radiation, the baby fish die just like our babies. Or they are born weak and may not survive to become adult fish. This also happened during atmospheric testing. Between 1957 and 1963 the fishing catch in the North Atlantic declined by 50%, but recovered within a few years as soon as atmospheric testing ended, because of the partial test ban treaty which Russia, the UK and U.S. signed. However, the Pacific fishing catch declined 65% by 1970 and never recovered because some nuclear states continued testing. It is happening all over again since 1991 with the introduction of DU weaponry by the U.S. and the UK. In Japan, I learned that the fishing catch has declined 10% just in the past few years. The DU is globally mixed in 1 year -- it is found in the ice record in Antarctica, Hawaii, the Alps, the Himalayas, and even in the Andes of South America. There is nowhere to hide or any way to escape. Q: The U.S. soldiers who were sent to the Persian Gulf War were also poisoned by U.S. DU weapons. There are many reports of their devastating situation. Isn’t the U.S. government concerned about the lives of its own military personnel? A: Here is a news story tonight on the Internet. It is the despair and anger expressed by a member of Congress from the San Francisco area where I live. Listen to his words on the floor of Congress speaking to Bush: “You have no money for health care for children… or for more war… You just like to blow things up.” Here is a lawyer friend of mine, from the international law firm of Morrison and Foerster, who has filed a class action lawsuit against the Veterans Administration for Health Care for our very sick veterans… the medical disability rate is over 55% since 1991, when they started using depleted uranium weapons. Our children are being turned into uranium meat as soon as they are sent to Iraq and Afghanistan. What about the poor people who live in those regions and have for thousands of years. The leadership in the U.S., the Congress, the White House, and the Pentagon have been taken over by a shadow government -- that shadow from Wall Street and the City of London. The U.S. is bankrupt and is being carved up like a turkey by the globalists. Europe is too… the EU is just another region being dragged into slavery… like the U.S.-Canada-Mexico, which is now undergoing unification. I cannot believe this global nightmare being rolled out. Our soldiers are just being sent to Iraq and Afghanistan and given a death sentence as soon as they arrive. Our national guard, to protect our states from being overtaken by our own military, is being destroyed to make this global takeover easier. Black youth in the ghettoes are refusing to join the military. They are saying, “It’s more dangerous in Iraq now than in the ghetto… We are staying home.” Major Doug Rokke told me that gang members and juvenile delinquents coming back from their army service in Iraq are taking military trucks from bases here like at Fort Lewis, and going out into towns around the military bases and robbing banks. Then they go back into the ghettoes and kill the police… That’s what they learned in Iraq. As Henry Kissinger famously said after Vietnam: “Military men are just dumb stupid animals to be used as pawns in foreign policy.” I think in reality the U.S. government has killed far more Americans, their own citizens, than they have killed in other countries. The CIA has cannibalized the U.S. just like it has eaten through the economies and killed the people of many other countries. The CIA is bringing the drugs from Afghanistan and South America into our communities. It’s a great way to fund elections and to make huge profits. Over $850 billion a year in drug money in the U.S. is the CIA cash-flow through the U.S. economy. The U.S. economy would collapse without it. Q: Are these soldiers receiving proper health care from the current U.S. administration? A: Of course not. They are receiving a plane ride back to the U.S. and then they are dumped into their communities by the Pentagon and given no help, no medical care, nothing. I have them calling me up every day, they find my name on the Internet, and they are begging me to help them… they want to commit suicide, their wives are sick… this is a nightmare not only over in the Middle East and Central Asia, but here as well. Our country is bankrupt -- morally, spiritually, and financially. Q: Could you explain when and how your opposition to nuclear weapons began? A: Well, I worked in two nuclear weapons labs, as a geoscientist cleaning up the mess at the labs. I did not know what nuclear weapons were until I went to Japan in 2000, invited to the Atomic and Hydrogen Bomb Conference as a plenary speaker. I was horrified when I saw the effects of atomic bombs on Hiroshima and Nagasaki. If Americans had seen the aftermath in 1945 of those horrific bombs, there never would have been a nuclear weapons program in the U.S. It was hidden from the public and still is. It is a brotherhood of death, the ultimate rejection of life… it is a huge lie. When I stood in the peace museums of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, I realized that I had to spend the rest of my life working on the terrible issue of nuclear pollution. I am a mother, I am a scientist, I am a woman and a giver of life; I cannot stand to see another mother and father with a sick child, a sick baby, a sick grandparent… the youngest and the oldest are the ones who suffer from radiation the most. So here is what I am doing, a global campaign, a U.S. campaign to get DU bills for our soldiers in the state legislatures -- Congress is nonfunctional. In Hawaii they call me the ‘enfant terrible’ of depleted uranium. Well, if I am a naughty child for doing that, I am a very very very much more naughty scientist… and I am having lots of fun with my radiation wrecking ball… informing the public about what they should know about radiation and its impact on public health and the environment. Seriously, there really is no other choice. Q: What are the human costs of depleted uranium? A: We are facing a global mass extinction of 2-4 billion people, and a war against the genetic future of all species. If the Bush Administration and the U.S. Navy are really stupid enough to bomb Iran with their (nuclear) friend Israel, well then they deserve what they get if they knock over that beehive. Iran is not Iraq… Iraq was a ‘cakewalk’ compared to what a mess they will have with Iran. I want the people of Iran, Iraq, Lebanon, Yugoslavia, Afghanistan and the people of the world to know that I love and respect them. Americans are not bad people, I am not a bad person because I am American, it is our government that has hijacked and stolen our country and our soul from us. But this nightmare they are creating is not over yet, and like Iraq, it will not turn out the way they think it is going to… Bush is not the only sociopath in power who likes to blow things up. Other countries may retaliate. And there are many ways to punish the Zionist Anglo-American economic empire. Its future is fading. You never create wealth by destroying things ============================================================================================= Kucinich says he will force House vote on Cheney impeachment Nick Juliano Raw Story Saturday November 3, 2007 Rep. Dennis Kucinich (D-OH) announced he would move to force a vote next week on his resolution calling for the impeachment of Vice President Dick Cheney. “The momentum is building for impeachment,” Kucinich said in a statement on his Web site. “Millions of citizens across the nation are demanding Congress rein in the Vice President’s abuse of power. Kucinich said he plans to introduce a privileged resolution, which would have priority for a House floor vote, on Nov. 6. A vote on the measure would be required within two days. Observers expect a motion to table Kucinich's resolution, which has 21 Democratic co-sponsors. It is almost certain that such a move to kill the resolution would be successful, but activists are urging members of Congress to support Kucinich's move. "We need you to ask your representative to vote No on tabling, Yes on giving impeachment a chance," wrote David Swanson on the pro-impeachment Website AfterDowningStreet.org. "Those who vote Yes to table cannot use the excuse that 'We don't have the votes,' since others will at that same instant with exactly the same exertion be voting No. Please scroll down to contact Congress and the media right away!" Democratic House Speaker Nancy Pelosi has long said that impeachment was "off the table" and Kucinich has had little success spurring legislative action on his resolutions, despite the growing number of lawmakers who have signed on as co-sponsors since it was introduced this spring. Kucinich's full statement is reprinted below: # Kucinich Will Introduce Privileged Resolution To Force Up Or Down Vote On Cheney Impeachment WASHINGTON, D.C. (November 2, 2007) — Congressman Dennis Kucinich (D-OH) announced today that he will be offering a privileged resolution on the House floor next week that will bring articles of impeachment against the Vice President, Richard B. Cheney. “The momentum is building for impeachment,” Kucinich said. “Millions of citizens across the nation are demanding Congress rein in the Vice President’s abuse of power. “Despite this groundswell of opposition to the unconstitutional conduct of office, Vice President Cheney continues to violate the U.S. Constitution by insisting the power of the executive branch is supreme. “Congress must hold the Vice President accountable. The American people need to let Members of Congress know how they feel about this. The Vice President continues to use his office to advocate for a continued occupation of Iraq and prod our nation into a belligerent stance against Iran. If the Vice President is successful, his actions will ensure decades of disastrous consequences.” The privileged resolution has priority status for consideration on the House floor. Once introduced, the resolution has to be brought to the floor within two legislative days, although the House could act on it immediately. Kucinich is expected to bring it to the House floor on Tuesday, November 6. H. Res. 333, Articles of Impeachment against the Vice President, has 21 cosponsors. They are: Rep. Tammy Baldwin (D-WI), Robert Brady (D-PA), Yvette Clarke (D-NY), Rep. William Lacy Clay (D-MO), Rep. Steve Cohen (D-TN), Rep. Keith Ellison (D-MN), Rep. Sam Farr (D-CA), Rep. Bob Filner (D-CA), Rep. Sheila Jackson-Lee (D-TX), Rep. Henry Johnson (D-GA), Rep. Carolyn Kilpatrick (D-MI), Rep. Barbara Lee (D-CA), Rep. Jim McDermott (D-WA), Rep. James Moran (D-VA), Rep. Donald Payne (D-NJ), Rep. Jan Schakowsky (D-IL), Rep. Edolphus Towns (D-NY), Rep. Maxine Waters (D-CA), Rep. Diane Watson (D-CA), Rep. Lynn Woolsey (D-CA) and Rep. Albert Wynn (D-MD). ============================================================================================= Memos Prove Rumsfeld Directed Psychological Terror Campaign Hyping climate of fear, threat of violence to achieve political objectives is the very definition of terrorism Prison Planet| November 2, 2007 Paul Joseph Watson New Pentagon memos released by the Washington Post prove that ex-U.S. defense secretary Donald Rumsfeld directed a psychological campaign of terror in order to achieve political objectives, making Rumsfeld himself a terrorist according to the very definition of the term. "Donald Rumsfeld, the former United States defence secretary, tried to maintain an atmosphere of fear in America as part of the Iraq war propaganda campaign, a series of leaked memos has shown," reports the London Telegraph . In an April 2006 memo, Rumsfeld encouraged Pentagon officials to "Keep elevating the threat" and "Talk about Somalia, the Philippines etc. Make the American people realise they are surrounded in the world by violent extremists". Rumsfeld also urged his staff to concoct "bumper sticker statements" (mindless clichés) in an attempt to garner continued support for the occupation of Iraq. In the most telling e mail, the former defense secretary ordered the Pentagon to "link Iraq to Iran," heralding the birth of the now saturated propaganda talking point that Iran is fueling the violence in Iraq and helping to kill U.S. troops, despite the fact that British officials patrolling the Iran-Iraq border admit that there is "No concrete proof that Iran is supplying Iraq." Rumsfeld's obsession with micro-managing every aspect of the propaganda offensive upon the American people led to him disseminating anything up to 60 "snowflakes" or memos every single day, much to the chagrin of Pentagon employees. His insistence that an artificial climate of fear be maintained in America about the threat of new terror attacks in order to sell the unpopular war in Iraq are the smoking gun for criminal charges to be initiated. By several of the very definitions of terrorism, Rumsfeld has provably engaged in terrorism, by hyping the threat of terror to achieve a political objective. Definitions of terrorism - A psychological strategy of war for gaining political ends by deliberately creating a well-founded climate of fear among the civilian population. - The unlawful use or threatened use of force or violence against people or property to coerce or intimidate governments or societies . - The systematic use of terror, the deliberate creation and exploitation of fear for bringing about political change . - The use of - or threatened use of - criminal violence against civilians or civilian infrastructure to achieve political ends through fear and intimidation , rather than direct confrontation. - The calculated use of violence (or threat of violence) against civilians in order to attain goals that are political or religious or ideological in nature; this is done through intimidation or coercion or instilling fear . Under any of the definitions of terrorism listed above, Rumsfeld has demonstrably engaged in terror by artificially hyping the fear of new attacks as part of a strategy to achieve a political objective. ============================================================================================= Police Batter Down Teenager's Door, Blow Off Dog's Head Without Warning MEGAN GILLIS Ottawa Sun Monday October 29, 2007 A Vanier woman is claiming police brutality after tactical team officers with a warrant to search for drugs broke down her door Thursday, shot two of her dogs to death and terrified her teen daughters. Joanne Charlebois said she was spending the evening packing for a move with the help of friends, and her daughters, aged 16 and 19, were studying with a pal, when men in helmets broke down the door of her McArthur Ave apartment. Charlebois claims officers gave no warning before shooting the dogs, whom she says were gentle mutts who were running away in fear. They left bullet holes in the floor and a casing under the sofa. "I heard bangs at the front door, they knocked the door in," a weeping Charlebois said. "I thought it was a joke for Halloween. 'THEY BLEW HER HEAD OFF' "Then click, boom, boom. My dog (Daisy) was in the air, her legs shaking. Then my dog Maxine came running to me and they blew her head off right next to me. "They came in and terrorized my household. They killed our dogs ... I'm traumatized, my daughters are traumatized." The officers kept asking where the cocaine and guns were hidden and tore the place apart. Charlebois says she had small quantities of pot and cocaine for personal use but showed documents indicating she faces three counts of possession for the purpose of trafficking and one count of possessing of the proceeds of crime. Ottawa Police, who didn't tell the media about the raid, could not confirm what was found or what charges were laid. Staff-Sgt. David Veinotte said officers arrested eight people. "They were confronted by pit bull mixes inside the premises," Veinotte said. A spokeswoman for the Ottawa Humane Society says the two dead dogs delivered to them by the police were pitbull or mastiff types and weighed about 85 lbs. each. The shooting is under investigation by the professional standards section, which is normal procedure. ALWAYS TWO SIDES "There are always two sides to every story," Veinotte said of the incident. Martina Charlebois, 19, says she was cuffed and thrown down as she reached for her dead pets to comfort them. "They dragged me through the blood, " she said. "He had his foot to the back of my head and a gun to my head. I just wanted to touch them." The teen spent the night in jail, where she was strip-searched, before being released with her mother. Martina, who wasn't charged, said she hasn't been able to eat or sleep since. "This is what they did to my family," Charlebois said, clutching photos of her dogs' bloodied bodies. "What they did is wrong." ============================================================================================= White House Blocked Waterboarding Critic JAN CRAWFORD GREENBURG and ARIANE de VOGUE ABC Saturday November 3, 2007 A senior Justice Department official, charged with reworking the administration's legal position on torture in 2004 became so concerned about the controversial interrogation technique of waterboarding that he decided to experience it firsthand, sources told ABC News. Daniel Levin, then acting assistant attorney general, went to a military base near Washington and underwent the procedure to inform his analysis of different interrogation techniques. After the experience, Levin told White House officials that even though he knew he wouldn't die, he found the experience terrifying and thought that it clearly simulated drowning. Levin, who refused to comment for this story, concluded waterboarding could be illegal torture unless performed in a highly limited way and with close supervision. And, sources told ABC News, he believed the Bush Administration had failed to offer clear guidelines for its use. Bush Administration Blocked Critic The administration at the time was reeling from an August 2002 memo by Jay Bybee, then the head of the Office of Legal Counsel, which laid out possible justifications for torture. In June 2004, Levin's predecessor at the office, Jack Goldsmith, officially withdrew the Bybee memo, finding it deeply flawed. When Levin took over from Goldsmith, he went to work on a memo that would effectively replace the Bybee memo as the administration's legal position on torture. It was during this time that he underwent waterboarding. In December 2004, Levin released the new memo. He said, "Torture is abhorrent" but he went on to say in a footnote that the memo was not declaring the administration's previous opinions illegal. The White House, with Alberto Gonzales as the White House counsel, insisted that this footnote be included in the memo. But Levin never finished a second memo imposing tighter controls on the specific interrogation techniques. Sources said he was forced out of the Justice Department when Gonzales became attorney general. Critics Decry Waterboarding as Torture Critics say waterboarding should never be used. According to retired Rear Adm. John Hutson, "There is no question this is torture -- this is a technique by which an individual is strapped to a board, elevated by his feet and either dunked into water or water poured over his face over a towel or a blanket." The legal justification of waterboarding has come to the forefront in the debate swirling around Michael B. Mukasey's nomination for attorney general. While Democrats are pressing him to declare waterboarding illegal, he has refused to do so. He calls it personally "repugnant," but he is unwilling to declare it illegal until he can see the classified information regarding the technique and its current use. ============================================================================================= The mystery of the missing $2.9 trillion David R. Francis CS Monitor Monday October 29, 2007 Like most people, economists love a mystery – especially if it involves not a missing person but a missing $2.9 trillion in United States debt. That's $2.9 with 11 zeros after it. Some words of explanation: Every quarter the Department of Commerce comes up with the US "International Investment Position." At the end of 2006, for instance, the US had a net negative position – by this measurement of international assets and liabilities – of $2.6 trillion. In other words, the country is by far the world's biggest debtor nation. A quarter century ago, the US was the world's largest creditor nation. The economists at Commerce count American-owned private assets in foreign nations (plants, equipment, retail outfits, property, corporate stocks and bonds, etc.), US official international reserves (gold, special drawing rights, foreign currencies), and other US assets abroad. The measurements get complicated. Then these economists count what foreigners own of American assets, looking at the same list of assets. Subtracting the value of American international assets from what foreigners own of American assets, they come up with how much Americans are in debt to other nations and their peoples. But if you look at the current account of the US balance of payments, which measures primarily the balance of trade, and also flows of interest and dividends, foreign aid, and other international transfers, the US should be far deeper in hock – $2.9 trillion more over the years from 1990 through 2006 than the official $2.6 trillion. Every month, the Commerce Department has reported huge deficits in trade and the broader current account. These deficits have to be financed somehow by foreigners, and so the US should be piling up its international debts in grand style. Last year the US international deficit was running at a level equivalent to 6.5 percent of our gross domestic product, the nation's total output of goods and services. In a sense, Americans were living 6.5 percent better than they would if they weren't putting on the national tab, in effect, so many toys, shirts, computers, etc. "Why aren't we more indebted?" asks Barry Bosworth, an economist at the Brookings Institution in Washington. One related mystery is that American investments in foreign nations earn a much higher rate of return than do the investments by foreigners in the US. "Why?" asks Mr. Bosworth in a working paper written with Susan Collins of the Gerald Ford School of Public Policy in Ann Arbor, Mich., and a graduate student, Gabriel Chodorow-Reich. One-third of the gap in the return on investments can be attributed to US corporations reporting "extra" income in low tax jurisdictions of their foreign affiliates, the National Bureau of Economic Research paper finds. For example, Microsoft sells its software in foreign countries from an affiliate in Ireland – after making some changes in the software, says Bosworth. There, it pays only a 10 percent tax on its corporate profits, rather than the 38 percent corporate rate in the US. Other US firms set up affiliates in such tax havens as Barbados, the Bahamas, and Bermuda. US firms are "quite aggressive" in taking advantage of such tax havens, notes Bosworth. It probably means that these companies avoid billions of dollars in taxes that otherwise would go to Uncle Sam. It also distorts the official balance-of-payments figures. "The data are very bad," says Bosworth. Another economist intrigued by this international investment mystery is Pierre-Olivier Gourinchas of the University of California, Berkeley. He finds that the reason the US is earning so much more on its foreign assets than it is paying on its foreign liabilities is partly because US investors often take more risk and thus get a higher return. The American money goes into foreign direct investment (plant and equipment, etc.) and into foreign stock, for example. Many foreigners, especially central banks, tend to be more cautious in choosing American investments. They buy ultrasafe US Treasuries or relatively safe bonds issued by US corporations, for instance. "The US offers nice, liquid, safe investments," says Professor Gourinchas. The risk of default can be low. The US is an entrepôt, says Jane D'Arista, of the Financial Markets Center, Philomont, Va. That is, it takes in savings from the world at relatively low cost and invests some of that money abroad at a higher return. There's more to the mystery than that, however. One advantage for the US is that the dollar is the primary currency used in international reserves of other nations and for invoicing international trade and investment, such as for oil and other commodities. So when the dollar loses value, foreign holders of dollar assets lose on their dollar investments. Almost all US foreign liabilities are in dollars and about 70 percent of US foreign assets are in foreign currencies.In what Gourinchas calls an "eye-catching, back-of-the-envelope calculation," a 10 percent depreciation of the dollar represents a transfer of 5.3 percent of US GDP from the rest of the world to the US. America's GDP is currently $13.7 trillion, and the dollar is down 20.6 percent since 2002. So foreigners have – in effect – given the US about $1.3 trillion. It's not really that simple, emphasizes Gourinchas. Nonetheless, the US has had a free lunch. ============================================================================================= CFR President: $200 Oil If War With Iran Rogue Government October 28, 2007 Richard Haass the President of the Council on Foreign Relations and Bilderberg luminary was recently interviewed by Katie Couric on the situation with Iran. During the interview, Haass predicted that the crisis over Iran’s nuclear program could come to a head within the next few months and that war with Iran would result in oil prices rising to $200 a barrel. Haass also made it clear that sanctions would not be effective in changing Iran’s stance on their nuclear program and that there was a real possibility of a U.S. military strike on Iran using aircraft and cruise missiles. When Couric specifically asked Haass if he thought we would see a war with Iran, he responded. “I don’t think we are talking about invasion, the U.S. doesn’t have ground troops. There could be a military strike using aircraft and cruise missiles, but if you ask me over the next year or two years can I imagine the U.S. and Iran moving to conflict? The short answer is yes. Is it definite? Obviously not, but is it a real possibility; for sure.” Haass also mentioned in the interview that war with Iran would result in the oil price reaching $200 a barrel. This specific prediction from Haass is interesting considering reports from previous Bilderberg meetings that the global elite have been seeking an increase in oil prices as part of an effort to further squeeze the U.S. middle class. A $200 oil price is certainly not out of the realm of possibility considering oil recently eclipsed the $90 a barrel mark. The rising oil price has thus far been primarily due to a combination of geopolitical tensions in the Middle East along with the falling value of the U.S. Dollar. In addition, the Federal Reserve is widely expected to cut interest rates again which would send the price of oil even higher and the value of the U.S. Dollar even lower. Any military attack on Iran would certainly send oil prices much higher with the possibility of other countries with close ties to Iran like Venezuela cutting off oil sales in retaliation. It is clear that the global elite are seriously considering military action against Iran as part of their goal to further their agenda for one world government. The major media networks have been out in full force spreading all sorts of propaganda in an effort to convince the masses that we need an invasion of Iran. The propaganda fails to mention that any invasion of Iran could have a devastating effect on the U.S. economy with the potential of skyrocketing gasoline prices. Hopefully, they’ll come to their senses and put a halt to any plans for a military strike against Iran. With countries like Pakistan and North Korea holding a nuclear arsenal, it doesn’t make any logical sense to go after a country like Iran that doesn’t even have a nuclear weapon. The only rationale for an invasion of Iran is raw imperialism, and unfortunately that’s what we are seeing unfold. ============================================================================================= World's biggest bank in crisis meeting Damian Reece and Robert Winnett London Telegraph Saturday November 3, 2007 Fears of more turmoil hitting global stock markets grew last night after it emerged that Citigroup, the world’s biggest bank, has called an emergency board meeting for this weekend amid fears of escalating bad debts. Citigroup is seen as a bellwether for the health of the financial system but has been rocked in recent days over concerns that its exposure to America’s sub-prime mortgage crisis is bigger than previously thought. News of the board meeting came after the US stock market closed so investors could not react immediately. The emergency at Citigroup follows the run on the British bank Northern Rock which fell victim to the global credit crunch in September. Just over a week ago, the Bank of England warned that the crunch was far from over and that the UK stock market was "particularly vulnerable" to a downturn. Citigroup, which globally has more than a billion customers, has operated in the UK since 1902 and employs more than 12,000 people here. As well as banking, in the UK it also provides a range of commercial investment services to corporate, financial institutions and public sector clients. There were concerns in New York that the Citigroup board meeting had been called to discuss the possibility of the bank writing off an increasing amount of bad debt. This could seriously hit its profits. Citigroup’s shares have already slumped 25 per cent over the past three weeks after the bank wrote off $5·9?billion (£2·8?billion) worth of bad debts. Much of this originally arose in the US sub-prime mortgage market, which is currently in crisis as a large number of borrowers with poor credit histories have defaulted on their repayments. Charles Prince, Citigroup’s chairman and chief executive, has come under mounting scrutiny over the bank’s performance and will come under pressure to resign if the bank is forced to write off more bad debt. It follows the resignation on Wednesday of Stan O'Neal, chairman and chief executive of Merrill Lynch, after the investment bank wrote-down $7.9bn in sub-prime exposure in the third quarter. Markets will be concerned that Citigroup’s growing problems will spread into the economy at large as it, and other large banks, curtail lending which could prompt a slowdown in activity. British banks are also under pressure and the three leading institutions have seen their share price value plunge by almost £14? billion I two days. Barclays’ market value has dropped by a total of 11 per cent amid rumours that it had approached the Bank of England for an emergency loan. Royal Bank of Scotland shares fell by eight per cent over the two days while those of HSBC, Britain’s biggest bank, dropped 4·7 per cent. Against this fevered background, it emerged that Gordon Brown risks sidelining his Chancellor, Alistair Darling, by using his former Treasury "fixer" to help resolve key financial issues. Shriti Vadera, a former adviser to Mr Brown who was ennobled in the summer, was allegedly involved in discussions with Lloyds TSB about a rescue deal for crisis-hit Northern Rock, The Daily Telegraph has learned. Baroness Vadera, now international development minister, is also said to be involved in discussions to water down Mr Darling’s proposals for reforming capital gains tax. Lady Vadera was infamously involved in the government’s disastrous renationalisation of Railtrack in 2001. There is said to be a history of antagonism between her and Mr Darling. George Osborne, the shadow chancellor said last night: "If these revelations are true, then it seriously undermines Alistair Darling’s credibility. "If the Prime Minister does not trust his own Chancellor to run the economy in a crisis, why should the country trust him?" It also emerged that Northern Rock has borrowed £23?billion from the Bank of England, equivalent to about £1,000 for every British family, after no rescue emerged. Lord Oakeshott, the Liberal Democrat Treasury spokesman and a City fund manager, said: "Alarm bells are ringing. Until the Government clears the failed board of management out and allows accountants to go through the books there must be very serious concerns." Before the Northern Rock crisis became public, it is understood that the Government held talks with Eric Daniels, the chief executive of Lloyds TSB, about a possible takeover. Lloyds TSB is being advised by UBS, the investment bank in which Lady Vadera was a senior executive before joining the Treasury. Lloyds TSB is chaired by Sir Victor Blank, the former head of Trinity Mirror newspapers who is regarded as a close friend of Gordon Brown. Lord Leitch, a Labour peer who has carried out several government reviews for Mr Brown, is also on the board. One well-placed source said: "It was thought rather odd that a junior minister in another department was dealing with the worst banking crisis in a generation rather than the Chancellor." Another banking source said: "I am told there is a lot of frustration at Number 10 and among senior civil servants with the Treasury and the way it is letting the Northern Rock situation drift. Nick Macpherson [the permanent secretary at the Treasury] is under particular pressure." The Tories have asked parliamentary questions demanding that the Government reveal details about Lady Vadera’s involvement. Shahid Malik, her boss at the Department for International Development has blocked their requests saying: "Ministers and senior officials meet a range of individuals and organisations to discuss policy and delivery issues. As was the case with the previous administration, the Government does not provide details of all such meetings." Lloyds TSB declined to comment but a Treasury spokesman said: "No information on any proposed sale of Northern Rock has been provided to Baroness Vadera, nor have there been any meetings whatsoever between the Treasury and Baroness Vadera to discuss Northern Rock. "Furthermore, it is incorrect to suggest that Baroness Vadera has held talks with Lloyds TSB, UBS or anyone else in the City on a potential takeover of Northern Rock. Tax policy is a matter for the Chancellor and decisions are made as part of the Budget process. Shriti Vadera has not been involved in discussions on capital gains tax." Lady Vadera, nicknamed Shrieky within Whitehall, was reportedly blocked by Sir Gus O’Donnell, the head of the civil service, from taking a position at Downing Street when Mr Brown became Prime Minister. However, she remains a central figure in Mr Brown’s inner circle and was one of his few trusted advisers at the Treasury. Whitehall sources said that she remains a significant player in Downing Street. ============================================================================================= A New American Consensus to Meet Foreign Policy Challenges Hillary Clinton @ Council On Foreign Relations Watch Here ============================================================================================= FAIR USE NOTICE: This site may contain copyrighted material, the use of which may not always have been specifically Authorized by the copyright owner. Such material is made available for educational purposes, and as such this constitutes 'fair use' of any such copyrighted material as provided for in section 107 of the US Copyright Act. In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, the material on this site is available without profit to those who have expressed an interest in the included information for research and educational purposes. =============================================================================
Ron Paul at GOP Executive Meeting 11-01-2007 (Part 1)
Ron Paul at GOP Executive Meeting 11-01-2007 (Part 2) Ron Paul at GOP Executive Meeting 11-01-2007 (Part 3) Ron Paul at GOP Executive Meeting 11-01-2007 (Part 4) Ron Paul at GOP Executive Meeting 11-01-2007 (Part 5) Ron Paul at GOP Executive Meeting 11-01-2007 (Part 6) Recent Videos Ron Paul on Freedom to Fascism & Aaron Russo Ron Paul in Aaron Russo's Freedom to Fascism Hutton Gibson Endorses Ron Paul for President More Videos ============================================================================================= Neocons Dream Up Nefarious Alex Jones - Ron Paul Plot TruthNews | October 30, 2007 Kurt Nimmo Neocons never rest, especially when they are tasked with shooting down the only Constitution-based presidential candidate out of fear he will, when elected, put an end to their clash of civilizations mass murder campaign. For instance, the neocon blogger �Allahpundit,� posting on the Hot Air site, is busy accusing Ron Paul and Alex Jones of some sort of shadowy collusion. ��it seems now we've got money moving in both directions between America's Greatest Patriot and this bottom-feeding Truther jackass: a $2,300 donation from Jones to Paul and a $1,300 payment this quarter from Paul's campaign to �Jones, Alex.' Assuming it's the same Alex Jones, which seems a safe bet, pray tell what might that payment have been for?� writes the dirt-sniffing blogger. Nothing nefarious here, folks. Indeed, Alex Jones donated to the Ron Paul campaign, as radio talk show hosts are allowed to donate to the political campaigns of their choice. As for the supposed �$1,300 payment� to Alex Jones, this was merely a refund. Jones made a mistake�he intended to donate $1,000, not $2,300, and the $1,300 was a refund. The transaction was noted by OpenSecrets, an organization covering presidential funding. But never mind. In the demented recesses of the average neocon mind, this transaction is considered some sort of �sinister� conspiracy�one they hope may bring down the Ron Paul campaign, as the neocons want to make it look like Ron Paul is paying Alex Jones for favorable coverage on his radio show and websites. It irks the neocons to no end that a real conservative is running for the presidency. Obviously, the cons want the snake Rudy Giuliani to reign as decider-commander in 2009�they have packed his campaign with their Machiavellian-Straussian �advisors,� including the swami of destruction, Norman Podhoretz, who never encountered a Muslim he did not want to kill, or at least make suffer by way of bunker-buster. Finally, Rick Moran posted a partial retraction on the American Thinker site: As far as the specific charge in my piece yesterday that the Paul campaign paid 9/11 truther and New World Order conspiracist Alex Jones $1300 in �services,� the facts of the matter are different. The �disbursement� that was paid to Mr. Jones was a partial refund of a campaign contribution made by Jones, who originally donated the maximum amount of $2300. I regret the confusion caused by the difference between �services� rendered by Mr. Jones and the partial refund of his contribution. Fair enough, except for the fact Moran took the opportunity to slam Alex Jones, Endgame, and Ron Paul. �Paul's supporters will continue their campaign of intimidation against us, of that I am sure,� Moran concludes after quoting several venomous emails he received. �But I for one will not be deterred from reporting on the decidedly unbalanced and frightening nature of both his supporters and the direction his campaign would take America.� Of course, as we live in Bushzarro world, it is not �unbalanced and frightening� that a gaggle of pernicious neocons want to launch World War IV, as they fondly call it. For a bit more enlightenment on this story, check out the comments posted on the the Liberty Papers blog . ============================================================================================= Ron Paul Gaining Ground In New Hampshire New poll proves mainstream dismissal of congressman's presidential campaign is foolhardy Steve Watson Infowars.net Monday, Oct 29, 2007 A newly released presidential primary preference poll indicates that Ron Paul is gaining significant ground in New Hampshire and dispels the mainstream media myth that the Congressman is not amongst the top tier candidates. The poll, conducted by St. Anselm College's Institute of Politics, puts Ron Paul 4th behind Giuliani, McCain and Romney with 7.4 percent. It places Fred Thompson, touted as second favourite to take the GOP nomination, in 6th place. The poll also shows that 40 percent describe themselves as "independents" who may vote Republican, and 19 percent who will, are still undecided. Ron Paul's campaign staff are encouraged by these figures as they show that none of the other big name candidates have grasped the imagination of voters, leaving the door very much open for the Congressman Paul's campaign office is about to embark on a major media blitz in New Hampshire, readying phone banks to call potential Ron Paul supporters throughout the state and major TV ads, such as the one below. Congressman Paul, who filed his declaration of candidacy to run in the New Hampshire presidential primary at the State house in Concord last week, is also scheduled to make an appearance on the Tonight Show with Jay Leno tomorrow night. Recent poll results from public opinion service Rasmussen Reports also indicate that support for Ron Paul could be much higher nationwide, placing him above Giuliani in some instances. "By all accounts, Dr. Paul's support is rising steadily," said Paul campaign chairman Kent Snyder. "Americans are ready for a change and his unifying message of freedom, peace and prosperity is bringing more people together every day." ============================================================================================= Ron Paul is Winning Murray Sabrin USA Daily Monday October 29, 2007 Despite his relatively low standing in the national polls, GOP presidential candidate Ron Paul is winning the intellectual debate about the role of government. As the campaign unfolds we will see if his Internet support translates into huge fourth quarter contributions and then substantial votes in the early primaries. In the meantime, presidential candidates are sounding more like Dr. Paul everyday. On Meet the Press yesterday, Senator Chris Dodd (D) of Connecticut was interviewed by host Tim Russert. Senator Dodd is seeking his party’s nomination for president and is polling at 0% nationally. That is not a misprint. 0%! Yet, Dodd’s appearance on the long running Sunday morning talk show is due to the presidential candidate series MTP is holding every week. Fair enough. What was so surprising about Senator Dodd’s appearance yesterday was his statement that “…the first thing I would do on January 20th, 2009… is restore the Constitution. I’m very worried about where we’re headed… ” When was the last time we heard a Democrat state he wants to restore the Constitution! Does that make Dodd a Jeffersonian Democrat? Is Dodd a Ron Paul Democrat who wants to restore limited government and a noninterventionist foreign policy? Not quite. On Senator Dodd’s presidential campaign website the following blurb under “Restoring the Constitution” appears: “Chris Dodd is appalled by the current administration’s assault on our Constitutional Rights. That is why Senator Dodd introduced the Restoring the Constitution Act, which would restore habeas corpus and require the US to live up to the Geneva Conventions. It would remedy much of the harm done to our nation’s commitment to due process rights by the misguided Military Commissions Act.” Some may conclude that Senator Dodd has been a supporter of the American people’s civil liberties since 9/11. You would be wrong. Dodd voted for the Patriot Act in 2001. Nevertheless, he may have had an epiphany. Most people do. In the upcoming presidential debate televised Tuesday night on MSNBC in Philadelphia Senator Dodd will have another opportunity to express his unequivocal support for the U.S. Constitution. I predict that as the primaries get closer and closer more of the GOP field will sound like Ron Paul on all of the issues except Iraq. However, if the war deteriorates over the next several months, don’t be surprised to hear pro-war GOP candidates calling for the troops coming home sooner rather than later. We will see. In another vein, on The McLaughlin Group that also aired Sunday the panelists were asked to make a prediction at the end of the show. Newsweek columnist Eleanor Clift made the following statement: “Ron Paul with his anti-war and libertarian message will be the big story coming out of New Hampshire.” There it was from one of the media’s best known liberal commentators. Ron Paul will be the big story out of New Hampshire. A colleague of mine at Ramapo College said he saw Ron Paul signs “everywhere” when he was in the Granite State recently. The “yard sign” indicator may be a better predictor of a candidate’s real strength than an establishment presidential poll. And by winning the intellectual debate on Iraq, civil liberties, taxes, government spending, regulation, the Federal Reserve, immigration, and other issues, the Ron Paul Presidential Campaign may be on the verge of winning the GOP nomination as well. ============================================================================================= Candidate Paul May Be Nader With a Twist New York Sun | November 1, 2007 SETH GITELL Ron Paul could be the Ralph Nader of 2008. Only this time, a third-party candidacy could hurt the Republicans, not the Democrats. For now, Mr. Paul's campaign is dismissing talk of a run as anything other than a Republican, and the candidate himself is focused on the primaries. "Ron's committed to running for the Republican nomination or nothing," a spokesman for Mr. Paul, Jesse Benton, said. Mr. Paul, who ran as a Libertarian presidential candidate in 1988, said the same to the Wall Street Journal last month. Nevertheless, the relative success the Texas congressman is having on the campaign trail has political observers envisioning how a Paul third-party candidacy would shake out. The possibility of a candidacy by Mr. Paul on the Libertarian ticket began being discussed in earnest after last month's Republican debate in Michigan, when Chris Matthews of MSNBC asked him if he promised to back the Republican nominee. "Not right now I don't," he said, adding, "Not unless they're willing to end the war and bring our troops home, not unless they're willing to look at excessive spending." In an election that pitted, say, Mayor Giuliani against Senator Clinton, at whom the anti-war movement has bristled, Mr. Paul might find a rationale for a candidacy. And given Mr. Paul's strong fund-raising numbers during the third quarter of 2007, his campaign having garnered $5.2 million and possessing $5.4 million of cash on hand, he has outperformed expectations. "Would he hurt the Republicans? The answer is yes. Could he hurt them somewhat in the Deep South?" a Democratic strategist, Hank Sheinkopf, said. "Could he do to them what Ralph Nader did to the Democrats in 2000? The answer is yes." Mr. Paul's presence is currently making itself felt on the Internet, where he is raising almost 80% of his money, and on the ground in New Hampshire, where his sign-holding supporters are a frequent sight on the campaign trail. In New Hampshire, Mr. Paul's campaign has distributed a direct mail piece and produced radio and television ads giving informed Republicans the sense that he may finish as high as third place in the Granite State, which Patrick Buchanan won in 1996 with a somewhat similar, though not identical, angry outsider message. A former political consultant to Jesse Ventura and Ralph Nader, Bill Hillsman, the president of North Woods Advertising, said a third-party candidacy for Mr. Paul could pick up steam. "You can see the potential there for something if he had some breakthrough messaging," Mr. Hillsman said. "He's got a little bit of money and some strong supporters. It reminds me of the Jesse Ventura thing in Minnesota. His people sound pretty dedicated. You can go a long way with that kind of dedication and support." Asked whether there was a possibility Mr. Paul could draw from the right and left, Mr. Hillsman said "I think there could be. � If they don't like their choices in a general, it could happen." Full article here ============================================================================================= Is San Francisco Ron Paul territory? Scott Martelle LA Times Monday October 29, 2007 SAN FRANCISCO — Stephanie Burns and Ben Parkinson strolled down sun-drenched Fillmore Street with political thievery on their minds. Both are grass-roots volunteers for Republican presidential contender Ron Paul, a Texas congressman whose libertarian views might seem to make him a tough sell in this legendarily left-wing city. But Burns, Parkinson and other Paul supporters have been spending their weekends marching, staffing tables and knocking on doors in an improbable quest: picking up some of California's 173 convention delegates in the Feb. 5 primary. On the surface, the plan seems quixotic given general assumptions about California: that the state is too big for retail politics, and that campaign victory requires expensive TV ads in Los Angeles, San Francisco, San Diego and Sacramento. But for the Republicans, that changed when the state party amended its rules before the 2004 primary. Instead of awarding all the state's delegates to whomever wins the statewide vote, the GOP doles out three delegates to the winner of each of the state's 53 congressional districts. (Eleven at-large delegates also go to the top vote-getter in the state, and three more delegates are unpledged.) The rule change might seem arcane, but it has forced campaigns to reach into the state's nooks and crannies beyond key media markets. And it has emboldened Paul supporters to organize here in San Francisco, across the bay in Oakland and in other districts with relatively few Republicans, under the theory that it's easier for a small fish to campaign in a small pond. "We don't have to chase that many people," said Burns, a construction site manager from Sausalito who leads a 345-member group of Bay Area Paul supporters who came together through Meetup.com. "That's what makes it attractive." Under the rules, whoever wins in San Francisco's District 8 -- represented by Democratic House Speaker Nancy Pelosi and containing 34,000 registered Republicans -- will receive the same number of delegates as the top vote-getter in Orange County District 48, held by John Campbell, with 200,000 Republicans. In Pelosi's district, the winning threshold is low. Primary voter turnout historically is less than 50%, which means fewer than 17,000 Republicans are likely to vote. With a wide field of candidates, the number of votes to win a plurality -- and the district's three delegates -- is likely to be just a few thousand. "To me, that's a jewel waiting to be plucked," said Jerry Collins, a retired workers' compensation analyst and Paul volunteer. "The Republican Party is split, with maybe 30% following along with Bush and will never let go. About 30% is also very much opposed to the war. . . . It's real doable if we can reach those Republicans and get converts from, first of all, the [registered] Libertarians and independents." Dan Schnur, a longtime Republican strategist not working with any of the presidential contenders, said the Paul volunteers "are probably overly optimistic, but it's the right way of thinking." The new allocation rules mean that the major candidates will probably focus more on direct mail and voter contact than on television ads. And, Schnur said, the campaigns will need to be more diffuse. "You're going to see each campaign target its message toward those geographic areas where they've got the greatest chance of success," Schnur said. "You're going to see five or six parallel campaigns going on simultaneously in different parts of the state. . . . Direct mail and e-mail and volunteer contacts become that much more valuable." But so far the leading Republican contenders -- former New York Mayor Rudolph W. Giuliani, former Massachusetts Gov. Mitt Romney and former Tennessee Sen. Fred Thompson -- have done little overt organizing at the congressional district level. They are running relatively light traditional statewide campaigns as they focus on the "kingmaker" early states of Iowa and New Hampshire and, to a lesser extent, Nevada and South Carolina. "We're very conscious of the unique opportunities to be very creative," said Robert Stutzman, a senior advisor to Romney in California. "We're very confident in what we're doing to help capitalize on what we think will be a slingshot effect for Gov. Romney on Feb. 5." Stutzman said strategists were aware of the Paul volunteer efforts. "I think the Paul campaign may perform better than people expect in some places in the country, but by the time that comes to California, a lot of the wind will be out of the sails," Stutzman said. "The challenge among his followers is to actually make sure they are dealing with registered Republicans. The activist base is very libertarian, just not necessarily Republican." The Giuliani campaign did not respond to requests for detail on its California strategy. Full article here. ============================================================================================= Ron Paul's Presidential Odds Drastically Slashed Britain's biggest bookie has Texas Congressman 12/1 to win White House, down from 66/1 Prison Planet | October 31, 2007 Paul Joseph Watson Britain's biggest bookmaker William Hill has drastically slashed Ron Paul's odds of becoming president from 66/1 to just 12/1, putting him on course to go head to head with Rudolph Giuliani for the Republican nomination, which will be decided in the next six months. After initially writing off the Texas Congressman as a fringe candidate, the establishment media are finally having to admit that Paul's meteoric rise over the last 10 months have turned him into a frontrunner with a real chance of claiming victory should his growth curve continue. Ron Paul is now ahead of John Edwards and John McCain in the betting and is closing in fast on Barack Obama, Al Gore, Fred Thompson and Mitt Romney, according to William Hill's odds . From being Ron Who? to many people back in January when he announced his attention to run, Paul has captivated the nation with his fierce and patriotic defense of the constitution, standing out from the rest of the Neo-Con dead horses in the Republican field that the establishment had hoped to run in order to ensure Hillary Clinton's election. Clinton is still hot favorite, but with members of her own party viciously attacking her pro-war record in the Democratic debate yesterday, the tide could be starting to turn. Other betting companies like BetUSA.com place Ron Paul ahead of Mitt Romney at just 6/1. The Ron Paul Revolution has blown away all cynicism about the people's candidate not having a snowball's chance in hell and now is the time to re-double our efforts in educating others about the Texas Congressman's campaign. We are encouraging all our readers to support the November 5th donation drive which aims to put another $10 million in Paul's campaign coffers by bringing together 100,000 people to donate $100 each. ============================================================================================= Ron Paul Freedom Train < Watch Music Video ============================================================================================= George Carlin Questions "Received Reality" Of 9/11 Story Grammy award winning comedian, actor says new investigation would be whitewash Paul Joseph Watson Prison Planet Monday, October 29, 2007 Grammy-winning American stand-up comedian, actor, and author George Carlin spoke of his doubts about the official 9/11 story during a recent appearance at Borders bookstore in New York City, just a few blocks away from ground zero. Asked what he thought of the 9/11 truth movement and how Bill Maher's show was interrupted by truthers last week, Carlin responded, "I always question the received reality." "The consensus reality is often intentionally misleading," he added. Asked if he would support a new investigation into 9/11, Carlin was skeptical, stating, "They don't investigate themselves in this country - it would be a whitewash, it would be like the Kennedy thing, it would be like everything." "The people who are in charge do what they want and they will always do what they want, power does what it wants to and I wouldn't trust an investigation," Carlin concluded. Watch the video. Carlin was described by Comedy Central as the second greatest stand-up comedian of all time behind Richard Prior and is famous for his scathing black humor directed at American culture and the political climate. During a recent appearance on Keith Olbermann's MSNBC show, Carlin said that America was "finished" because "no one questions things anymore" and that the population had been bought off by distractions, toys and gizmos. Watch a stand-up routine where Carlin slams the education system and talks about the true power system that controls America. ============================================================================================= Martin Sheen Questions Official 9/11 Story Follows in footsteps of son Charlie Sheen, highlights implausible collapse of WTC 7, asks why building was "rigged" Paul Joseph Watson Prison Planet Monday, October 29, 2007 Actor Martin Sheen questioned the official 9/11 story, as well as the collapse of Building 7 and Larry Silverstein's "pull it" comment during an anti-war march this past weekend in Los Angeles, saying that recent revelations about the attacks had caused him to have doubts. Sheen was interviewed by We Are Change L.A. along with fellow actor Mark Ruffalo during an event hosted by the ANSWER Coalition at which around 20,000 people attended. Emmy and Golden Globe Award-winning Martin Sheen, star of blockbuster films like Apocalypse Now and hit series The West Wing, follows in the footsteps of his son Charlie Sheen, who publicly spoke of his doubts about the official 9/11 story back in March 2006. Martin Sheen said that he was dubious about questioning the official story until his son introduced him to new information about the anomalies of what happened on that day. "Up until last year, I was very dubious," said Sheen, "I did not want to believe that my government could possibly be involved in such a thing, I could not live in a country that I thought could do that - that would be the ultimate betrayal," he added. "However, there have been so many revelations that now I have my doubts, and chief among them is Building 7 - how did they rig that building so that it came down on the evening of the day?" said Sheen. Sheen also questioned the comments of Larry Silverstein, the leaseholder of the WTC complex, who told a September 2002 documentary that the decision was made to "pull" Building 7, a demolition industry term for the deliberate implosion of a structure. "How convenient," said Sheen, "When did they rig that building? That's the most interesting question and I have not received a satisfactory answer - nobody could give me an answer to how you rig the building - what a coincidence - two weeks prior and then bring it down on the day, that is the one thing that I have not got a sensible answer about from anyone," he concluded. Sheen also stated that NORAD's failure to follow its standard operating procedure on 9/11 was "something to wonder about". Watch the video below. Click here to listen to the audio MP3. Though Fox News and other attack dogs are likely to seize upon Sheen's comments and run hit pieces, the National Institute of Standards and Technology itself had to admit recently that the total collapse of the twin towers at free fall speed could not be explained. NIST also promised to investigate whether explosive devices were involved in the collapse of Building 7 in August last year. The issue of Building 7 stoked controversy earlier this year when archive footage from news networks including BBC and CNN emerged that showed correspondents reporting the collapse the 47-story skyscraper over 20 minutes before it fell, leading some to charge that people with foreknowledge of the collapse were feeding networks a script as the events of 9/11 unfolded. Video to follow, watch this space. -------------------------------------------------------------- ============================================================================================= Actor Ruffalo "Baffled" At Collapse Of Twin Towers Joins Martin Sheen in publicly doubting 9/11 official story, slams Commission as "illegitimate" Prison Planet | October 30, 2007 Paul Joseph Watson Award winning actor Mark Ruffalo says he is "baffled" at the collapse of the twin towers and Building 7 on 9/11 and has called for re-opening the investigation into the attacks, joining Martin Sheen in publicly doubting the government's official story. Ruffalo's notable film roles include Michel Gondry's Eternal Sunshine of the Spotless Mind , Academy Award-nominated 2000 film You Can Count on Me and most recently, 2007's Zodiac . He is a vocal critic of the Iraq war having appeared on Democracy Now and spoken at the October 2006 World Can't Wait protest in New York City. In an interview with We Are Change L.A. at an anti-war rally in Los Angeles this past weekend, Ruffalo said he was "baffled" with how the twin towers and Building 7 came down, but cautioned that so much information had been put out that the truth had been "stretched" and that too many people were being distracted by the more "sensational" aspects of some claims made about 9/11 that were being fostered to "discredit the movement." Ruffalo also slammed the 9/11 Commission Report. "The fact that the 9/11 investigation went from the moment the planes hit to the moment the buildings fell and nothing before and nothing after I think makes that investigation completely illegitimate," said Ruffalo. "If you're gonna do a crime investigation, you have to find motive....and we didn't follow that, it was quickly pushed away," he added. Ruffalo concurred that the immediate interference in the crime scene as well as the initial appointment of Henry Kissinger to head the 9/11 Commission were obvious signs that the investigation was compromised, mandating a re-opening of the inquiry. Click here for the audio MP3. Ruffalo joins two other highly prominent public figures who have also expressed doubts about the official 9/11 story just in the last few days alone. Actor Martin Sheen spoke at length about how he finds the government version difficult to swallow during the same ANSWER rally in Los Angeles that Ruffalo attended, a story that has received absolutely no mainstream press attention at time of writing. Award winning comedian George Carlin also questioned the "received reality" of 9/11 during a recent appearance at Borders Bookstore in New York City. ============================================================================================= Official Statement Confirms Detonations on 9/11 RINF Alternative News | November 1, 2007 Smoking gun testimony, demolition detonations reported by top brass in official statement The rank of this witness is: CAPTAIN KARIN DESHORE OF BATTALION 46 CAPTAIN KARIN DESHORE QUOTE : �SOMEWHERE AROUND THE MIDDLE OF THE WORLD TRADE CENTER, THERE WAS THIS ORANGE AND RED FLASH COMING OUT. �INITIALLY IT WAS JUST ONE FLASH. THEN THIS FLASH JUST KEPT POPPING ALL THE WAY AROUND THE BUILDING AND THAT BUILDING HAD STARTED TO EXPLODE. THE POPPING SOUND, AND WITH EACH POPPING SOUND IT WAS INITIALLY AN ORANGE AND THEN RED FLASH CAME OUT OF THE BUILDING AND THEN IT WOULD JUST GO ALL AROUND THE BUILDING ON BOTH SIDES AS FAR AS I COULD SEE. THESE POPPING SOUNDS AND THE EXPLOSIONS WERE GETTING BIGGER, GOING BOTH UP AND DOWN AND THEN ALL AROUND THE BUILDING. I WENT INSIDE AND TOLD EVERYBODY THAT THE OTHER BUILDING OR THERE WAS AN EXPLOSION OCCURRING UP THERE AND SAID THINK WE HAVE ANOTHER MAJOR EXPLOSION. I DONT KNOW IF WE ARE ALL GOING TO BE SAFE HERE.� The second building was being demolished. The complete interview will be published on RINF shortly. ============================================================================================= COINTELPRO Redux: Global Order Targets the 9/11 Truth and Patriot Movements TruthNews | November 2, 2007 Kurt Nimmo In 1970, as an antiwar activist, I was deemed dangerous enough�even though I was eighteen years old�to warrant a dossier compiled by the Michigan State Police "Red Squad," a throwback to the so-called Red Scare of the early 1920s. The Red Squad was organized to go after dissidents of all stripes but in particular, in the late 1960s and early 1970s, to go after antiwar and "New Left" activists. As I discovered years later, the Red Squads worked in concert with the FBI, under its notorious COINTELPRO, and even the CIA, supposedly prevented by its charter from snooping and subverting domestic activists. The depth and criminal severity of the CIA's subversion of American activists partaking in entirely legal and constitutionally guaranteed dissent was recently revealed in documents released to the the National Security Archive at George Washington University, known as the "family jewels" by agency insiders. Of course, much of the information revealed in the documents is nothing new, as researchers have known about numerous CIA projects for decades, including Operation Chaos and the Merrimac and Resistance programs, all specifically designed to infiltrate and compromise dissident groups. It is important to note that these CIA operations worked hand-in-glove with the FBI and local police, as noted by the Select Committee to Study Government Operations, otherwise known as the Church Committee. The "CIA received and maintained considerable information about the domestic activities and relationships of American individuals and organizations. Much of that material was collected in the first instance by the FBI, police or other confidential sources, who turned it over to the CIA," the final report issued by the Church Committee notes. "From 1959 to at least 1974, the CIA used its domestic organizations to spy on thousands of US citizens whose only crime was disagreeing with their government's policies," writes Mark Zepezauer (The CIAs Greatest Hits). "This picked up speed when J. Edgar Hoover told President Johnson that nobody would be protesting his Vietnam war policies unless they were being directed to do so by some foreign power. Johnson ordered the CIA to investigate." In response, the CIA vastly expanded its campus surveillance program and stepped up its liaisons with local police departments. It trained special intelligence units in major cities to carry out "black bag" jobs (break-ins, wiretaps, etc.) against US "radicals." � In 1968, the CIA's various domestic programs were consolidated and expanded under the name Operation CHAOS. When Richard Nixon became president the following year, his administration drafted the Huston Plan, which called for even greater operations against "subversives," including wiretapping, break-ins, mail-opening, no-knock searches and "selective assassinations." Bureaucratic infighting tabled the plan, but much of it was implemented in other forms, not only by the CIA but also by the FBI and the Secret Service. With the revelation of CIA and White House complicity in the Watergate break-in, light began to shine on Operation CHAOS. After a period of "reform," much of CHAOS's work was privatized, and right-wing groups and "former" CIA agents now provide the bulk of the CIA's domestic intelligence. The FBI's concurrent program went by the name COINTELPRO, short for Counter Intelligence Program. COINTELPRO, the Church Committee explained, employed "techniques � adopted wholesale from wartime counterintelligence, and ranged from the trivial (mailing reprints of Reader's Digest articles to college administrators) to the degrading (sending anonymous poison-pen letters intended to break up marriages) and the dangerous (encouraging gang warfare and falsely labeling members of a violent group as police informers)�. Many of the techniques used would be intolerable in a democratic society even if all of the targets had been involved in violent activity, but COINTELPRO went far beyond that." In order to understand the game of hardball the government played with activists�the vast majority of them nonviolent and many pacifist�consider the remarks of William C. Sullivan, former Assistant to the director of the FBI: "This is a rough, tough, dirty business, and dangerous. It was dangerous at times. No holds were barred�. We have used [these techniques] against Soviet agents. They have used [them] against us. . . . [The same methods were] brought home against any organization against which we were targeted. We did not differentiate. This is a rough, tough business." Of course, it was not rough and tough for the FBI and the "establishment," never seriously in jeopardy of losing control, even with the failures of Vietnam, but it was certainly rough and tough for activists, particularly activists involved in black and Indian "national liberation" movements�many of them, including Martin Luther King, Fred Hampton and Mark Clark (the latter two of the Black Panthers), assassinated outright. As Gregg York told M. Wesley Swearigen , published in Swearigen's in FBI Secrets: An Agent's Expose (1995), the FBI's plot to assassinate the Panthers was "in a style similar to the Chicago gangland murders of the 1950s," that is to say, at least in regard to the Black Panthers (and the American Indian Movement), cold-blooded murder was the preferred method of dealing with upstarts. In A Short History of FBI COINTELPRO, Mike Cassidy and Will Miller bullet-point the FBI's COINTELPRO tactics: First, there was infiltration. Agents and informers did not merely spy on political activists. The main purpose was to discredit and disrupt. Their presence served to undermine trust and scare off potential supporters. They also exploited this fear to smear genuine activists as agents. Second, there was psychological warfare from the outside. They planted false media stories and published bogus leaflets and other publications in the name of targeted groups. They forged correspondence, sent anonymous letters, and made anonymous telephone calls. They spread misinformation about meetings and events, set up pseudo movement groups run by agents, and manipulated or strong-armed parents, employers, landlords, school officials and others to cause trouble for activists. Third, there was harassment through the legal system, used to harass dissidents and make them appear to be criminals. Officers gave perjured testimony and presented fabricated evidence as a pretext for false arrests and wrongful imprisonment. They discriminatorily enforced tax laws and other government regulations and used conspicuous surveillance, "investigative" interviews, and grand jury subpoenas in an effort to intimidate activists and silence their supporters. Fourth and finally, there was extralegal force and violence. The FBI and police threatened, instigated and conducted break-ins, vandalism, assaults, and beatings. The object was to frighten dissidents and disrupt their movements. In the case of radical Black and Puerto Rican activists (and later Native Americans), these attacks, including political assassinations, were so extensive, vicious, and calculated that they can only be accurately called a form of official "terrorism." "The public exposure of COINTELPRO and other government abuses resulted in a flurry of apparent reform in the 1970s, but domestic covert action did not end," the two authors warn. "It has persisted, and seems a permanent feature of our government. Much of today's domestic covert action can also be kept concealed because of government secrecy that has been restored." Indeed, as Ross Gelbspan documents (Break-Ins, Death Threats and the FBI), COINTELPRO was not shut down in the 1970s but continued to live on and subvert the constitutional rights of Americans through the 1980s and 1990s, right up until the present day. "Utilizing thousands of pages of FBI documents secured through the Freedom of Information Act, Gelbspan found that activists who opposed U.S. policy in Central America �experienced nearly 200 incidents of harassment and intimidation, many involving�break-ins and thefts or rifling of files,'" writes Paul Wolf . (COINTELPRO: The Untold American Story). "There is no better example than the Judi Bari �boom and bust' case to show that the FBI kept on well into the 1990s using covert action tactics against political movements and activists which they perceived as threats to the established order. One can make a case that the FBI is still using such tactics in the Bari case in 2001," Wolf writes. Environmental activists Judi Bari and Darryl Cherney were targeted by the FBI for engaging in "leftist environmental and labor organizing." As it turns out, the FBI planted a bomb in their car. In the 1990s, the FBI and government concentrated on a new target�the putative militia movement, its numbers increased by the treacherous events in Waco, Texas. As Daniel Brandt writes (The 1960s and COINTELPRO: In Defense of Paranoia), the Clinton administration turned the legacy of COINTELPRO into a full-blown media circus with the likes of Warren Christopher unveiling simultaneously "a broad plan for expanded wiretapping, denial of visas, working with other governments on money laundering and seizing assets, and expanding the use of current laws prohibiting fund- raising for terrorist organizations," in short a precursor of things to come under the neocon Bush administration and its contrived GWOT. The bombing in Oklahoma City happened three months later. It was accompanied by 100 times more footage about dead children than the same media mustered for Waco two years earlier � or for that matter, bombed children in Vietnam during the 1960s. They deftly dropped the word "international" from all references to "terrorism," and "anti-terrorism" moved to the fast track. The president's popularity went up as Bill and Hillary staged a session with some children in front of the cameras, promising the toddlers that they'd do their best against the bad guys. They didn't take questions. A few days later Clinton sent a $1.5 billion anti-terrorism bill to Congress. Here we go again, for those old enough to remember the sixties. The Anti-Defamation League (ADL) and Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC) had bigger fish to fry. Even though the connection between the bombing and militia groups was more imaginary than real, the copy-starved media grabbed whatever crumbs they were offered by these two axe-grinding groups. The militias hit the front pages everywhere. On June 7, with the support of the ADL, the Senate passed a sweeping $2 billion anti-terrorism measure by a vote of 91-to-8. It took a pair of gloves at the O.J. trial to slap our media back to their usual fare. And by then the House was already reporting a similar bill out of committee. Since the 60s and 70s, Brandt notes, things have changed. "Without the �communists' to kick around anymore, some of those who once underwrote Wall Street's global interests by donating their first- born, are now describing themselves as patriots and populists. Many of them have taken a fresh look at the international ruling class, and resurrected a long but gnarly tradition of anti-establishment, isolationist nationalism�. Much of the political thinking among these new patriots is immature, and is short on both research and scholarship. Even so, it still describes the world better than what's left of the Left, with its self-interested insistence on multiculturalism and political correctness. The conspiracy theories peddled by patriots make more objective sense today, than the reasons they were given for our involvement in Vietnam did in the sixties. That's progress of sorts." Naturally, the corporate media did a fine job destroying the so-called militia movement's reputation. "Widely portrayed as having links with white supremacist organizations or �Nazi' type groups, many of them vigorously deny such allegations and point to a growing number of Black participants in the movement, including some in leadership roles. This is a loosely-federated movement with a presence in all 50 states, in urban as well as rural areas," writes Husayn Al Kurdy . The rebels and "revolutionaries" now challenging the major power internally turn out to be from the Right, insofar as the Left/Right spectrum has any real meaning anymore. Many of those pushing for "tough" state-sponsored measures (those at the business end of some of these initiatives could call them "terrorist" with full justification) now include voices from what calls itself the "Progressive Community," the remnants of what used to be called "The Left." By cheering government repression against their opponents, as many are now doing, they expose their political opportunism, just as many in other political camps did on previous occasions. The Pastor Niemoller scenario as evoked during the Hitler period has been playing itself out. This time around, the story begins "First they came for Randy Weaver's family and the Branch Davidians�" Indeed, the "target" threat, as elucidated by the FBI and CIA way back in the late 60s, has transferred from the "left" over to "right," that is if you still put any credence into these antiquated political designations. The growing 9/11 truth and "patriot" movements�largely a reformulation of the "militia" movement with a contingent of disillusioned "progressives"�pose more of a threat than anything proffered by the diehard and politically correct to a fault Greenies, so many who are completely snowed under by the globalist agenda and dependent on foundation grant money dispensed through methodical gatekeepers. Of course, the anti-globalist movement, well entrenched on the "progressive" side of the equation, still poses a significant threat to the New World Order and, as black bloc "anarchist" agent provocateurs demonstrate, the state is busily at work attacking the anti-globalist movement, as it poses a sincere threat to the corporatist-fascist order, determined to convert the planet into a slave plantation. In the years since the events of September 11th, 2001, the patriot movement, increasingly merged with a nascent "truth" movement, has effectively challenged the globalist order�from exposing the 9/11 cover-up and substantially detailing the texture of the inside job to confronting and hounding the elite and their minions from Ottawa and university auditoriums to live television audiences. Needless to say, these often improvised guerrilla tactics have put our rulers on the offensive. As Alex Jones warned on his November 1st radio program, the gloves have come off and the elite are in the process of targeting the patriot-truth movement head-on. The slanderous mischaracterizations of Bill O'Reilly, Glenn Beck, Sean Hannity and other corporate media minion-whores of state power are but a preparation of things to come�and likely sooner before later. It is no mistake the Violent Radicalization and Homegrown Terrorism Prevention Act of 2007 sailed like a clipper ship through Congress, as our rulers certainly consider 9/11 truth an "extremist belief system" determined to "advance political, religious, or social change," that is to say, in the parlance of the elite, engage in terrorism. It is the job of Glenn Beck et al to equate truth activists to the sufficiently demonized Timothy McVeigh�emblematic of the "patriot" terrorist, never mind his shadowy linkage to military intelligence�a process made all the more simple by the fact the corporatist-fascist media venue allows no rebuttal short of a Bill O'Reilly shout-over, replete with adolescent references to pinheads and cartoonish al-Qaeda villains. However, these shrill, irrational and confrontational tactics will not work, as far too many Americans are clued in to the fact there is something rotten� not specifically in Denmark but rather in Washington, on Wall Street, and in the corporate suites and on the sets and studios of the corporate-fascist media. It remains to be seen if enough Americans will step up and show the intestinal fortitude required to make a difference. But then, it should be remembered, the last time we had a revolution in this country it was a small number of dedicated individuals who made the difference while a large and hesitant majority sat on the fence. ============================================================================================= Framing The Truth Movement As Terrorists Bellicose establishment hacks like O'Reilly and Beck pray for another attack so they can blame it on peaceful activists who are putting them to shame Prison Planet | November 2, 2007 Steve Watson & Paul Joseph Watson A disturbing trend has emerged amongst establishment "news" hacks who are raising the same talking point ad infinitum, dubbing the global truth movement as "anarchists" and violent individuals who may be aiding terrorists, and praying for another attack in America so they can blame peaceful activists who are consistently putting the Neo-Cons to shame. Over the past weeks and months talking heads such as Fox News bigot Bill O'Reilly and his frothing caricature Glenn Beck over on CNN, have specifically targeted 9/11 truthers in segments designed to portray the movement as dangerous and sow the seed in the minds of what viewers they have left that peaceful truth seekers are actually in league with violent terrorists. Two weeks ago Beck aired a response to the We Are Change infiltration of Bill Maher's show in which he stated: "These truthers are exactly the kind of people who want to rock this nation's foundation, tear us apart and plant the seeds of dissatisfaction in all of us." At one point Beck even suggested that the 9/11 truth movement is "the kind of group a Timothy McVeigh would come from", insinuating the movement is intent on violence and terrorism. In thousands of 9/11 protests over the course of the last six years, not one person has been arrested for violent conduct. To carte blanche suggest that the truth movement is dangerous, "a threat to children" and intent on violence is extremely inflammatory and indicates just how afraid of everyday people investigating and debating the facts people like Glenn Beck actually are. The core of the 9/11 truth movement is composed of well educated and rational thinking individuals who are strictly opposed to violence and are intent on protecting a free and peaceful society which has been under dire threat ever since the attacks of 9/11 and the ensuing cover up. Furthermore, the movement represents the very antithesis of anarchism in that it is actively seeking to restore and protect our traditional form of government which has been usurped by an unaccountable cabal that continues to operate outside of Constitutional law and with little restraint, using 9/11 as justification. Most recently Bill O'Reilly has been running segments, such as the one below, suggesting that questions over 9/11, the war on terror and the war in Iraq are "going to lead to violence": O'Reilly flat out states "This is going to lead to death" and makes all kind of threats stating, "If they are not reigned in by the authorities, and they should be...somebody is going to get hurt." We could announce that Bill O'Reilly is dangerous and aids terrorists, based on O'Reilly's own standard for claiming that people are dangerous and aid terrorists - i.e. no evidence whatsoever except the fact that he disagrees with their politics. If anyone is a threat to the American way of life then it's Beck and O'Reilly - having implicated themselves with a history of repugnant statements proving they are enemies of the Constitution and the freedoms that define America. In addition, the only violent statements made on 9/11 truth websites have been written by trolls and debunkers attempting to discredit the movement - they should be investigated for advocating violence, not peaceful activists who are merely trying to speak truth to power. People like O'Reilly and Glenn Beck would relish the opportunity to have their baseless allegations "proved right", and should some act of violence or terrorism be carried out, whether real or staged, they would love to blame it on the 9/11 truth movement, in a similar way to how the patriot movement was blamed for the OKC bombing in 1995. With the explosion of the alternative media and with more and more people confronting government officials and elitist figures from the US to Canada to the UK, in "guerilla journalism" style, the mainstream media has come to realize that they can no longer get away with reporting only one side of the story. Figures like Beck and O'Reilly ar e running scared because they know the people are no longer buying into their manipulative propaganda and are searching for the truth themselves. Such shameful tactics are not going to work because the horse has already bolted and the seeds of truth have been scattered over the globe by the winds of change. What we are witnessing is the establishment's desperate attempt to cling onto their information monopoly as the Internet, alternative radio and guerilla activism grow in leaps and bounds while the mainstream withers away and loses all credibility. As Gandhi said - First they ignore us, then they laugh at us, and then they attack us. Then we win. ============================================================================================= Former high-level officials challenge the conventional explanation of how and why the Twin Towers came down November 3, 2007 at 06:58:31 by Richard Clark A 2,000 word article, Seven CIA Veterans Challenge 9/11 Commission Report, appeared September 23, 2007 in OpEdNews. (Link provided below.) The article details severe criticism of the 9/11 Commission Report by seven CIA veterans and calls for a new investigation. Here follows a brief quote or two from several of the individuals whose testimony is included in the article: Ray McGovern, former Chairman of the National Intelligence Council and 27-year CIA veteran: "The 9/11 Report is a joke." “It has long been clear that the Bush-Cheney administration cynically exploited the attacks of 9/11 to promote its imperial designs. . . (And there is) evidence for an even more disturbing conclusion: that the 9/11 attacks were themselves orchestrated by this administration precisely so they could be thus exploited.” William Christison, former National Intelligence Officer (NIO) and former Director of the CIA's Office of Regional and Political, and 29-year CIA veteran: "We very seriously need an entirely new, very high level, and truly independent investigation of the events of 9/11. I think you almost have to look at the 9/11 Commission Report as a joke and not a serious piece of analysis at all." “The North and South Towers of the World Trade Center almost certainly did not collapse and fall to earth because hijacked aircraft hit them.” Robert Baer, 21-year CIA veteran and specialist in the Middle East, was awarded the Career Intelligence Medal upon his retirement in 1997. During an interview by Thom Hartmann, Baer, after commenting on the financial profits being made from 9/11, was asked: “What about political profit? There are those who suggest that someone in (the U.S.) chain of command had pretty good knowledge that 9/11 was going to happen -- and really didn't do much to stop it -- or even obstructed efforts to stop it because they thought it would lend legitimacy to Bush's failing presidency.” Baer replied: “Absolutely.” Hartmann then asked, “So you are personally of the opinion that there was an aspect of 'inside job' to 9/11 within the U.S. government?" To which Baer replied, "There is that possibility, the evidence points at it." When Hartmann continued, "And why is this not being investigated?” Baer replied, "Why isn't the WMD story being investigated? Why hasn't anybody been held accountable for 9/11? We held people accountable after Pearl Harbor. Why has there been no change in command? Why have there been no political repercussions? Why has there been not been any sort of exposure on all this? It really makes you wonder." Robert David Steele has 25 years of combined service in the CIA and the U.S. Marine Corps. Second ranking civilian in U.S. Marine Corps Intelligence from 1988 - 1992. Member of the Adjunct Faculty of Marine Corps University. His comment: "I am forced to conclude that 9/11 was at a minimum allowed to happen as a pretext for war. "I'm absolutely certain that WTC 7 was brought down by controlled demolition. There's no way that building could have come down without controlled demolition." http://www.opednews.com/maxwrite/print_friendly.php?p=genera_alan_mil_070922_seven_cia_veterans_c.htm Additional statements questioning the official account of 9/11, and calls for a new investigation, by hundreds of high-level military officers (now retired) and other highly-credible individuals, can be found at http://PatriotsQuestion911.com Here’s some of the evidence that prompts them to call for a new investigation: 20-ton sections of steel beams were propelled, laterally, for a distance of up to 400 feet where they lodged in the sides of nearby buildings. (See video footage of this at www.ae911truth.org. Molten metal was seen (and videotaped) gushing out the side of one of the twin towers. (Jet fuel, rugs and office furniture & equipment burn at a temperature that is much much lower than the temperature it takes to liquefy steel. What can liquefy steel? Thermate, and incendiary compound that burns at 4500 degrees F., which would have had to have been surreptitiously planted at many strategic locations.) Various explosions (some quite powerful) were seen, heard and felt by hundreds of people, including many firemen and policemen, prior to the collapse of the twin towers, but occurred well after the airliners collided with the buildings. Huge numbers of extremely tiny iron spherules (formed when steel or iron vaporizes at extremely high temperatures) can be found in most of the 9/11 dust samples. (Why is this significant? Jet fuel burns at 1800 degrees Fahrenheit while office furniture, rugs and computers burn at an even lower temperature. Iron and steel don’t vaporize until their temperature gets close to 4000 degrees F. So what does burn at a temperature capable of vaporizing steel? Incendiary compounds known as thermate and thermite, which burn at 4500 degrees F. See more about this later in this article.) Many column sections seen in the wreckage of the twin towers were cut at 45-degree angles, and have, close to the cut lines, lots of previously-melted 'drippings' produced when the steel was melted at a temperature much higher than can be produced by an acetylene torch. Besides, no worker cutting up columns with an acetylene torch is going to make the cut at a 45-degree angle; he's going to cut straight across the beam, at an angle that is 90-degrees from the centerline of the length of the beam. Why? Because it is a shorter distance, and that means less work. Source for the above information is www.ae911truth.org, which is the web site of an investigative organization whose 200+ members are all either professional architects or professional engineers. If there were no high-powered explosives detonated inside the twin towers, as the official explanation contends, then defenders of that official explanation must provide us with an alternate theory as to how those column and/or beam sections got embedded in the sides of buildings that were 400 feet away. (The compressed air created by floors collapsing one upon the other could provide nowhere near the force required to propel a 20-ton beam or column section that far.) In addition, defenders of the official explanation must provide us with a plausible fuel source for the temperatures approaching 4000 degrees F. which would have been necessary to vaporize parts of many of the steel beam remnants found in the wreckage. The evidence for incendiary cutting of steel consists of the video evidence, the forensic evidence in the dust and rubble, and the testimony of eyewitness early responders and survivors who saw glowing molten metal flowing out of window openings. These incendiary events and the forensic evidence strongly suggest that the official story is wrong. The chemistry of the iron-aluminum-rich microspheres that are found in the dust from the rubble, the chemical content of these microspheres suggest that the official story is wrong. http://www.journalof911studies.com/volume/200704/JLobdillThermiteChemistryWTC So when could the explosives and incendiary materials have been planted? The official record shows that various floors of each of the twin towers were completely closed off 'for repairs,' for days at a time. Monitoring TV cameras on these floors were disconnected. http://georgewashington.blogspot.com/2005/11/how-could-they-plant-bombs-in-world.html. Owner Larry Silverstein was perhaps in on the deal. Why suspect this? Well, for one thing he received a fabulous insurance settlement, after purchasing the WTC complex under very unusual circumstances. http://www.whatreallyhappened.com/silverstein.html. The terrorist attack on the twin towers saved him the immense expense of having the towers demolished in the conventional way. (The towers had many structural problems. Two applications to have the buildings demolished were submitted by the previous owners because of the advanced galvanic corrosion that was taking place at each of the thousands of joints where aluminum parts were mistakenly put in tight contact with steel structural members.) http://redlineav.com/tsg.deposition.contd.2.html There is plenty of evidence to suggest that explosives and incendiary compounds might have been planted at strategic locations within the Twin Towers. For example: Bomb-sniffing dogs were inexplicably prevented from doing their job in the Twin Towers five days before 9-11 Various floors in the Twin Towers had been evacuated a number of times in the weeks preceding 9/11 There was a ‘power-down’ in parts of the Twin Towers on the weekend before 9/11, security cameras were shut down, and many workers ran around busily doing things unobserved. And, as an interesting coincidence, a Bush-linked company ran security at the trade center, thus giving it free reign within the buildings. http://georgewashington.blogspot.com/2005/11/how-could-they-plant-bombs-in-world.html In addition to these facts, demolition-and-building-collapse experts have raised the possibility of "explosive tenants" -- i.e. tenants in the Twin Towers who might have planted explosives in their own rented office spaces. http://911blogger.com/node/2487 Obviously none of this is PROOF of anything. All it does is show what the possibilities are, so that in combination with all the other circumstantial evidence that explosives may well have been planted, a completely independent investigation is warranted. And how could we rule out another investigation after we absorb the testimony of hundreds of very credible witnesses such as these: “[T]here was just an explosion [in the south tower]. It seemed like on television [when] they blow up these buildings. It seemed like it was going all the way around like a belt, all these explosions.”-- Firefighter Richard Banaciski “I saw a flash flash flash [at] the lower level of the building. You know like when they demolish a building?”--Assistant Fire Commissioner Stephen Gregory “[I]t was [like a] professional demolition where they set the charges on certain floors and then you hear 'Pop, pop, pop, pop, pop'."-- Paramedic Daniel Rivera ____________________________________________________________________ The above quotations come from a collection of 9/11 oral histories that, although recorded by the Fire Department of New York (FDNY) at the end of 2001, were publicly released only on August 12, 2005. Prior to that date, very few Americans knew the content of these accounts or even the fact that they existed. Why have we not known about them until recently? Part of the answer is that the city of New York would not release them until it was forced to do so. Early in 2002, the New York Times requested copies under the freedom of information act, but Mayor Michael Bloomberg’s administration refused. So the Times, joined by several families of 9/11 victims, filed suit. After a long process, the city was finally ordered by the New York Court of Appeals to release the records (with some exceptions and redactions allowed). Included were oral histories, in interview form, provided by 503 firefighters and medical workers. (Emergency Medical Services had become a division within the Fire Department.) The Times then made these oral histories publicly available. Once the content of these testimonies is examined, it is easy to see why persons concerned to protect the official story about 9/11 would try to keep them hidden. By suggesting that explosions were occurring in the World Trade Center’s Twin Towers, they pose a challenge to the official account of 9/11, according to which the towers were caused to collapse solely by the impact of the airplanes and the resulting fires. http://www.911truth.org/article.php?story=20060118104223192 More from that site: There were many reports about an explosion in the basement of the north tower. For example, janitor William Rodriguez reported that he and others felt an explosion below the first sub-level office at 9 AM, after which co-worker Felipe David, who had been in front of a nearby freight elevator, came into the office with severe burns on his face and arms, yelling "Explosion! explosion! explosion!" Rodriguez's account has been corroborated by Jose Sanchez, who was in the workshop on the fourth sub-level. Sanchez said that he and a co- worker heard a big blast that "sounded like a bomb," after which "a huge ball of fire went through the freight elevator." Engineer Mike Pecoraro, who was working in the sixth sub-basement of the north tower, said that after an explosion he and a co-worker went up to the C level, where there was a small machine shop. "There was nothing there but rubble," said Pecoraro. They then went to the parking garage, but found that it was also gone. Then on the B level, they found that a steel-and-concrete fire door, which weighed about 300 pounds, was wrinkled up "like a piece of aluminum foil." Having seen similar things after the terrorist attack in 1993, Pecoraro was convinced that a bomb had gone off. Given these testimonies to explosions in the basement levels of the towers, it is interesting that Mark Loizeaux, head of Controlled Demolition, Inc., has been quoted as saying: "If I were to bring the towers down, I would put explosives in the basement to get the weight of the building to help collapse the structure." Multiple Explosions In June of 2002, NBC television played segments from tapes recorded on 9/11. One segment contained the following exchange, which involved firefighters in the south tower: Official: “Battalion 3 to dispatch, we've just had another explosion.” Official: “Battalion 3 to dispatch, we've had additional explosion.” Dispatcher: “Received battalion command. Additional explosion.” So the question arises: Why these oral histories kept from the public for four years? Also: How can they be reconciled with the “official conspiracy theory” put forward by the Bush administration? And why do the mainstream mass media continues to marginalize the testimony of these eyewitnesses? In conclusion and summary, the trick of this Administration and the corporate media in general, appears to have been to swing public opinion as fast and furiously as possible through a blitz of emotion -- until a majority opinion had been reached, thereby allowing human reason and reflection no time to evaluate findings like these: * Steel supports were "partly vaporized," which would require a temperature near 4,000 degrees Fahrenheit to accomplish — and neither office materials nor jet fuel can generate temperatures anywhere near that hot -- all of them burn at temps below 1600 degrees F. Fires caused by jet fuel from the hijacked planes lasted at most a few minutes, and office material fires would burn out within about 20 minutes in any given location. (Indeed, at one point firemen reported that fires were nearly out.) * Molten metal found in the debris of the World Trade Center may well have been the result of the high-temperature reactions of a commonly used incendiary such as thermite (which burns at 4500 degrees Fahrenheit). * Multiple loud explosions in rapid sequence were reported by numerous observers who were in and near the towers, and these explosions occurred far below the region where the planes struck. So what caused these extremely powerful explosions (if not planted explosives)? Finally, why won't BushCo release 6,899 photographs and 6,977 segments of video footage for "independent scrutiny? Why won't they release, for independent analysis, a small sample of the once-molten metal found at Ground Zero? (Could it be that chemical traces of an incendiary compound like thermite would be found in any such sample?) http://deseretnews.com/dn/view/0,1249,635160132,00.html Authors Website: http://groups.google.com/groups/profile?enc_user=JCpLDBUAAAC Authors Bio: Several years after receiving my M.A. in social science (interdisciplinary studies) I was an instructor at S.F. State University for a year, but then went back to designing automated machinery, and then tech writing, in Silicon Valley. I've always been more interested in political economics and what's going on behind the scenes in politics, than in mechanical engineering, and because of that I've rarely worked more than 6 months a year, devoting much of the rest of the year to reading and writing about that which interests me most. ============================================================================================= Robert Baer Says Evidence Points To 911 Inside Job You Tube Saturday November 3, 2007 It's getting increasingly harder for Mainstream Media to ignore 9/11 Truth. Bill Maher and Geraldo tries to ridicule 9/11 Truth but end up looking quite ridiculous themselves.... ============================================================================================= "Battle For The Republic" Exposes Real Immigration Agenda Elite using balkanization strategy to destroy American sovereignty and create third world cesspit Prison Planet | October 30, 2007 Paul Joseph Watson Alex Jones' Battle For The Republic exposes how the elite are using illegal immigration and pushing amnesty as a means of pulverizing the American middle class and ensuring that U.S. citizens, black, white and hispanic alike, are forced to sacrifice their freedom and sovereignty as America is sunk into a third world cesspool. The mini-documentary lifts the lid on how the backlash against rampant illegal immigration in America is a major concern for the Bilderberg Group, posing a threat to their plans to lower the living standards of U.S. citizens of all colors and creeds into second or even third world status. What is the real agenda behind last year's massive pro-illegal immigration demonstrations and who is really behind them? Battle For the Republic traces the legacy of the movement back to the Plan of San Diego, a shocking blueprint for race-based genocide directed against blacks and whites in America. The goal is to divide America by bankrolling the Aztlan movement, an extremist separatist plan on behalf of Mexican Ku Klux Klan style groups like Mecha and La Raza to "reclaim" the southern and western U.S. states, in order to eventually merge America, Canada and Mexico into a North American Union. Battle For The Republic shoots down the myth that Mexico has any rightful claim to the south western states by carefully documenting the history of how the west was won, bringing it up to the modern day and highlighting how the elite are using the enraged Mexican mobs as a weapon of conquest to slit America's throat and sacrifice its sovereignty on the altar of globalism. Hispanic Radio and TV stations owned by huge corporations based in New York spew hatred and division as Mexicans are radicalized and told that all their problems stem from the racist American middle class while ignoring the fact that the elite are the true cause of their misery, as taxpayers are sucked dry to fund welfare which only subsidizes the corporations that employ the illegals. Illegal aliens are being granted God-like status by the elite and given rights that super seed those of American citizens. The film highlights the case of a man who was assaulted and arrested by police for expressing his first amendment right to disagree with thousands of illegal aliens marching in downtown Seattle, and how illegals who assaulted him and smashed his car were left completely alone while throngs of Mexicans cheered as an American was taken to jail for exercising his freedom of speech. "Now you're bleeding, what's it like now, bitch!" yells one illegal as blood drips from the man's face. Battle For the Republic ends with Alex Jones' infamous protest of Vicente Fox when he came to Austin to give awards to police for breaking federal laws by not arresting illegal aliens. Fox was forced to cut his speech short after Alex Jones bullhorned the truth about his role in destroying American sovereignty, making headlines across Texas. Battle For The Republic is available now for prison planet.tv members . Also included are two special extra features - blues legend Jimmie Vaughan's performance of "No Shackles On Me" as well as previously unseen footage of Jim Tucker's coverage of the 2007 Bilderberg meeting in Istanbul, Turkey. Click here to subscribe today and begin enjoying a huge back-catalogue of special video reports, audios and documentary films as well as Alex Jones' latest blockbuster - Endgame: Blueprint For Global Enslavement. ============================================================================================= Clinton Exposed as New World Order Front 'Hecklers' Repeatedly Interrupt Terrorism Ramble With Questions About 9/11 and Clinton's Involvement With Bilderberg & New World Order JonesReport.com | October 27, 2007 Bill Clinton has had to answer to more than just hounding questions about 9/11 recently, as he did when members of Minnesota Change interrupted his Hillary campaign stump just days ago. Unsolicited questions from the activist group also forced him to acknowledge the Bohemian Club, calling it 'that place where rich Republicans go and stand naked next to Redwood trees,' but claimed he hadn't been there, suavely brushing off scandalous elite secret societies with his indifferent and casual demeanor. Clinton scolded claims that '9/11 was an inside job,' catching mainstream coverage just after the massive media clamor over the 9/11 truth interruptions on Bill Maher's live HBO show. He cleverly misdirected the now well-known objections to the official story with appeals to the emotional tragedy of a family friend he says was burned beyond recognition on 9/11 and lashed out "An inside job...how dare you." While that sound bite made news, both Clinton and news cameras ignored equally vocal outcry about his involvement in the Bilderberg group. He attended the group-- which has a reputation as kingmaker-- just before becoming president in 1992. Wife Hillary attended in 1997 and again in 2006 before her 2007-2008 campaign to continue the Bush-Clinton syndicate/dynasty. Minnesota Change mentioned Bilderberg over and over throughout the night,but Clinton passed up opportunity to 'put them in their place' as he had throughout the rest of the speech. He turned, however, to give a knowing grin when activists told Bill they knew "they aren't going to get away with their New World Order." Not only is the deeply-connected globalist well aware of the New World Order, he has mentioned it in speeches, and clarifying that he, like George H. W. Bush, was pursuing it. Bill Clinton is a Rhodes Scholar (connecting him to the agenda of the Milner Group and Cecil Rhodes' secret society) and is involved with the Bilderberg group, the Trilateral Commission and the Council on Foreign Relations, amongst other globalist ties. These confrontations enlarge the 9/11 truth coverage in the public mind and is the second major confrontation of Clinton by We Are Change members across the country. NYC We Are Change confronted the former president on not getting bin Laden when he had the clear opportunity-- despite the damning Cole bombing incident-- and then used an amplifier to inform the crowd about his involvement in the Bilderberg group, the drug operations in Mina, Arkansas while he was governor and other issues. ============================================================================================= Endgame: The Rabbit Hole Doesn’t End Here - Part 2 Daniel Taylor Old-thinker news November 1, 2007 “It seems like every new corner we turn, the Rockefellers are already there. And in some cases, they have been there for a long, long time.” — William H. Gates Sr. If you have watched Alex Jones’ Endgame, you know that population reduction has been a leading goal of Rockefeller, Kissinger, and other global elite for many years. You may be wondering; How will the elite fulfill their plans for global population reduction? There are many theories as to how this will be done, and speculation abounds. Race specific bio-weapons, as written in the Project for a New American Century, “…may transform biological warfare from the realm of terror to a politically useful tool.” A report released early this year by the U.K. Ministry of Defense outlining possible future scenarios says that, “The development of neutron weapons which destroy living organs but not buildings ‘might make a weapon of choice for extreme ethnic cleansing in an increasingly populated world.” Documentation can be shown demonstrating that at this very moment massive population reduction programs are being carried out. Henry Kissinger’s National Security Study Memorandum 200, as noted in Endgame, is a foundational document regarding population reduction plans for the third world. The 1974 NSSM 200 document cites “Injectable contraceptives for women” as a possible method of population reduction and control. Depopulation, as stated in the document, should be pursued because it would be in the “…economic interests of the United States.” “Wherever a lessening of population pressures… can increase the prospects for such stability, population policy becomes relevant to resource supplies and to the economic interests of the United States.” The Rockefeller Foundation and the Population Council, both Rockefeller organizations, have been instrumental in the funding and development of sterilization vaccines. The Rockefeller family has been involved with population control and eugenics since the early 1900’s. The Population Council, founded by John D. Rockefeller in 1952, was first headed by Frederick Osborn, who served as the Secretary of the American Eugenics Society. “Injectable contraceptives for women” have been developed in the years after the infamous NSSM 200. In 1989 research was conducted by the National Institute of Immunology in New Delhi India on the use of ‘carriers’ such as Tetanus Toxoid and Diphtheria to bypass the immune system and deliver the female hormone called human chorionic gonadotrophin (hCG). The effect of the hCG hormone was the sterilization of women by causing the body to attack itself. By using four women as test subjects, the research found that multiple doses - around 5 - of the Tetanus toxoid hCG carrier vaccine was required in order for it to effectively raise the level of hCG in their bodies. The research also found that if an alternate carrier such as Diphtheria was used, less doses would be needed to maintain the desired level of hCG. The Rockefeller Foundation and the Population Council are listed as giving grants for the research. The aforementioned research paper was carried in the Oxford University Press in 1990, and was titled “Bypass by an alternate ‘carrier’ of acquired unresponsiveness to hCG upon repeated immunization with tetanus-conjugated vaccine.” Are these plans being implemented right now? NSSM 200 outlines recommendations as to how to carry out population reduction and control policies. The World Bank, World Health Organization, UNICEF, and donor countries are listed as possible implementation arms. GAVI (the Global Alliance for Vaccines and Immunization), which was founded in 2000, has the goal of vaccinating most of the third world. The member organizations of GAVI include many of the same partners listed in NSSM 200, including the Rockefeller Foundation. Listed on the GAVI website, GAVI partners include: national governments of donor and developing countries, the Bill and Melinda Gates Children’s Vaccine Program, the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers Associations (IFPMA), the Rockefeller Foundation, UNICEF, the World Bank Group and the World Health Organization (WHO). In December of 2000, David Rockefeller and William H. Gates Sr., among others, visited the Rockefeller University campus to take part in a meeting on “Philanthropy in a Global Century”. While there, Gates spoke about his inspiration from Rockefeller in founding GAVI, “Gates said that ‘Taking our lead and our inspiration from work already done by The Rockefeller Foundation, our foundation actually started GAVI by pledging $750 million to something called the Global Fund for Children’s Vaccines, an instrument of GAVI.’” He also praised the Rockefeller family’s century of philanthropy, saying, ‘It seems like every new corner we turn, the Rockefellers are already there. And in some cases, they have been there for a long, long time.’” The targets The targets of NSSM 200 for population reduction and control included “…countries where there is special U.S. political and strategic interest.” Those named include: India, Bangladesh, Pakistan, Nigeria, Mexico, Indonesia, Brazil, the Philippines, Thailand, Egypt, Turkey, Ethiopia and Colombia. In 1995 the BBC aired a documentary titled “The Human Laboratory”, which covered the use of birth control drugs and vaccines in the third world. The discovery of “contaminated” Tetanus toxoid vaccines and the resulting negative effects on the Philippine population were covered. The documentary was never shown in the United States. A transcript of the program can be seen here. Contained in the program are the accounts of doctors from the Philippines who found that their Tetanus vaccines were “contaminated” with hCG, resulting in sterility and miscarriages. As the research shown above indicates, these are not contaminants, but rather scientifically crafted. The following are excerpts from the BBC program: MARY PILAR VERZOSA: The women would say why is it that the tetanus shots that we’ve been getting have had effects on us? Our fertility cycles are all fouled up, some of the women among us have had bleedings and miscarriages, some have lost their babies at a very early stage. The symptoms could come soon after their tetanus vaccination - some the following day, others within a week’s time. For those who were pregnant on their first three or four months the miscarriage was really frightening. … MARY PILAR VERZOSA: I began to suspect that here in the Philippines that’s exactly what’s happening. They have laced the tetanus toxoid vials with the Beta HCG. The only way I could make sure that they hadn’t done that was to examine the vials, and how to get a hold of those vials was going to be a problem. Who was I to collect them from the health centres? … MARY PILAR VERZOSA: Oh boy that was really something when this came out of my fax machine. Report on HCG concentration in vaccine vials. Three out of those four vials registered positive for HCG, so my suspicions are affirmed that here in our country they are not only giving plain tetanus toxoid vaccination to our women, they are also giving anti-fertility. NARRATOR: Sister Mary was not alone. Many women and doctors reported similar findings. Dr. Vilma Gonzaga became suspicious when she had two miscarriages, both times after receiving the tetanus jab. She is now suing the government since tests showed she had very high levels of antibodies to Beta HCG. Dr Fays Schrater comments on his suspicions that there is a deliberate campaign to immunise the Philippines with hCG. DR FAYS SCHRATER: If there is a conspiracy to immunise the women of the Philippines with chorionic gonadotropin rather than tetanus, then it requires the knowledge of some member of a government, or two. It requires the participation of a manufacturer to link the chorionic gonadotropin physically to the tetanus toxoid - you can’t just throw it in the vial and expect it to do its work. And it requires that it be mislabelled and that it be shipped then to a centre who knows what’s in it and who is going to distribute it in a guise of tetanus vaccine. Rural populations of the third world have caught on to possible negative effects of vaccination such as sterilization, while their fears are dismissed as “rumors” and “myths” by the mainstream press. Often, those reassuring that the vaccines are safe are the very organizations listed in NSSM 200 as partners in population reduction and control efforts. A 2006 press release from UNICEF (United Nations Children Fund), which is involved with vaccinating many third world countries, quotes the Assistant Project Officer for Health in Ethiopia’s Southern Nations, Tersit Assefa, “In other places, women of this age often stay away,” said Ms. Tersit. “All sorts of misguided rumours go round that the injections will sterilize them or harm them in some way. But here, the village elders are on board. They are here, encouraging the women to come along.” Nigerians have also become suspicious of vaccines. CBS news reported in 2004 that the Nigerian state of Kano was resisting Polio vaccines on grounds that the injections would render the female population infertile. “In September, Shekarau suspended participation in a global immunization program on the grounds that local scientists had discovered traces of a hormone in foreign-made vaccines that they feared could make girls infertile. Some local Islamic leaders accused the Nigerian federal government of being part of a U.S. plot to kill off Muslims with the vaccines. The WHO insisted the vaccines were safe, and urged that vaccinations resume to stave off a resurgence of the paralyzing disease.” Thailand, another target of NSSM 200, is ripe with stories of miscarriages and sterilization. According to the local population of the Akha, pregnant women are forced to receive the vaccine in order to get ID cards for their children. The vaccine often results with violent miscarriages. In the video below, Matthew McDaniel, a human rights activist who has been working with the Akha people of Thailand, speaks with two Akha women about the forced Tetanus vaccine and the resulting miscarriages. The third world populations, which are largely out of sight and out of the minds of a large portion of the west, are taking the brunt of the global elite’s population reduction plans. Read The Rabbit Hole Doesn’t End Here, Part 1 ============================================================================================= US scientists engineer 'mighty mice' AFP | November 1, 2007 US researchers have engineered a line of "mighty mice" whose human equivalent would have similar abilities to the bicycling champion Lance Armstrong, according to research published Thursday. The breed of mice can run six kilometers (four miles) at a speed of 20 meters (yards) per minute for up to six hours without stopping, according to Richard Hanson, a biochemistry professor at Case Western Reserve University in Cleveland, Ohio. "They are metabolically similar to Lance Armstrong biking up the Pyrenees; they utilize mainly fatty acids for energy and produce very little lactic acid," said Hanson, the senior author of the article which was published in the Journal of Biological Chemistry. The genetically engineered mice can eat 60 percent more than wild mice in a control group but remain slim and fit. The "mighty mice" live longer, and some females were able to reproduce much later in life than other mice. The researchers said some "have had offspring at 2.5 years of age, an amazing feat considering most mice do not reproduce after they are one year old." Hanson said the strength of the mice was made possible by the fact that they produce very little lactic acid, which forms during intense exercise. Scientists bred 500 of the mice, which also showed more aggression than other mice, over the past five years as part of a project aimed at unlocking the metabolic and physiological function of PEPCK-C in muscles and tissues. The key to their unusual traits is the over-expression of the gene that influence production of the enzyme PEPCK-C (phosphoenolypyruvate carboxykinases), said Hanson. The transgenic mice are descended from six "founder lines" that "contain a chimeric gene in which a copy of the cDNA for PEPCK-C was linked to the skeletal actin gene promoter," the research said. The resulting mice showed different levels of PEPCK-C in their muscles, but one particularly active group had levels of PEPCK-C activity of nine units per gram of skeletal muscle, compared to just 0.08 units per gram in the muscles of control mice. "From a very early age, the PEPCK-Cmus mice ran continuously in their cages," said Parvin Hakimi, a researcher in the Hanson lab. The "mighty mice" primarily relied on "fatty acids as a source of energy during exercise, while the control animals rapidly switched from fatty acid metabolism to using muscle glycogen (carbohydrates) as a fuel; this dramatically raised the blood lactate levels," the research said. The PEPCK-C enzyme was first discovered at the medical school of Case Western Reserve University in 1955, the study authors said. ============================================================================================= Globalists attempting to depopulate the world Press TV | October 31, 2007 By Afsaneh Ostovar Leuren Moret is an American independent scientist and international expert on radiation and public health issues. She has devoted her life to awakening the public to the destructive consequences of the depleted uranium munitions used by the U.S. military and has made relentless efforts to stop the United States from destroying the environment. Following is the text of a Press TV interview with Leuren Moret published on October 25: Q: The U.S. is using DU weapons in violation of international treaties. Why is the international community not forcing the U.S. to stop the use and production of such weaponry? A: I’ve asked that question many times myself. With the demonstrated total and complete failure of international judicial remedies -- by the International Criminal Court and the world court -- to enforce the 1925 Geneva poison gas protocol, the Geneva and Hague conventions, international agreements and other treaties, and the failure of depleted uranium weapons to meet the standards (in four out of four categories) of legality under international law, it is clear that the international judicial system is morally and procedurally bankrupt. In other words, international laws and treaties are meaningless and/or selectively enforced. Just like the U.S. nuclear weapons labs where I have worked, they selectively enforce the rules only when they want to ‘get someone’, in other words, they unfairly target and enforce laws that may be on the books, but are ignored. And that has been true throughout the nuclear project since the end of WWII when atomic bombs, weapons of mass destruction, were dropped on living civilian populations in Hiroshima and Nagasaki, Japan, the only two Christian cities in Japan. And that was a case of Christians dropping the first atomic bombs on Christians. Those first atomic bombs were weapons of mass destruction and they were illegal in every sense of the law. They were dropped without the consent of the scientists who developed them, without the consent of the political leadership (with the exception of President Truman who was talked into it by one man -- Col. Henry Stimson, Sec. of War and a Wall Street banker and member of Skull and Bones), and with the strongest opposition coming from the U.S. military leadership -- especially General Leslie Groves who was in charge of developing atomic bombs as head of the Manhattan Project. The decision to drop two atomic bombs was made by one man -- Colonel Henry Stimson -- a Wall Street banker with ties to Churchill and the city of London bankers. It’s always the international bankers who are engineering these horrific wars and the development of ever more horrific technologies of war. However the hypocrisy of the U.S. government must also be addressed. Depleted uranium munitions meet the definition of WMDs under U.S. Federal Code in 2 out of 3 categories, and they violate U.S. military law because the U.S. is a signatory to the Geneva and Hague conventions. If the U.S. government is so worried about Iran being a nuclear threat, then why did Henry Kissinger give Iran nuclear power plants, and President Gerald Ford give Iran plutonium? September 16, 2005, in the UN General Assembly, President Hugo Chavez of Venezuela said: “We could, on the basis of national realities, exchange knowledge, integrate markets, interconnect, but at the same time we must understand that there are problems that do not have a national solution: radioactive clouds, world oil prices, diseases, warming of the planet or the hole in the ozone layer. These are not domestic problems.” And on September 17, 2005, in the UN General Assembly President Ahmadinejad of Iran eloquently brought the depleted uranium issue to the table: “Ironically, those who have actually used nuclear weapons, continue to produce, stockpile and extensively test such weapons, have used depleted uranium bombs and bullets against tens and perhaps hundreds of thousands of Iraqis, Kuwaitis, and even their own soldiers and those of their allies, afflicting them with incurable diseases, blatantly violate their obligations under the NPT, have refrained from signing the CTBT and have armed the Zionist occupation regime with WMDs, are not only refusing to remedy their past deeds, but in clear breech of the NPT, are trying to prevent other countries from acquiring the technology to produce peaceful nuclear energy. All these problems emanate from the fact that justice and spirituality are missing in the way powerful governments conduct their affairs with other nations. “ A third courageous world leader has also recognized that depleted uranium global pollution is the most important issue today, for example Dr. Mahathir Mohamed, former prime minister of Malaysia. He held an international war crimes conference February 5-7, 2007, in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, attended by 5000 people. The issue of radioactive weapons and depleted uranium played an important role at this conference. So we have three world leaders now who have spoken out about the horror and illegality of depleted uranium weaponry. But the NATO countries are silent and complicit in the poisoning of Iraq, Yugoslavia, Afghanistan, and Lebanon with their illegal weapons. The approximately 5000 U.S. bunker buster bombs that Israel bombed Lebanon with, in the July 2006 attack. Dr. Chris Busby has reported evidence of not only depleted uranium in the bomb craters along the Lebanon/Israel border, but also traces of deuterium, high levels of uranium 235, and neutron activation products that quickly decayed within 3 weeks. The analyses were done at the British Government Radiation Laboratory at Harwell, so they must be correct. Those anomalous radiation fingerprints suggest that 4th generation nuclear weapons were also included in the bunker buster dirty bombs. In other words, the U.S./Israel are now carrying out two nuclear wars from within the same bomb -- or shall we call it the new ‘super nuker.’ What hypocrisy for the U.S. to cry ‘terrorist’ about Iran, when U.S. bombs delivered by Israeli jets are nuking Lebanon, Israeli citizens, and everyone in the region. Well, it is well known in America that the victimizer always turns himself into the victim. The truth is that the ‘nuclear states’ have, and are using, nuclear weapons for blackmailing weaker countries in order to depopulate them and steal their mineral resources. It’s just that simple. Q: What is depleted uranium and how does it affect human beings? What are the consequences of DU contamination? A: Depleted uranium is radioactive waste from the nuclear weapons and nuclear power programs. 99.5% of the uranium that is mined becomes depleted uranium after 0.5% uranium 235 is removed in the enrichment process. Iran is legally enriching uranium for their nuclear power program, and the IAEA has stated that this is a perfectly legal activity in a country with nuclear power plants. It is being used as an excuse by the U.S. and international community to threaten Iran. In 1942, radioactive poison gas weapons were suggested for development under the Manhattan Project. In other words, the scientists did not know if they could successfully make atomic bombs, so they said “…Let’s make dirty bombs, dirty missiles, and dirty bullets out of the depleted uranium, since we have lots of that, and it will permanently contaminate the air, water, soil, food, and blood in a region where we use these munitions.” It was a great weapon to kill, maim and disease lots of people. So in 1942 they knew everything about depleted uranium but did not use it until 1973, during the oil crisis, when the U.S. government gave it to Israel and supervised them using it in the Yom Kippur war. I have met so many women in Berkeley, California, who lived in Israel (occupied Palestine) then in Kibbutzes, and they have an epidemic of breast cancer in their families now. Well, that was just the beginning. The U.S. has contaminated 39 states with depleted uranium since 1945 from testing, manufacture, sales, storage and disposal of these weapons. The U.S. is in a massive epidemic of radiation related illnesses, which is increasing every year -- the U.S. government nuked its own people with atomic bomb testing, nuclear power plants, and now depleted uranium. Not only are the Middle East and Central Asia contaminated forever with radioactive depleted uranium, which has a half-life of 4.5 billion years, but it has contaminated and mixed throughout the global atmosphere, causing a global epidemic of diabetes and other radiation related illnesses. Depleted uranium is a radioactive nano-particle doomsday machine, which is not only causing diabetes all over the world, but it is invisibly increasing death rates, and decreasing birth rates globally -- that is called depopulation. The Queen of Britain and the Rockefellers (U.S.) own most of the uranium, and the City of London bankers control world uranium supplies and prices. Nice partnership, isn’t it? Through her mother (maiden name Roche), Princess Diana was actually a Rothschild (City of London bankers). Many people believe that Prince Charles married Diana for her Stuart bloodline, which made her more royal than Charles. But when Prince William becomes king, England will have a Rothschild on the throne… that is the bloodline wanted from Princess Diana. Well, if you think about the thousands of tons of depleted uranium the U.S./UK have admitted using since 1991, that would be the same as releasing the radiation from at least 400,000 Nagasaki bombs into the atmosphere since 1991, ten times more than during atmospheric testing. Well, look at the increase in diabetes in Japan since 1991, which represents the global effect of depleted uranium pollution. (source: Vital Statistics of Japan 2004, Vol. 1, Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare, pp.202-3) Then there are the effects to consider on the unborn babies. Consider the large increase in low birth weight babies in the U.S. since 1991, caused by the global depleted uranium pollution. This is happening all over the world. Unlike infant mortality, these babies survive but they are at much greater risk for health problems during their lives: diabetes, learning disabilities, obesity, heart defects, and they are never really strong and healthy. The babies may look normal on the outside, but the DNA is damaged both in the nucleus and in the mitochondria of the cell, as well as other damage we still don’t understand. Over future generations, the genetic damage will be expressed in unpredictable ways, and gradually the genome will degrade and decline in vigor. (source: U.S. government data, Centers for Disease Control {CDC}) The consequence of depleted uranium global pollution is damage to the genome of the entire planet which is being degraded and destroyed slowly over time -- for all living things. This is a demonic plan by the City of London and Wall Street banking establishments, and the new world order, the ‘globalists’ who want to depopulate the world by 2-4 billion people. They don’t call London the world capital of terrorism for no reason. Depopulation, through a continuous global covert nuclear war, has been waged against citizens, paid for by citizens through taxation, privatized, and secretly implemented by the global ruling elite. From 62 years of depleted uranium wars alone, global public health has been devastated by large increases in death rates and chronic disease, and decreasing birth rates, both evident in the vital statistics of many countries since 1945. This is a global trend. This is what Henry Kissinger said about it in 1974 in the National Security Council: Dr. Henry Kissinger proposed in his memorandum to the NSC that ‘depopulation should be the highest priority of U.S. foreign policy towards the third world.’ He cited reasons of national security, and because the U.S. economy will require large and increasing amounts of minerals from abroad, especially from less developed countries… wherever a lessening of population can increase the prospects for such stability, population policy becomes relevant to resources, supplies and to the economic interests of the U.S. (“Implications of worldwide population growth for U.S. security & overseas interests”, National Security Memo 200, April 24, 1974) According to an NSC spokesman at the time, the United States shared the view of former World Bank President Robert McNamara that the ‘population crisis’ is a greater threat to U.S. national security interests than ‘nuclear annihilation’. In 1975, Henry Kissinger established a policy-planning group in the U.S. State Department’s office of population affairs. By 1979 depopulation was the top priority of U.S. national security policy, as outlined in the national security paper Global 2000 written by Rockefeller contractors Henry Kissinger, Z. Brzezinski, Gen. Alexander Haig, and Ed Muskie for President Carter. So it is very clear that depleted uranium weaponry is being used for the purpose of depopulation in the Middle East, Central Asia, Lebanon, Yugoslavia… and these areas of course are rich in mineral resources that the Zionist Anglo-American economic empire wants to control. The tiger economies (China, Japan, {South} Korea and India) are another serious economic threat -- so another nuclear war is being carried out against them with nuclear power plants forced on them by the U.S./UK war crimes racketeering syndicate (who own the uranium and the nuclear power industry). The Zionist Anglo-American banking establishment is an international permanent war economy, a war crimes racketeering syndicate, the most vicious and ruthless in the history of the world: once again, they are the greedy bankers of Wall Street and the City of London, and let’s include the British throne which will soon crown a Rothschild as king. Q: What parts of the world have been poisoned by DU? Are there more regions at risk of contamination? A: All of the world has been poisoned by the DU -- most of it since 1991. The health statistics from around the world clearly show the global impact. But even the oceans are being killed by the radiation, the baby fish die just like our babies. Or they are born weak and may not survive to become adult fish. This also happened during atmospheric testing. Between 1957 and 1963 the fishing catch in the North Atlantic declined by 50%, but recovered within a few years as soon as atmospheric testing ended, because of the partial test ban treaty which Russia, the UK and U.S. signed. However, the Pacific fishing catch declined 65% by 1970 and never recovered because some nuclear states continued testing. It is happening all over again since 1991 with the introduction of DU weaponry by the U.S. and the UK. In Japan, I learned that the fishing catch has declined 10% just in the past few years. The DU is globally mixed in 1 year -- it is found in the ice record in Antarctica, Hawaii, the Alps, the Himalayas, and even in the Andes of South America. There is nowhere to hide or any way to escape. Q: The U.S. soldiers who were sent to the Persian Gulf War were also poisoned by U.S. DU weapons. There are many reports of their devastating situation. Isn’t the U.S. government concerned about the lives of its own military personnel? A: Here is a news story tonight on the Internet. It is the despair and anger expressed by a member of Congress from the San Francisco area where I live. Listen to his words on the floor of Congress speaking to Bush: “You have no money for health care for children… or for more war… You just like to blow things up.” Here is a lawyer friend of mine, from the international law firm of Morrison and Foerster, who has filed a class action lawsuit against the Veterans Administration for Health Care for our very sick veterans… the medical disability rate is over 55% since 1991, when they started using depleted uranium weapons. Our children are being turned into uranium meat as soon as they are sent to Iraq and Afghanistan. What about the poor people who live in those regions and have for thousands of years. The leadership in the U.S., the Congress, the White House, and the Pentagon have been taken over by a shadow government -- that shadow from Wall Street and the City of London. The U.S. is bankrupt and is being carved up like a turkey by the globalists. Europe is too… the EU is just another region being dragged into slavery… like the U.S.-Canada-Mexico, which is now undergoing unification. I cannot believe this global nightmare being rolled out. Our soldiers are just being sent to Iraq and Afghanistan and given a death sentence as soon as they arrive. Our national guard, to protect our states from being overtaken by our own military, is being destroyed to make this global takeover easier. Black youth in the ghettoes are refusing to join the military. They are saying, “It’s more dangerous in Iraq now than in the ghetto… We are staying home.” Major Doug Rokke told me that gang members and juvenile delinquents coming back from their army service in Iraq are taking military trucks from bases here like at Fort Lewis, and going out into towns around the military bases and robbing banks. Then they go back into the ghettoes and kill the police… That’s what they learned in Iraq. As Henry Kissinger famously said after Vietnam: “Military men are just dumb stupid animals to be used as pawns in foreign policy.” I think in reality the U.S. government has killed far more Americans, their own citizens, than they have killed in other countries. The CIA has cannibalized the U.S. just like it has eaten through the economies and killed the people of many other countries. The CIA is bringing the drugs from Afghanistan and South America into our communities. It’s a great way to fund elections and to make huge profits. Over $850 billion a year in drug money in the U.S. is the CIA cash-flow through the U.S. economy. The U.S. economy would collapse without it. Q: Are these soldiers receiving proper health care from the current U.S. administration? A: Of course not. They are receiving a plane ride back to the U.S. and then they are dumped into their communities by the Pentagon and given no help, no medical care, nothing. I have them calling me up every day, they find my name on the Internet, and they are begging me to help them… they want to commit suicide, their wives are sick… this is a nightmare not only over in the Middle East and Central Asia, but here as well. Our country is bankrupt -- morally, spiritually, and financially. Q: Could you explain when and how your opposition to nuclear weapons began? A: Well, I worked in two nuclear weapons labs, as a geoscientist cleaning up the mess at the labs. I did not know what nuclear weapons were until I went to Japan in 2000, invited to the Atomic and Hydrogen Bomb Conference as a plenary speaker. I was horrified when I saw the effects of atomic bombs on Hiroshima and Nagasaki. If Americans had seen the aftermath in 1945 of those horrific bombs, there never would have been a nuclear weapons program in the U.S. It was hidden from the public and still is. It is a brotherhood of death, the ultimate rejection of life… it is a huge lie. When I stood in the peace museums of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, I realized that I had to spend the rest of my life working on the terrible issue of nuclear pollution. I am a mother, I am a scientist, I am a woman and a giver of life; I cannot stand to see another mother and father with a sick child, a sick baby, a sick grandparent… the youngest and the oldest are the ones who suffer from radiation the most. So here is what I am doing, a global campaign, a U.S. campaign to get DU bills for our soldiers in the state legislatures -- Congress is nonfunctional. In Hawaii they call me the ‘enfant terrible’ of depleted uranium. Well, if I am a naughty child for doing that, I am a very very very much more naughty scientist… and I am having lots of fun with my radiation wrecking ball… informing the public about what they should know about radiation and its impact on public health and the environment. Seriously, there really is no other choice. Q: What are the human costs of depleted uranium? A: We are facing a global mass extinction of 2-4 billion people, and a war against the genetic future of all species. If the Bush Administration and the U.S. Navy are really stupid enough to bomb Iran with their (nuclear) friend Israel, well then they deserve what they get if they knock over that beehive. Iran is not Iraq… Iraq was a ‘cakewalk’ compared to what a mess they will have with Iran. I want the people of Iran, Iraq, Lebanon, Yugoslavia, Afghanistan and the people of the world to know that I love and respect them. Americans are not bad people, I am not a bad person because I am American, it is our government that has hijacked and stolen our country and our soul from us. But this nightmare they are creating is not over yet, and like Iraq, it will not turn out the way they think it is going to… Bush is not the only sociopath in power who likes to blow things up. Other countries may retaliate. And there are many ways to punish the Zionist Anglo-American economic empire. Its future is fading. You never create wealth by destroying things ============================================================================================= Kucinich says he will force House vote on Cheney impeachment Nick Juliano Raw Story Saturday November 3, 2007 Rep. Dennis Kucinich (D-OH) announced he would move to force a vote next week on his resolution calling for the impeachment of Vice President Dick Cheney. “The momentum is building for impeachment,” Kucinich said in a statement on his Web site. “Millions of citizens across the nation are demanding Congress rein in the Vice President’s abuse of power. Kucinich said he plans to introduce a privileged resolution, which would have priority for a House floor vote, on Nov. 6. A vote on the measure would be required within two days. Observers expect a motion to table Kucinich's resolution, which has 21 Democratic co-sponsors. It is almost certain that such a move to kill the resolution would be successful, but activists are urging members of Congress to support Kucinich's move. "We need you to ask your representative to vote No on tabling, Yes on giving impeachment a chance," wrote David Swanson on the pro-impeachment Website AfterDowningStreet.org. "Those who vote Yes to table cannot use the excuse that 'We don't have the votes,' since others will at that same instant with exactly the same exertion be voting No. Please scroll down to contact Congress and the media right away!" Democratic House Speaker Nancy Pelosi has long said that impeachment was "off the table" and Kucinich has had little success spurring legislative action on his resolutions, despite the growing number of lawmakers who have signed on as co-sponsors since it was introduced this spring. Kucinich's full statement is reprinted below: # Kucinich Will Introduce Privileged Resolution To Force Up Or Down Vote On Cheney Impeachment WASHINGTON, D.C. (November 2, 2007) — Congressman Dennis Kucinich (D-OH) announced today that he will be offering a privileged resolution on the House floor next week that will bring articles of impeachment against the Vice President, Richard B. Cheney. “The momentum is building for impeachment,” Kucinich said. “Millions of citizens across the nation are demanding Congress rein in the Vice President’s abuse of power. “Despite this groundswell of opposition to the unconstitutional conduct of office, Vice President Cheney continues to violate the U.S. Constitution by insisting the power of the executive branch is supreme. “Congress must hold the Vice President accountable. The American people need to let Members of Congress know how they feel about this. The Vice President continues to use his office to advocate for a continued occupation of Iraq and prod our nation into a belligerent stance against Iran. If the Vice President is successful, his actions will ensure decades of disastrous consequences.” The privileged resolution has priority status for consideration on the House floor. Once introduced, the resolution has to be brought to the floor within two legislative days, although the House could act on it immediately. Kucinich is expected to bring it to the House floor on Tuesday, November 6. H. Res. 333, Articles of Impeachment against the Vice President, has 21 cosponsors. They are: Rep. Tammy Baldwin (D-WI), Robert Brady (D-PA), Yvette Clarke (D-NY), Rep. William Lacy Clay (D-MO), Rep. Steve Cohen (D-TN), Rep. Keith Ellison (D-MN), Rep. Sam Farr (D-CA), Rep. Bob Filner (D-CA), Rep. Sheila Jackson-Lee (D-TX), Rep. Henry Johnson (D-GA), Rep. Carolyn Kilpatrick (D-MI), Rep. Barbara Lee (D-CA), Rep. Jim McDermott (D-WA), Rep. James Moran (D-VA), Rep. Donald Payne (D-NJ), Rep. Jan Schakowsky (D-IL), Rep. Edolphus Towns (D-NY), Rep. Maxine Waters (D-CA), Rep. Diane Watson (D-CA), Rep. Lynn Woolsey (D-CA) and Rep. Albert Wynn (D-MD). ============================================================================================= Memos Prove Rumsfeld Directed Psychological Terror Campaign Hyping climate of fear, threat of violence to achieve political objectives is the very definition of terrorism Prison Planet| November 2, 2007 Paul Joseph Watson New Pentagon memos released by the Washington Post prove that ex-U.S. defense secretary Donald Rumsfeld directed a psychological campaign of terror in order to achieve political objectives, making Rumsfeld himself a terrorist according to the very definition of the term. "Donald Rumsfeld, the former United States defence secretary, tried to maintain an atmosphere of fear in America as part of the Iraq war propaganda campaign, a series of leaked memos has shown," reports the London Telegraph . In an April 2006 memo, Rumsfeld encouraged Pentagon officials to "Keep elevating the threat" and "Talk about Somalia, the Philippines etc. Make the American people realise they are surrounded in the world by violent extremists". Rumsfeld also urged his staff to concoct "bumper sticker statements" (mindless clichés) in an attempt to garner continued support for the occupation of Iraq. In the most telling e mail, the former defense secretary ordered the Pentagon to "link Iraq to Iran," heralding the birth of the now saturated propaganda talking point that Iran is fueling the violence in Iraq and helping to kill U.S. troops, despite the fact that British officials patrolling the Iran-Iraq border admit that there is "No concrete proof that Iran is supplying Iraq." Rumsfeld's obsession with micro-managing every aspect of the propaganda offensive upon the American people led to him disseminating anything up to 60 "snowflakes" or memos every single day, much to the chagrin of Pentagon employees. His insistence that an artificial climate of fear be maintained in America about the threat of new terror attacks in order to sell the unpopular war in Iraq are the smoking gun for criminal charges to be initiated. By several of the very definitions of terrorism, Rumsfeld has provably engaged in terrorism, by hyping the threat of terror to achieve a political objective. Definitions of terrorism - A psychological strategy of war for gaining political ends by deliberately creating a well-founded climate of fear among the civilian population. - The unlawful use or threatened use of force or violence against people or property to coerce or intimidate governments or societies . - The systematic use of terror, the deliberate creation and exploitation of fear for bringing about political change . - The use of - or threatened use of - criminal violence against civilians or civilian infrastructure to achieve political ends through fear and intimidation , rather than direct confrontation. - The calculated use of violence (or threat of violence) against civilians in order to attain goals that are political or religious or ideological in nature; this is done through intimidation or coercion or instilling fear . Under any of the definitions of terrorism listed above, Rumsfeld has demonstrably engaged in terror by artificially hyping the fear of new attacks as part of a strategy to achieve a political objective. ============================================================================================= Police Batter Down Teenager's Door, Blow Off Dog's Head Without Warning MEGAN GILLIS Ottawa Sun Monday October 29, 2007 A Vanier woman is claiming police brutality after tactical team officers with a warrant to search for drugs broke down her door Thursday, shot two of her dogs to death and terrified her teen daughters. Joanne Charlebois said she was spending the evening packing for a move with the help of friends, and her daughters, aged 16 and 19, were studying with a pal, when men in helmets broke down the door of her McArthur Ave apartment. Charlebois claims officers gave no warning before shooting the dogs, whom she says were gentle mutts who were running away in fear. They left bullet holes in the floor and a casing under the sofa. "I heard bangs at the front door, they knocked the door in," a weeping Charlebois said. "I thought it was a joke for Halloween. 'THEY BLEW HER HEAD OFF' "Then click, boom, boom. My dog (Daisy) was in the air, her legs shaking. Then my dog Maxine came running to me and they blew her head off right next to me. "They came in and terrorized my household. They killed our dogs ... I'm traumatized, my daughters are traumatized." The officers kept asking where the cocaine and guns were hidden and tore the place apart. Charlebois says she had small quantities of pot and cocaine for personal use but showed documents indicating she faces three counts of possession for the purpose of trafficking and one count of possessing of the proceeds of crime. Ottawa Police, who didn't tell the media about the raid, could not confirm what was found or what charges were laid. Staff-Sgt. David Veinotte said officers arrested eight people. "They were confronted by pit bull mixes inside the premises," Veinotte said. A spokeswoman for the Ottawa Humane Society says the two dead dogs delivered to them by the police were pitbull or mastiff types and weighed about 85 lbs. each. The shooting is under investigation by the professional standards section, which is normal procedure. ALWAYS TWO SIDES "There are always two sides to every story," Veinotte said of the incident. Martina Charlebois, 19, says she was cuffed and thrown down as she reached for her dead pets to comfort them. "They dragged me through the blood, " she said. "He had his foot to the back of my head and a gun to my head. I just wanted to touch them." The teen spent the night in jail, where she was strip-searched, before being released with her mother. Martina, who wasn't charged, said she hasn't been able to eat or sleep since. "This is what they did to my family," Charlebois said, clutching photos of her dogs' bloodied bodies. "What they did is wrong." ============================================================================================= White House Blocked Waterboarding Critic JAN CRAWFORD GREENBURG and ARIANE de VOGUE ABC Saturday November 3, 2007 A senior Justice Department official, charged with reworking the administration's legal position on torture in 2004 became so concerned about the controversial interrogation technique of waterboarding that he decided to experience it firsthand, sources told ABC News. Daniel Levin, then acting assistant attorney general, went to a military base near Washington and underwent the procedure to inform his analysis of different interrogation techniques. After the experience, Levin told White House officials that even though he knew he wouldn't die, he found the experience terrifying and thought that it clearly simulated drowning. Levin, who refused to comment for this story, concluded waterboarding could be illegal torture unless performed in a highly limited way and with close supervision. And, sources told ABC News, he believed the Bush Administration had failed to offer clear guidelines for its use. Bush Administration Blocked Critic The administration at the time was reeling from an August 2002 memo by Jay Bybee, then the head of the Office of Legal Counsel, which laid out possible justifications for torture. In June 2004, Levin's predecessor at the office, Jack Goldsmith, officially withdrew the Bybee memo, finding it deeply flawed. When Levin took over from Goldsmith, he went to work on a memo that would effectively replace the Bybee memo as the administration's legal position on torture. It was during this time that he underwent waterboarding. In December 2004, Levin released the new memo. He said, "Torture is abhorrent" but he went on to say in a footnote that the memo was not declaring the administration's previous opinions illegal. The White House, with Alberto Gonzales as the White House counsel, insisted that this footnote be included in the memo. But Levin never finished a second memo imposing tighter controls on the specific interrogation techniques. Sources said he was forced out of the Justice Department when Gonzales became attorney general. Critics Decry Waterboarding as Torture Critics say waterboarding should never be used. According to retired Rear Adm. John Hutson, "There is no question this is torture -- this is a technique by which an individual is strapped to a board, elevated by his feet and either dunked into water or water poured over his face over a towel or a blanket." The legal justification of waterboarding has come to the forefront in the debate swirling around Michael B. Mukasey's nomination for attorney general. While Democrats are pressing him to declare waterboarding illegal, he has refused to do so. He calls it personally "repugnant," but he is unwilling to declare it illegal until he can see the classified information regarding the technique and its current use. ============================================================================================= The mystery of the missing $2.9 trillion David R. Francis CS Monitor Monday October 29, 2007 Like most people, economists love a mystery – especially if it involves not a missing person but a missing $2.9 trillion in United States debt. That's $2.9 with 11 zeros after it. Some words of explanation: Every quarter the Department of Commerce comes up with the US "International Investment Position." At the end of 2006, for instance, the US had a net negative position – by this measurement of international assets and liabilities – of $2.6 trillion. In other words, the country is by far the world's biggest debtor nation. A quarter century ago, the US was the world's largest creditor nation. The economists at Commerce count American-owned private assets in foreign nations (plants, equipment, retail outfits, property, corporate stocks and bonds, etc.), US official international reserves (gold, special drawing rights, foreign currencies), and other US assets abroad. The measurements get complicated. Then these economists count what foreigners own of American assets, looking at the same list of assets. Subtracting the value of American international assets from what foreigners own of American assets, they come up with how much Americans are in debt to other nations and their peoples. But if you look at the current account of the US balance of payments, which measures primarily the balance of trade, and also flows of interest and dividends, foreign aid, and other international transfers, the US should be far deeper in hock – $2.9 trillion more over the years from 1990 through 2006 than the official $2.6 trillion. Every month, the Commerce Department has reported huge deficits in trade and the broader current account. These deficits have to be financed somehow by foreigners, and so the US should be piling up its international debts in grand style. Last year the US international deficit was running at a level equivalent to 6.5 percent of our gross domestic product, the nation's total output of goods and services. In a sense, Americans were living 6.5 percent better than they would if they weren't putting on the national tab, in effect, so many toys, shirts, computers, etc. "Why aren't we more indebted?" asks Barry Bosworth, an economist at the Brookings Institution in Washington. One related mystery is that American investments in foreign nations earn a much higher rate of return than do the investments by foreigners in the US. "Why?" asks Mr. Bosworth in a working paper written with Susan Collins of the Gerald Ford School of Public Policy in Ann Arbor, Mich., and a graduate student, Gabriel Chodorow-Reich. One-third of the gap in the return on investments can be attributed to US corporations reporting "extra" income in low tax jurisdictions of their foreign affiliates, the National Bureau of Economic Research paper finds. For example, Microsoft sells its software in foreign countries from an affiliate in Ireland – after making some changes in the software, says Bosworth. There, it pays only a 10 percent tax on its corporate profits, rather than the 38 percent corporate rate in the US. Other US firms set up affiliates in such tax havens as Barbados, the Bahamas, and Bermuda. US firms are "quite aggressive" in taking advantage of such tax havens, notes Bosworth. It probably means that these companies avoid billions of dollars in taxes that otherwise would go to Uncle Sam. It also distorts the official balance-of-payments figures. "The data are very bad," says Bosworth. Another economist intrigued by this international investment mystery is Pierre-Olivier Gourinchas of the University of California, Berkeley. He finds that the reason the US is earning so much more on its foreign assets than it is paying on its foreign liabilities is partly because US investors often take more risk and thus get a higher return. The American money goes into foreign direct investment (plant and equipment, etc.) and into foreign stock, for example. Many foreigners, especially central banks, tend to be more cautious in choosing American investments. They buy ultrasafe US Treasuries or relatively safe bonds issued by US corporations, for instance. "The US offers nice, liquid, safe investments," says Professor Gourinchas. The risk of default can be low. The US is an entrepôt, says Jane D'Arista, of the Financial Markets Center, Philomont, Va. That is, it takes in savings from the world at relatively low cost and invests some of that money abroad at a higher return. There's more to the mystery than that, however. One advantage for the US is that the dollar is the primary currency used in international reserves of other nations and for invoicing international trade and investment, such as for oil and other commodities. So when the dollar loses value, foreign holders of dollar assets lose on their dollar investments. Almost all US foreign liabilities are in dollars and about 70 percent of US foreign assets are in foreign currencies.In what Gourinchas calls an "eye-catching, back-of-the-envelope calculation," a 10 percent depreciation of the dollar represents a transfer of 5.3 percent of US GDP from the rest of the world to the US. America's GDP is currently $13.7 trillion, and the dollar is down 20.6 percent since 2002. So foreigners have – in effect – given the US about $1.3 trillion. It's not really that simple, emphasizes Gourinchas. Nonetheless, the US has had a free lunch. ============================================================================================= CFR President: $200 Oil If War With Iran Rogue Government October 28, 2007 Richard Haass the President of the Council on Foreign Relations and Bilderberg luminary was recently interviewed by Katie Couric on the situation with Iran. During the interview, Haass predicted that the crisis over Iran’s nuclear program could come to a head within the next few months and that war with Iran would result in oil prices rising to $200 a barrel. Haass also made it clear that sanctions would not be effective in changing Iran’s stance on their nuclear program and that there was a real possibility of a U.S. military strike on Iran using aircraft and cruise missiles. When Couric specifically asked Haass if he thought we would see a war with Iran, he responded. “I don’t think we are talking about invasion, the U.S. doesn’t have ground troops. There could be a military strike using aircraft and cruise missiles, but if you ask me over the next year or two years can I imagine the U.S. and Iran moving to conflict? The short answer is yes. Is it definite? Obviously not, but is it a real possibility; for sure.” Haass also mentioned in the interview that war with Iran would result in the oil price reaching $200 a barrel. This specific prediction from Haass is interesting considering reports from previous Bilderberg meetings that the global elite have been seeking an increase in oil prices as part of an effort to further squeeze the U.S. middle class. A $200 oil price is certainly not out of the realm of possibility considering oil recently eclipsed the $90 a barrel mark. The rising oil price has thus far been primarily due to a combination of geopolitical tensions in the Middle East along with the falling value of the U.S. Dollar. In addition, the Federal Reserve is widely expected to cut interest rates again which would send the price of oil even higher and the value of the U.S. Dollar even lower. Any military attack on Iran would certainly send oil prices much higher with the possibility of other countries with close ties to Iran like Venezuela cutting off oil sales in retaliation. It is clear that the global elite are seriously considering military action against Iran as part of their goal to further their agenda for one world government. The major media networks have been out in full force spreading all sorts of propaganda in an effort to convince the masses that we need an invasion of Iran. The propaganda fails to mention that any invasion of Iran could have a devastating effect on the U.S. economy with the potential of skyrocketing gasoline prices. Hopefully, they’ll come to their senses and put a halt to any plans for a military strike against Iran. With countries like Pakistan and North Korea holding a nuclear arsenal, it doesn’t make any logical sense to go after a country like Iran that doesn’t even have a nuclear weapon. The only rationale for an invasion of Iran is raw imperialism, and unfortunately that’s what we are seeing unfold. ============================================================================================= World's biggest bank in crisis meeting Damian Reece and Robert Winnett London Telegraph Saturday November 3, 2007 Fears of more turmoil hitting global stock markets grew last night after it emerged that Citigroup, the world’s biggest bank, has called an emergency board meeting for this weekend amid fears of escalating bad debts. Citigroup is seen as a bellwether for the health of the financial system but has been rocked in recent days over concerns that its exposure to America’s sub-prime mortgage crisis is bigger than previously thought. News of the board meeting came after the US stock market closed so investors could not react immediately. The emergency at Citigroup follows the run on the British bank Northern Rock which fell victim to the global credit crunch in September. Just over a week ago, the Bank of England warned that the crunch was far from over and that the UK stock market was "particularly vulnerable" to a downturn. Citigroup, which globally has more than a billion customers, has operated in the UK since 1902 and employs more than 12,000 people here. As well as banking, in the UK it also provides a range of commercial investment services to corporate, financial institutions and public sector clients. There were concerns in New York that the Citigroup board meeting had been called to discuss the possibility of the bank writing off an increasing amount of bad debt. This could seriously hit its profits. Citigroup’s shares have already slumped 25 per cent over the past three weeks after the bank wrote off $5·9?billion (£2·8?billion) worth of bad debts. Much of this originally arose in the US sub-prime mortgage market, which is currently in crisis as a large number of borrowers with poor credit histories have defaulted on their repayments. Charles Prince, Citigroup’s chairman and chief executive, has come under mounting scrutiny over the bank’s performance and will come under pressure to resign if the bank is forced to write off more bad debt. It follows the resignation on Wednesday of Stan O'Neal, chairman and chief executive of Merrill Lynch, after the investment bank wrote-down $7.9bn in sub-prime exposure in the third quarter. Markets will be concerned that Citigroup’s growing problems will spread into the economy at large as it, and other large banks, curtail lending which could prompt a slowdown in activity. British banks are also under pressure and the three leading institutions have seen their share price value plunge by almost £14? billion I two days. Barclays’ market value has dropped by a total of 11 per cent amid rumours that it had approached the Bank of England for an emergency loan. Royal Bank of Scotland shares fell by eight per cent over the two days while those of HSBC, Britain’s biggest bank, dropped 4·7 per cent. Against this fevered background, it emerged that Gordon Brown risks sidelining his Chancellor, Alistair Darling, by using his former Treasury "fixer" to help resolve key financial issues. Shriti Vadera, a former adviser to Mr Brown who was ennobled in the summer, was allegedly involved in discussions with Lloyds TSB about a rescue deal for crisis-hit Northern Rock, The Daily Telegraph has learned. Baroness Vadera, now international development minister, is also said to be involved in discussions to water down Mr Darling’s proposals for reforming capital gains tax. Lady Vadera was infamously involved in the government’s disastrous renationalisation of Railtrack in 2001. There is said to be a history of antagonism between her and Mr Darling. George Osborne, the shadow chancellor said last night: "If these revelations are true, then it seriously undermines Alistair Darling’s credibility. "If the Prime Minister does not trust his own Chancellor to run the economy in a crisis, why should the country trust him?" It also emerged that Northern Rock has borrowed £23?billion from the Bank of England, equivalent to about £1,000 for every British family, after no rescue emerged. Lord Oakeshott, the Liberal Democrat Treasury spokesman and a City fund manager, said: "Alarm bells are ringing. Until the Government clears the failed board of management out and allows accountants to go through the books there must be very serious concerns." Before the Northern Rock crisis became public, it is understood that the Government held talks with Eric Daniels, the chief executive of Lloyds TSB, about a possible takeover. Lloyds TSB is being advised by UBS, the investment bank in which Lady Vadera was a senior executive before joining the Treasury. Lloyds TSB is chaired by Sir Victor Blank, the former head of Trinity Mirror newspapers who is regarded as a close friend of Gordon Brown. Lord Leitch, a Labour peer who has carried out several government reviews for Mr Brown, is also on the board. One well-placed source said: "It was thought rather odd that a junior minister in another department was dealing with the worst banking crisis in a generation rather than the Chancellor." Another banking source said: "I am told there is a lot of frustration at Number 10 and among senior civil servants with the Treasury and the way it is letting the Northern Rock situation drift. Nick Macpherson [the permanent secretary at the Treasury] is under particular pressure." The Tories have asked parliamentary questions demanding that the Government reveal details about Lady Vadera’s involvement. Shahid Malik, her boss at the Department for International Development has blocked their requests saying: "Ministers and senior officials meet a range of individuals and organisations to discuss policy and delivery issues. As was the case with the previous administration, the Government does not provide details of all such meetings." Lloyds TSB declined to comment but a Treasury spokesman said: "No information on any proposed sale of Northern Rock has been provided to Baroness Vadera, nor have there been any meetings whatsoever between the Treasury and Baroness Vadera to discuss Northern Rock. "Furthermore, it is incorrect to suggest that Baroness Vadera has held talks with Lloyds TSB, UBS or anyone else in the City on a potential takeover of Northern Rock. Tax policy is a matter for the Chancellor and decisions are made as part of the Budget process. Shriti Vadera has not been involved in discussions on capital gains tax." Lady Vadera, nicknamed Shrieky within Whitehall, was reportedly blocked by Sir Gus O’Donnell, the head of the civil service, from taking a position at Downing Street when Mr Brown became Prime Minister. However, she remains a central figure in Mr Brown’s inner circle and was one of his few trusted advisers at the Treasury. Whitehall sources said that she remains a significant player in Downing Street. ============================================================================================= A New American Consensus to Meet Foreign Policy Challenges Hillary Clinton @ Council On Foreign Relations Watch Here ============================================================================================= FAIR USE NOTICE: This site may contain copyrighted material, the use of which may not always have been specifically Authorized by the copyright owner. Such material is made available for educational purposes, and as such this constitutes 'fair use' of any such copyrighted material as provided for in section 107 of the US Copyright Act. In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, the material on this site is available without profit to those who have expressed an interest in the included information for research and educational purposes. =============================================================================
Ron Paul at GOP Executive Meeting 11-01-2007 (Part 2)
Ron Paul at GOP Executive Meeting 11-01-2007 (Part 3)
Ron Paul at GOP Executive Meeting 11-01-2007 (Part 4)
Ron Paul at GOP Executive Meeting 11-01-2007 (Part 5)
Ron Paul at GOP Executive Meeting 11-01-2007 (Part 6)
Ron Paul on Freedom to Fascism & Aaron Russo
Ron Paul in Aaron Russo's Freedom to Fascism
Hutton Gibson Endorses Ron Paul for President
TruthNews | October 30, 2007 Kurt Nimmo
Neocons never rest, especially when they are tasked with shooting down the only Constitution-based presidential candidate out of fear he will, when elected, put an end to their clash of civilizations mass murder campaign.
For instance, the neocon blogger �Allahpundit,� posting on the Hot Air site, is busy accusing Ron Paul and Alex Jones of some sort of shadowy collusion. ��it seems now we've got money moving in both directions between America's Greatest Patriot and this bottom-feeding Truther jackass: a $2,300 donation from Jones to Paul and a $1,300 payment this quarter from Paul's campaign to �Jones, Alex.' Assuming it's the same Alex Jones, which seems a safe bet, pray tell what might that payment have been for?� writes the dirt-sniffing blogger.
Nothing nefarious here, folks. Indeed, Alex Jones donated to the Ron Paul campaign, as radio talk show hosts are allowed to donate to the political campaigns of their choice. As for the supposed �$1,300 payment� to Alex Jones, this was merely a refund. Jones made a mistake�he intended to donate $1,000, not $2,300, and the $1,300 was a refund. The transaction was noted by OpenSecrets, an organization covering presidential funding.
But never mind. In the demented recesses of the average neocon mind, this transaction is considered some sort of �sinister� conspiracy�one they hope may bring down the Ron Paul campaign, as the neocons want to make it look like Ron Paul is paying Alex Jones for favorable coverage on his radio show and websites.
It irks the neocons to no end that a real conservative is running for the presidency. Obviously, the cons want the snake Rudy Giuliani to reign as decider-commander in 2009�they have packed his campaign with their Machiavellian-Straussian �advisors,� including the swami of destruction, Norman Podhoretz, who never encountered a Muslim he did not want to kill, or at least make suffer by way of bunker-buster.
Finally, Rick Moran posted a partial retraction on the American Thinker site:
As far as the specific charge in my piece yesterday that the Paul campaign paid 9/11 truther and New World Order conspiracist Alex Jones $1300 in �services,� the facts of the matter are different. The �disbursement� that was paid to Mr. Jones was a partial refund of a campaign contribution made by Jones, who originally donated the maximum amount of $2300.
I regret the confusion caused by the difference between �services� rendered by Mr. Jones and the partial refund of his contribution.
Fair enough, except for the fact Moran took the opportunity to slam Alex Jones, Endgame, and Ron Paul. �Paul's supporters will continue their campaign of intimidation against us, of that I am sure,� Moran concludes after quoting several venomous emails he received. �But I for one will not be deterred from reporting on the decidedly unbalanced and frightening nature of both his supporters and the direction his campaign would take America.�
Of course, as we live in Bushzarro world, it is not �unbalanced and frightening� that a gaggle of pernicious neocons want to launch World War IV, as they fondly call it.
For a bit more enlightenment on this story, check out the comments posted on the the Liberty Papers blog .
Ron Paul Gaining Ground In New Hampshire New poll proves mainstream dismissal of congressman's presidential campaign is foolhardy
Steve Watson Infowars.net Monday, Oct 29, 2007
A newly released presidential primary preference poll indicates that Ron Paul is gaining significant ground in New Hampshire and dispels the mainstream media myth that the Congressman is not amongst the top tier candidates.
The poll, conducted by St. Anselm College's Institute of Politics, puts Ron Paul 4th behind Giuliani, McCain and Romney with 7.4 percent. It places Fred Thompson, touted as second favourite to take the GOP nomination, in 6th place.
The poll also shows that 40 percent describe themselves as "independents" who may vote Republican, and 19 percent who will, are still undecided. Ron Paul's campaign staff are encouraged by these figures as they show that none of the other big name candidates have grasped the imagination of voters, leaving the door very much open for the Congressman
Paul's campaign office is about to embark on a major media blitz in New Hampshire, readying phone banks to call potential Ron Paul supporters throughout the state and major TV ads, such as the one below.
Congressman Paul, who filed his declaration of candidacy to run in the New Hampshire presidential primary at the State house in Concord last week, is also scheduled to make an appearance on the Tonight Show with Jay Leno tomorrow night. Recent poll results from public opinion service Rasmussen Reports also indicate that support for Ron Paul could be much higher nationwide, placing him above Giuliani in some instances. "By all accounts, Dr. Paul's support is rising steadily," said Paul campaign chairman Kent Snyder. "Americans are ready for a change and his unifying message of freedom, peace and prosperity is bringing more people together every day." ============================================================================================= Ron Paul is Winning Murray Sabrin USA Daily Monday October 29, 2007 Despite his relatively low standing in the national polls, GOP presidential candidate Ron Paul is winning the intellectual debate about the role of government. As the campaign unfolds we will see if his Internet support translates into huge fourth quarter contributions and then substantial votes in the early primaries. In the meantime, presidential candidates are sounding more like Dr. Paul everyday. On Meet the Press yesterday, Senator Chris Dodd (D) of Connecticut was interviewed by host Tim Russert. Senator Dodd is seeking his party’s nomination for president and is polling at 0% nationally. That is not a misprint. 0%! Yet, Dodd’s appearance on the long running Sunday morning talk show is due to the presidential candidate series MTP is holding every week. Fair enough. What was so surprising about Senator Dodd’s appearance yesterday was his statement that “…the first thing I would do on January 20th, 2009… is restore the Constitution. I’m very worried about where we’re headed… ” When was the last time we heard a Democrat state he wants to restore the Constitution! Does that make Dodd a Jeffersonian Democrat? Is Dodd a Ron Paul Democrat who wants to restore limited government and a noninterventionist foreign policy? Not quite. On Senator Dodd’s presidential campaign website the following blurb under “Restoring the Constitution” appears: “Chris Dodd is appalled by the current administration’s assault on our Constitutional Rights. That is why Senator Dodd introduced the Restoring the Constitution Act, which would restore habeas corpus and require the US to live up to the Geneva Conventions. It would remedy much of the harm done to our nation’s commitment to due process rights by the misguided Military Commissions Act.” Some may conclude that Senator Dodd has been a supporter of the American people’s civil liberties since 9/11. You would be wrong. Dodd voted for the Patriot Act in 2001. Nevertheless, he may have had an epiphany. Most people do. In the upcoming presidential debate televised Tuesday night on MSNBC in Philadelphia Senator Dodd will have another opportunity to express his unequivocal support for the U.S. Constitution. I predict that as the primaries get closer and closer more of the GOP field will sound like Ron Paul on all of the issues except Iraq. However, if the war deteriorates over the next several months, don’t be surprised to hear pro-war GOP candidates calling for the troops coming home sooner rather than later. We will see. In another vein, on The McLaughlin Group that also aired Sunday the panelists were asked to make a prediction at the end of the show. Newsweek columnist Eleanor Clift made the following statement: “Ron Paul with his anti-war and libertarian message will be the big story coming out of New Hampshire.” There it was from one of the media’s best known liberal commentators. Ron Paul will be the big story out of New Hampshire. A colleague of mine at Ramapo College said he saw Ron Paul signs “everywhere” when he was in the Granite State recently. The “yard sign” indicator may be a better predictor of a candidate’s real strength than an establishment presidential poll. And by winning the intellectual debate on Iraq, civil liberties, taxes, government spending, regulation, the Federal Reserve, immigration, and other issues, the Ron Paul Presidential Campaign may be on the verge of winning the GOP nomination as well. ============================================================================================= Candidate Paul May Be Nader With a Twist New York Sun | November 1, 2007 SETH GITELL Ron Paul could be the Ralph Nader of 2008. Only this time, a third-party candidacy could hurt the Republicans, not the Democrats. For now, Mr. Paul's campaign is dismissing talk of a run as anything other than a Republican, and the candidate himself is focused on the primaries. "Ron's committed to running for the Republican nomination or nothing," a spokesman for Mr. Paul, Jesse Benton, said. Mr. Paul, who ran as a Libertarian presidential candidate in 1988, said the same to the Wall Street Journal last month. Nevertheless, the relative success the Texas congressman is having on the campaign trail has political observers envisioning how a Paul third-party candidacy would shake out. The possibility of a candidacy by Mr. Paul on the Libertarian ticket began being discussed in earnest after last month's Republican debate in Michigan, when Chris Matthews of MSNBC asked him if he promised to back the Republican nominee. "Not right now I don't," he said, adding, "Not unless they're willing to end the war and bring our troops home, not unless they're willing to look at excessive spending." In an election that pitted, say, Mayor Giuliani against Senator Clinton, at whom the anti-war movement has bristled, Mr. Paul might find a rationale for a candidacy. And given Mr. Paul's strong fund-raising numbers during the third quarter of 2007, his campaign having garnered $5.2 million and possessing $5.4 million of cash on hand, he has outperformed expectations. "Would he hurt the Republicans? The answer is yes. Could he hurt them somewhat in the Deep South?" a Democratic strategist, Hank Sheinkopf, said. "Could he do to them what Ralph Nader did to the Democrats in 2000? The answer is yes." Mr. Paul's presence is currently making itself felt on the Internet, where he is raising almost 80% of his money, and on the ground in New Hampshire, where his sign-holding supporters are a frequent sight on the campaign trail. In New Hampshire, Mr. Paul's campaign has distributed a direct mail piece and produced radio and television ads giving informed Republicans the sense that he may finish as high as third place in the Granite State, which Patrick Buchanan won in 1996 with a somewhat similar, though not identical, angry outsider message. A former political consultant to Jesse Ventura and Ralph Nader, Bill Hillsman, the president of North Woods Advertising, said a third-party candidacy for Mr. Paul could pick up steam. "You can see the potential there for something if he had some breakthrough messaging," Mr. Hillsman said. "He's got a little bit of money and some strong supporters. It reminds me of the Jesse Ventura thing in Minnesota. His people sound pretty dedicated. You can go a long way with that kind of dedication and support." Asked whether there was a possibility Mr. Paul could draw from the right and left, Mr. Hillsman said "I think there could be. � If they don't like their choices in a general, it could happen." Full article here ============================================================================================= Is San Francisco Ron Paul territory? Scott Martelle LA Times Monday October 29, 2007 SAN FRANCISCO — Stephanie Burns and Ben Parkinson strolled down sun-drenched Fillmore Street with political thievery on their minds. Both are grass-roots volunteers for Republican presidential contender Ron Paul, a Texas congressman whose libertarian views might seem to make him a tough sell in this legendarily left-wing city. But Burns, Parkinson and other Paul supporters have been spending their weekends marching, staffing tables and knocking on doors in an improbable quest: picking up some of California's 173 convention delegates in the Feb. 5 primary. On the surface, the plan seems quixotic given general assumptions about California: that the state is too big for retail politics, and that campaign victory requires expensive TV ads in Los Angeles, San Francisco, San Diego and Sacramento. But for the Republicans, that changed when the state party amended its rules before the 2004 primary. Instead of awarding all the state's delegates to whomever wins the statewide vote, the GOP doles out three delegates to the winner of each of the state's 53 congressional districts. (Eleven at-large delegates also go to the top vote-getter in the state, and three more delegates are unpledged.) The rule change might seem arcane, but it has forced campaigns to reach into the state's nooks and crannies beyond key media markets. And it has emboldened Paul supporters to organize here in San Francisco, across the bay in Oakland and in other districts with relatively few Republicans, under the theory that it's easier for a small fish to campaign in a small pond. "We don't have to chase that many people," said Burns, a construction site manager from Sausalito who leads a 345-member group of Bay Area Paul supporters who came together through Meetup.com. "That's what makes it attractive." Under the rules, whoever wins in San Francisco's District 8 -- represented by Democratic House Speaker Nancy Pelosi and containing 34,000 registered Republicans -- will receive the same number of delegates as the top vote-getter in Orange County District 48, held by John Campbell, with 200,000 Republicans. In Pelosi's district, the winning threshold is low. Primary voter turnout historically is less than 50%, which means fewer than 17,000 Republicans are likely to vote. With a wide field of candidates, the number of votes to win a plurality -- and the district's three delegates -- is likely to be just a few thousand. "To me, that's a jewel waiting to be plucked," said Jerry Collins, a retired workers' compensation analyst and Paul volunteer. "The Republican Party is split, with maybe 30% following along with Bush and will never let go. About 30% is also very much opposed to the war. . . . It's real doable if we can reach those Republicans and get converts from, first of all, the [registered] Libertarians and independents." Dan Schnur, a longtime Republican strategist not working with any of the presidential contenders, said the Paul volunteers "are probably overly optimistic, but it's the right way of thinking." The new allocation rules mean that the major candidates will probably focus more on direct mail and voter contact than on television ads. And, Schnur said, the campaigns will need to be more diffuse. "You're going to see each campaign target its message toward those geographic areas where they've got the greatest chance of success," Schnur said. "You're going to see five or six parallel campaigns going on simultaneously in different parts of the state. . . . Direct mail and e-mail and volunteer contacts become that much more valuable." But so far the leading Republican contenders -- former New York Mayor Rudolph W. Giuliani, former Massachusetts Gov. Mitt Romney and former Tennessee Sen. Fred Thompson -- have done little overt organizing at the congressional district level. They are running relatively light traditional statewide campaigns as they focus on the "kingmaker" early states of Iowa and New Hampshire and, to a lesser extent, Nevada and South Carolina. "We're very conscious of the unique opportunities to be very creative," said Robert Stutzman, a senior advisor to Romney in California. "We're very confident in what we're doing to help capitalize on what we think will be a slingshot effect for Gov. Romney on Feb. 5." Stutzman said strategists were aware of the Paul volunteer efforts. "I think the Paul campaign may perform better than people expect in some places in the country, but by the time that comes to California, a lot of the wind will be out of the sails," Stutzman said. "The challenge among his followers is to actually make sure they are dealing with registered Republicans. The activist base is very libertarian, just not necessarily Republican." The Giuliani campaign did not respond to requests for detail on its California strategy. Full article here. ============================================================================================= Ron Paul's Presidential Odds Drastically Slashed Britain's biggest bookie has Texas Congressman 12/1 to win White House, down from 66/1 Prison Planet | October 31, 2007 Paul Joseph Watson Britain's biggest bookmaker William Hill has drastically slashed Ron Paul's odds of becoming president from 66/1 to just 12/1, putting him on course to go head to head with Rudolph Giuliani for the Republican nomination, which will be decided in the next six months. After initially writing off the Texas Congressman as a fringe candidate, the establishment media are finally having to admit that Paul's meteoric rise over the last 10 months have turned him into a frontrunner with a real chance of claiming victory should his growth curve continue. Ron Paul is now ahead of John Edwards and John McCain in the betting and is closing in fast on Barack Obama, Al Gore, Fred Thompson and Mitt Romney, according to William Hill's odds . From being Ron Who? to many people back in January when he announced his attention to run, Paul has captivated the nation with his fierce and patriotic defense of the constitution, standing out from the rest of the Neo-Con dead horses in the Republican field that the establishment had hoped to run in order to ensure Hillary Clinton's election. Clinton is still hot favorite, but with members of her own party viciously attacking her pro-war record in the Democratic debate yesterday, the tide could be starting to turn. Other betting companies like BetUSA.com place Ron Paul ahead of Mitt Romney at just 6/1. The Ron Paul Revolution has blown away all cynicism about the people's candidate not having a snowball's chance in hell and now is the time to re-double our efforts in educating others about the Texas Congressman's campaign. We are encouraging all our readers to support the November 5th donation drive which aims to put another $10 million in Paul's campaign coffers by bringing together 100,000 people to donate $100 each. ============================================================================================= Ron Paul Freedom Train < Watch Music Video ============================================================================================= George Carlin Questions "Received Reality" Of 9/11 Story Grammy award winning comedian, actor says new investigation would be whitewash Paul Joseph Watson Prison Planet Monday, October 29, 2007 Grammy-winning American stand-up comedian, actor, and author George Carlin spoke of his doubts about the official 9/11 story during a recent appearance at Borders bookstore in New York City, just a few blocks away from ground zero. Asked what he thought of the 9/11 truth movement and how Bill Maher's show was interrupted by truthers last week, Carlin responded, "I always question the received reality." "The consensus reality is often intentionally misleading," he added. Asked if he would support a new investigation into 9/11, Carlin was skeptical, stating, "They don't investigate themselves in this country - it would be a whitewash, it would be like the Kennedy thing, it would be like everything." "The people who are in charge do what they want and they will always do what they want, power does what it wants to and I wouldn't trust an investigation," Carlin concluded. Watch the video. Carlin was described by Comedy Central as the second greatest stand-up comedian of all time behind Richard Prior and is famous for his scathing black humor directed at American culture and the political climate. During a recent appearance on Keith Olbermann's MSNBC show, Carlin said that America was "finished" because "no one questions things anymore" and that the population had been bought off by distractions, toys and gizmos. Watch a stand-up routine where Carlin slams the education system and talks about the true power system that controls America. ============================================================================================= Martin Sheen Questions Official 9/11 Story Follows in footsteps of son Charlie Sheen, highlights implausible collapse of WTC 7, asks why building was "rigged" Paul Joseph Watson Prison Planet Monday, October 29, 2007 Actor Martin Sheen questioned the official 9/11 story, as well as the collapse of Building 7 and Larry Silverstein's "pull it" comment during an anti-war march this past weekend in Los Angeles, saying that recent revelations about the attacks had caused him to have doubts. Sheen was interviewed by We Are Change L.A. along with fellow actor Mark Ruffalo during an event hosted by the ANSWER Coalition at which around 20,000 people attended. Emmy and Golden Globe Award-winning Martin Sheen, star of blockbuster films like Apocalypse Now and hit series The West Wing, follows in the footsteps of his son Charlie Sheen, who publicly spoke of his doubts about the official 9/11 story back in March 2006. Martin Sheen said that he was dubious about questioning the official story until his son introduced him to new information about the anomalies of what happened on that day. "Up until last year, I was very dubious," said Sheen, "I did not want to believe that my government could possibly be involved in such a thing, I could not live in a country that I thought could do that - that would be the ultimate betrayal," he added. "However, there have been so many revelations that now I have my doubts, and chief among them is Building 7 - how did they rig that building so that it came down on the evening of the day?" said Sheen. Sheen also questioned the comments of Larry Silverstein, the leaseholder of the WTC complex, who told a September 2002 documentary that the decision was made to "pull" Building 7, a demolition industry term for the deliberate implosion of a structure. "How convenient," said Sheen, "When did they rig that building? That's the most interesting question and I have not received a satisfactory answer - nobody could give me an answer to how you rig the building - what a coincidence - two weeks prior and then bring it down on the day, that is the one thing that I have not got a sensible answer about from anyone," he concluded. Sheen also stated that NORAD's failure to follow its standard operating procedure on 9/11 was "something to wonder about". Watch the video below. Click here to listen to the audio MP3. Though Fox News and other attack dogs are likely to seize upon Sheen's comments and run hit pieces, the National Institute of Standards and Technology itself had to admit recently that the total collapse of the twin towers at free fall speed could not be explained. NIST also promised to investigate whether explosive devices were involved in the collapse of Building 7 in August last year. The issue of Building 7 stoked controversy earlier this year when archive footage from news networks including BBC and CNN emerged that showed correspondents reporting the collapse the 47-story skyscraper over 20 minutes before it fell, leading some to charge that people with foreknowledge of the collapse were feeding networks a script as the events of 9/11 unfolded. Video to follow, watch this space. -------------------------------------------------------------- ============================================================================================= Actor Ruffalo "Baffled" At Collapse Of Twin Towers Joins Martin Sheen in publicly doubting 9/11 official story, slams Commission as "illegitimate" Prison Planet | October 30, 2007 Paul Joseph Watson Award winning actor Mark Ruffalo says he is "baffled" at the collapse of the twin towers and Building 7 on 9/11 and has called for re-opening the investigation into the attacks, joining Martin Sheen in publicly doubting the government's official story. Ruffalo's notable film roles include Michel Gondry's Eternal Sunshine of the Spotless Mind , Academy Award-nominated 2000 film You Can Count on Me and most recently, 2007's Zodiac . He is a vocal critic of the Iraq war having appeared on Democracy Now and spoken at the October 2006 World Can't Wait protest in New York City. In an interview with We Are Change L.A. at an anti-war rally in Los Angeles this past weekend, Ruffalo said he was "baffled" with how the twin towers and Building 7 came down, but cautioned that so much information had been put out that the truth had been "stretched" and that too many people were being distracted by the more "sensational" aspects of some claims made about 9/11 that were being fostered to "discredit the movement." Ruffalo also slammed the 9/11 Commission Report. "The fact that the 9/11 investigation went from the moment the planes hit to the moment the buildings fell and nothing before and nothing after I think makes that investigation completely illegitimate," said Ruffalo. "If you're gonna do a crime investigation, you have to find motive....and we didn't follow that, it was quickly pushed away," he added. Ruffalo concurred that the immediate interference in the crime scene as well as the initial appointment of Henry Kissinger to head the 9/11 Commission were obvious signs that the investigation was compromised, mandating a re-opening of the inquiry. Click here for the audio MP3. Ruffalo joins two other highly prominent public figures who have also expressed doubts about the official 9/11 story just in the last few days alone. Actor Martin Sheen spoke at length about how he finds the government version difficult to swallow during the same ANSWER rally in Los Angeles that Ruffalo attended, a story that has received absolutely no mainstream press attention at time of writing. Award winning comedian George Carlin also questioned the "received reality" of 9/11 during a recent appearance at Borders Bookstore in New York City. ============================================================================================= Official Statement Confirms Detonations on 9/11 RINF Alternative News | November 1, 2007 Smoking gun testimony, demolition detonations reported by top brass in official statement The rank of this witness is: CAPTAIN KARIN DESHORE OF BATTALION 46 CAPTAIN KARIN DESHORE QUOTE : �SOMEWHERE AROUND THE MIDDLE OF THE WORLD TRADE CENTER, THERE WAS THIS ORANGE AND RED FLASH COMING OUT. �INITIALLY IT WAS JUST ONE FLASH. THEN THIS FLASH JUST KEPT POPPING ALL THE WAY AROUND THE BUILDING AND THAT BUILDING HAD STARTED TO EXPLODE. THE POPPING SOUND, AND WITH EACH POPPING SOUND IT WAS INITIALLY AN ORANGE AND THEN RED FLASH CAME OUT OF THE BUILDING AND THEN IT WOULD JUST GO ALL AROUND THE BUILDING ON BOTH SIDES AS FAR AS I COULD SEE. THESE POPPING SOUNDS AND THE EXPLOSIONS WERE GETTING BIGGER, GOING BOTH UP AND DOWN AND THEN ALL AROUND THE BUILDING. I WENT INSIDE AND TOLD EVERYBODY THAT THE OTHER BUILDING OR THERE WAS AN EXPLOSION OCCURRING UP THERE AND SAID THINK WE HAVE ANOTHER MAJOR EXPLOSION. I DONT KNOW IF WE ARE ALL GOING TO BE SAFE HERE.� The second building was being demolished. The complete interview will be published on RINF shortly. ============================================================================================= COINTELPRO Redux: Global Order Targets the 9/11 Truth and Patriot Movements TruthNews | November 2, 2007 Kurt Nimmo In 1970, as an antiwar activist, I was deemed dangerous enough�even though I was eighteen years old�to warrant a dossier compiled by the Michigan State Police "Red Squad," a throwback to the so-called Red Scare of the early 1920s. The Red Squad was organized to go after dissidents of all stripes but in particular, in the late 1960s and early 1970s, to go after antiwar and "New Left" activists. As I discovered years later, the Red Squads worked in concert with the FBI, under its notorious COINTELPRO, and even the CIA, supposedly prevented by its charter from snooping and subverting domestic activists. The depth and criminal severity of the CIA's subversion of American activists partaking in entirely legal and constitutionally guaranteed dissent was recently revealed in documents released to the the National Security Archive at George Washington University, known as the "family jewels" by agency insiders. Of course, much of the information revealed in the documents is nothing new, as researchers have known about numerous CIA projects for decades, including Operation Chaos and the Merrimac and Resistance programs, all specifically designed to infiltrate and compromise dissident groups. It is important to note that these CIA operations worked hand-in-glove with the FBI and local police, as noted by the Select Committee to Study Government Operations, otherwise known as the Church Committee. The "CIA received and maintained considerable information about the domestic activities and relationships of American individuals and organizations. Much of that material was collected in the first instance by the FBI, police or other confidential sources, who turned it over to the CIA," the final report issued by the Church Committee notes. "From 1959 to at least 1974, the CIA used its domestic organizations to spy on thousands of US citizens whose only crime was disagreeing with their government's policies," writes Mark Zepezauer (The CIAs Greatest Hits). "This picked up speed when J. Edgar Hoover told President Johnson that nobody would be protesting his Vietnam war policies unless they were being directed to do so by some foreign power. Johnson ordered the CIA to investigate." In response, the CIA vastly expanded its campus surveillance program and stepped up its liaisons with local police departments. It trained special intelligence units in major cities to carry out "black bag" jobs (break-ins, wiretaps, etc.) against US "radicals." � In 1968, the CIA's various domestic programs were consolidated and expanded under the name Operation CHAOS. When Richard Nixon became president the following year, his administration drafted the Huston Plan, which called for even greater operations against "subversives," including wiretapping, break-ins, mail-opening, no-knock searches and "selective assassinations." Bureaucratic infighting tabled the plan, but much of it was implemented in other forms, not only by the CIA but also by the FBI and the Secret Service. With the revelation of CIA and White House complicity in the Watergate break-in, light began to shine on Operation CHAOS. After a period of "reform," much of CHAOS's work was privatized, and right-wing groups and "former" CIA agents now provide the bulk of the CIA's domestic intelligence. The FBI's concurrent program went by the name COINTELPRO, short for Counter Intelligence Program. COINTELPRO, the Church Committee explained, employed "techniques � adopted wholesale from wartime counterintelligence, and ranged from the trivial (mailing reprints of Reader's Digest articles to college administrators) to the degrading (sending anonymous poison-pen letters intended to break up marriages) and the dangerous (encouraging gang warfare and falsely labeling members of a violent group as police informers)�. Many of the techniques used would be intolerable in a democratic society even if all of the targets had been involved in violent activity, but COINTELPRO went far beyond that." In order to understand the game of hardball the government played with activists�the vast majority of them nonviolent and many pacifist�consider the remarks of William C. Sullivan, former Assistant to the director of the FBI: "This is a rough, tough, dirty business, and dangerous. It was dangerous at times. No holds were barred�. We have used [these techniques] against Soviet agents. They have used [them] against us. . . . [The same methods were] brought home against any organization against which we were targeted. We did not differentiate. This is a rough, tough business." Of course, it was not rough and tough for the FBI and the "establishment," never seriously in jeopardy of losing control, even with the failures of Vietnam, but it was certainly rough and tough for activists, particularly activists involved in black and Indian "national liberation" movements�many of them, including Martin Luther King, Fred Hampton and Mark Clark (the latter two of the Black Panthers), assassinated outright. As Gregg York told M. Wesley Swearigen , published in Swearigen's in FBI Secrets: An Agent's Expose (1995), the FBI's plot to assassinate the Panthers was "in a style similar to the Chicago gangland murders of the 1950s," that is to say, at least in regard to the Black Panthers (and the American Indian Movement), cold-blooded murder was the preferred method of dealing with upstarts. In A Short History of FBI COINTELPRO, Mike Cassidy and Will Miller bullet-point the FBI's COINTELPRO tactics: First, there was infiltration. Agents and informers did not merely spy on political activists. The main purpose was to discredit and disrupt. Their presence served to undermine trust and scare off potential supporters. They also exploited this fear to smear genuine activists as agents. Second, there was psychological warfare from the outside. They planted false media stories and published bogus leaflets and other publications in the name of targeted groups. They forged correspondence, sent anonymous letters, and made anonymous telephone calls. They spread misinformation about meetings and events, set up pseudo movement groups run by agents, and manipulated or strong-armed parents, employers, landlords, school officials and others to cause trouble for activists. Third, there was harassment through the legal system, used to harass dissidents and make them appear to be criminals. Officers gave perjured testimony and presented fabricated evidence as a pretext for false arrests and wrongful imprisonment. They discriminatorily enforced tax laws and other government regulations and used conspicuous surveillance, "investigative" interviews, and grand jury subpoenas in an effort to intimidate activists and silence their supporters. Fourth and finally, there was extralegal force and violence. The FBI and police threatened, instigated and conducted break-ins, vandalism, assaults, and beatings. The object was to frighten dissidents and disrupt their movements. In the case of radical Black and Puerto Rican activists (and later Native Americans), these attacks, including political assassinations, were so extensive, vicious, and calculated that they can only be accurately called a form of official "terrorism." "The public exposure of COINTELPRO and other government abuses resulted in a flurry of apparent reform in the 1970s, but domestic covert action did not end," the two authors warn. "It has persisted, and seems a permanent feature of our government. Much of today's domestic covert action can also be kept concealed because of government secrecy that has been restored." Indeed, as Ross Gelbspan documents (Break-Ins, Death Threats and the FBI), COINTELPRO was not shut down in the 1970s but continued to live on and subvert the constitutional rights of Americans through the 1980s and 1990s, right up until the present day. "Utilizing thousands of pages of FBI documents secured through the Freedom of Information Act, Gelbspan found that activists who opposed U.S. policy in Central America �experienced nearly 200 incidents of harassment and intimidation, many involving�break-ins and thefts or rifling of files,'" writes Paul Wolf . (COINTELPRO: The Untold American Story). "There is no better example than the Judi Bari �boom and bust' case to show that the FBI kept on well into the 1990s using covert action tactics against political movements and activists which they perceived as threats to the established order. One can make a case that the FBI is still using such tactics in the Bari case in 2001," Wolf writes. Environmental activists Judi Bari and Darryl Cherney were targeted by the FBI for engaging in "leftist environmental and labor organizing." As it turns out, the FBI planted a bomb in their car. In the 1990s, the FBI and government concentrated on a new target�the putative militia movement, its numbers increased by the treacherous events in Waco, Texas. As Daniel Brandt writes (The 1960s and COINTELPRO: In Defense of Paranoia), the Clinton administration turned the legacy of COINTELPRO into a full-blown media circus with the likes of Warren Christopher unveiling simultaneously "a broad plan for expanded wiretapping, denial of visas, working with other governments on money laundering and seizing assets, and expanding the use of current laws prohibiting fund- raising for terrorist organizations," in short a precursor of things to come under the neocon Bush administration and its contrived GWOT. The bombing in Oklahoma City happened three months later. It was accompanied by 100 times more footage about dead children than the same media mustered for Waco two years earlier � or for that matter, bombed children in Vietnam during the 1960s. They deftly dropped the word "international" from all references to "terrorism," and "anti-terrorism" moved to the fast track. The president's popularity went up as Bill and Hillary staged a session with some children in front of the cameras, promising the toddlers that they'd do their best against the bad guys. They didn't take questions. A few days later Clinton sent a $1.5 billion anti-terrorism bill to Congress. Here we go again, for those old enough to remember the sixties. The Anti-Defamation League (ADL) and Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC) had bigger fish to fry. Even though the connection between the bombing and militia groups was more imaginary than real, the copy-starved media grabbed whatever crumbs they were offered by these two axe-grinding groups. The militias hit the front pages everywhere. On June 7, with the support of the ADL, the Senate passed a sweeping $2 billion anti-terrorism measure by a vote of 91-to-8. It took a pair of gloves at the O.J. trial to slap our media back to their usual fare. And by then the House was already reporting a similar bill out of committee. Since the 60s and 70s, Brandt notes, things have changed. "Without the �communists' to kick around anymore, some of those who once underwrote Wall Street's global interests by donating their first- born, are now describing themselves as patriots and populists. Many of them have taken a fresh look at the international ruling class, and resurrected a long but gnarly tradition of anti-establishment, isolationist nationalism�. Much of the political thinking among these new patriots is immature, and is short on both research and scholarship. Even so, it still describes the world better than what's left of the Left, with its self-interested insistence on multiculturalism and political correctness. The conspiracy theories peddled by patriots make more objective sense today, than the reasons they were given for our involvement in Vietnam did in the sixties. That's progress of sorts." Naturally, the corporate media did a fine job destroying the so-called militia movement's reputation. "Widely portrayed as having links with white supremacist organizations or �Nazi' type groups, many of them vigorously deny such allegations and point to a growing number of Black participants in the movement, including some in leadership roles. This is a loosely-federated movement with a presence in all 50 states, in urban as well as rural areas," writes Husayn Al Kurdy . The rebels and "revolutionaries" now challenging the major power internally turn out to be from the Right, insofar as the Left/Right spectrum has any real meaning anymore. Many of those pushing for "tough" state-sponsored measures (those at the business end of some of these initiatives could call them "terrorist" with full justification) now include voices from what calls itself the "Progressive Community," the remnants of what used to be called "The Left." By cheering government repression against their opponents, as many are now doing, they expose their political opportunism, just as many in other political camps did on previous occasions. The Pastor Niemoller scenario as evoked during the Hitler period has been playing itself out. This time around, the story begins "First they came for Randy Weaver's family and the Branch Davidians�" Indeed, the "target" threat, as elucidated by the FBI and CIA way back in the late 60s, has transferred from the "left" over to "right," that is if you still put any credence into these antiquated political designations. The growing 9/11 truth and "patriot" movements�largely a reformulation of the "militia" movement with a contingent of disillusioned "progressives"�pose more of a threat than anything proffered by the diehard and politically correct to a fault Greenies, so many who are completely snowed under by the globalist agenda and dependent on foundation grant money dispensed through methodical gatekeepers. Of course, the anti-globalist movement, well entrenched on the "progressive" side of the equation, still poses a significant threat to the New World Order and, as black bloc "anarchist" agent provocateurs demonstrate, the state is busily at work attacking the anti-globalist movement, as it poses a sincere threat to the corporatist-fascist order, determined to convert the planet into a slave plantation. In the years since the events of September 11th, 2001, the patriot movement, increasingly merged with a nascent "truth" movement, has effectively challenged the globalist order�from exposing the 9/11 cover-up and substantially detailing the texture of the inside job to confronting and hounding the elite and their minions from Ottawa and university auditoriums to live television audiences. Needless to say, these often improvised guerrilla tactics have put our rulers on the offensive. As Alex Jones warned on his November 1st radio program, the gloves have come off and the elite are in the process of targeting the patriot-truth movement head-on. The slanderous mischaracterizations of Bill O'Reilly, Glenn Beck, Sean Hannity and other corporate media minion-whores of state power are but a preparation of things to come�and likely sooner before later. It is no mistake the Violent Radicalization and Homegrown Terrorism Prevention Act of 2007 sailed like a clipper ship through Congress, as our rulers certainly consider 9/11 truth an "extremist belief system" determined to "advance political, religious, or social change," that is to say, in the parlance of the elite, engage in terrorism. It is the job of Glenn Beck et al to equate truth activists to the sufficiently demonized Timothy McVeigh�emblematic of the "patriot" terrorist, never mind his shadowy linkage to military intelligence�a process made all the more simple by the fact the corporatist-fascist media venue allows no rebuttal short of a Bill O'Reilly shout-over, replete with adolescent references to pinheads and cartoonish al-Qaeda villains. However, these shrill, irrational and confrontational tactics will not work, as far too many Americans are clued in to the fact there is something rotten� not specifically in Denmark but rather in Washington, on Wall Street, and in the corporate suites and on the sets and studios of the corporate-fascist media. It remains to be seen if enough Americans will step up and show the intestinal fortitude required to make a difference. But then, it should be remembered, the last time we had a revolution in this country it was a small number of dedicated individuals who made the difference while a large and hesitant majority sat on the fence. ============================================================================================= Framing The Truth Movement As Terrorists Bellicose establishment hacks like O'Reilly and Beck pray for another attack so they can blame it on peaceful activists who are putting them to shame Prison Planet | November 2, 2007 Steve Watson & Paul Joseph Watson A disturbing trend has emerged amongst establishment "news" hacks who are raising the same talking point ad infinitum, dubbing the global truth movement as "anarchists" and violent individuals who may be aiding terrorists, and praying for another attack in America so they can blame peaceful activists who are consistently putting the Neo-Cons to shame. Over the past weeks and months talking heads such as Fox News bigot Bill O'Reilly and his frothing caricature Glenn Beck over on CNN, have specifically targeted 9/11 truthers in segments designed to portray the movement as dangerous and sow the seed in the minds of what viewers they have left that peaceful truth seekers are actually in league with violent terrorists. Two weeks ago Beck aired a response to the We Are Change infiltration of Bill Maher's show in which he stated: "These truthers are exactly the kind of people who want to rock this nation's foundation, tear us apart and plant the seeds of dissatisfaction in all of us." At one point Beck even suggested that the 9/11 truth movement is "the kind of group a Timothy McVeigh would come from", insinuating the movement is intent on violence and terrorism. In thousands of 9/11 protests over the course of the last six years, not one person has been arrested for violent conduct. To carte blanche suggest that the truth movement is dangerous, "a threat to children" and intent on violence is extremely inflammatory and indicates just how afraid of everyday people investigating and debating the facts people like Glenn Beck actually are. The core of the 9/11 truth movement is composed of well educated and rational thinking individuals who are strictly opposed to violence and are intent on protecting a free and peaceful society which has been under dire threat ever since the attacks of 9/11 and the ensuing cover up. Furthermore, the movement represents the very antithesis of anarchism in that it is actively seeking to restore and protect our traditional form of government which has been usurped by an unaccountable cabal that continues to operate outside of Constitutional law and with little restraint, using 9/11 as justification. Most recently Bill O'Reilly has been running segments, such as the one below, suggesting that questions over 9/11, the war on terror and the war in Iraq are "going to lead to violence": O'Reilly flat out states "This is going to lead to death" and makes all kind of threats stating, "If they are not reigned in by the authorities, and they should be...somebody is going to get hurt." We could announce that Bill O'Reilly is dangerous and aids terrorists, based on O'Reilly's own standard for claiming that people are dangerous and aid terrorists - i.e. no evidence whatsoever except the fact that he disagrees with their politics. If anyone is a threat to the American way of life then it's Beck and O'Reilly - having implicated themselves with a history of repugnant statements proving they are enemies of the Constitution and the freedoms that define America. In addition, the only violent statements made on 9/11 truth websites have been written by trolls and debunkers attempting to discredit the movement - they should be investigated for advocating violence, not peaceful activists who are merely trying to speak truth to power. People like O'Reilly and Glenn Beck would relish the opportunity to have their baseless allegations "proved right", and should some act of violence or terrorism be carried out, whether real or staged, they would love to blame it on the 9/11 truth movement, in a similar way to how the patriot movement was blamed for the OKC bombing in 1995. With the explosion of the alternative media and with more and more people confronting government officials and elitist figures from the US to Canada to the UK, in "guerilla journalism" style, the mainstream media has come to realize that they can no longer get away with reporting only one side of the story. Figures like Beck and O'Reilly ar e running scared because they know the people are no longer buying into their manipulative propaganda and are searching for the truth themselves. Such shameful tactics are not going to work because the horse has already bolted and the seeds of truth have been scattered over the globe by the winds of change. What we are witnessing is the establishment's desperate attempt to cling onto their information monopoly as the Internet, alternative radio and guerilla activism grow in leaps and bounds while the mainstream withers away and loses all credibility. As Gandhi said - First they ignore us, then they laugh at us, and then they attack us. Then we win. ============================================================================================= Former high-level officials challenge the conventional explanation of how and why the Twin Towers came down November 3, 2007 at 06:58:31 by Richard Clark A 2,000 word article, Seven CIA Veterans Challenge 9/11 Commission Report, appeared September 23, 2007 in OpEdNews. (Link provided below.) The article details severe criticism of the 9/11 Commission Report by seven CIA veterans and calls for a new investigation. Here follows a brief quote or two from several of the individuals whose testimony is included in the article: Ray McGovern, former Chairman of the National Intelligence Council and 27-year CIA veteran: "The 9/11 Report is a joke." “It has long been clear that the Bush-Cheney administration cynically exploited the attacks of 9/11 to promote its imperial designs. . . (And there is) evidence for an even more disturbing conclusion: that the 9/11 attacks were themselves orchestrated by this administration precisely so they could be thus exploited.” William Christison, former National Intelligence Officer (NIO) and former Director of the CIA's Office of Regional and Political, and 29-year CIA veteran: "We very seriously need an entirely new, very high level, and truly independent investigation of the events of 9/11. I think you almost have to look at the 9/11 Commission Report as a joke and not a serious piece of analysis at all." “The North and South Towers of the World Trade Center almost certainly did not collapse and fall to earth because hijacked aircraft hit them.” Robert Baer, 21-year CIA veteran and specialist in the Middle East, was awarded the Career Intelligence Medal upon his retirement in 1997. During an interview by Thom Hartmann, Baer, after commenting on the financial profits being made from 9/11, was asked: “What about political profit? There are those who suggest that someone in (the U.S.) chain of command had pretty good knowledge that 9/11 was going to happen -- and really didn't do much to stop it -- or even obstructed efforts to stop it because they thought it would lend legitimacy to Bush's failing presidency.” Baer replied: “Absolutely.” Hartmann then asked, “So you are personally of the opinion that there was an aspect of 'inside job' to 9/11 within the U.S. government?" To which Baer replied, "There is that possibility, the evidence points at it." When Hartmann continued, "And why is this not being investigated?” Baer replied, "Why isn't the WMD story being investigated? Why hasn't anybody been held accountable for 9/11? We held people accountable after Pearl Harbor. Why has there been no change in command? Why have there been no political repercussions? Why has there been not been any sort of exposure on all this? It really makes you wonder." Robert David Steele has 25 years of combined service in the CIA and the U.S. Marine Corps. Second ranking civilian in U.S. Marine Corps Intelligence from 1988 - 1992. Member of the Adjunct Faculty of Marine Corps University. His comment: "I am forced to conclude that 9/11 was at a minimum allowed to happen as a pretext for war. "I'm absolutely certain that WTC 7 was brought down by controlled demolition. There's no way that building could have come down without controlled demolition." http://www.opednews.com/maxwrite/print_friendly.php?p=genera_alan_mil_070922_seven_cia_veterans_c.htm Additional statements questioning the official account of 9/11, and calls for a new investigation, by hundreds of high-level military officers (now retired) and other highly-credible individuals, can be found at http://PatriotsQuestion911.com Here’s some of the evidence that prompts them to call for a new investigation: 20-ton sections of steel beams were propelled, laterally, for a distance of up to 400 feet where they lodged in the sides of nearby buildings. (See video footage of this at www.ae911truth.org. Molten metal was seen (and videotaped) gushing out the side of one of the twin towers. (Jet fuel, rugs and office furniture & equipment burn at a temperature that is much much lower than the temperature it takes to liquefy steel. What can liquefy steel? Thermate, and incendiary compound that burns at 4500 degrees F., which would have had to have been surreptitiously planted at many strategic locations.) Various explosions (some quite powerful) were seen, heard and felt by hundreds of people, including many firemen and policemen, prior to the collapse of the twin towers, but occurred well after the airliners collided with the buildings. Huge numbers of extremely tiny iron spherules (formed when steel or iron vaporizes at extremely high temperatures) can be found in most of the 9/11 dust samples. (Why is this significant? Jet fuel burns at 1800 degrees Fahrenheit while office furniture, rugs and computers burn at an even lower temperature. Iron and steel don’t vaporize until their temperature gets close to 4000 degrees F. So what does burn at a temperature capable of vaporizing steel? Incendiary compounds known as thermate and thermite, which burn at 4500 degrees F. See more about this later in this article.) Many column sections seen in the wreckage of the twin towers were cut at 45-degree angles, and have, close to the cut lines, lots of previously-melted 'drippings' produced when the steel was melted at a temperature much higher than can be produced by an acetylene torch. Besides, no worker cutting up columns with an acetylene torch is going to make the cut at a 45-degree angle; he's going to cut straight across the beam, at an angle that is 90-degrees from the centerline of the length of the beam. Why? Because it is a shorter distance, and that means less work. Source for the above information is www.ae911truth.org, which is the web site of an investigative organization whose 200+ members are all either professional architects or professional engineers. If there were no high-powered explosives detonated inside the twin towers, as the official explanation contends, then defenders of that official explanation must provide us with an alternate theory as to how those column and/or beam sections got embedded in the sides of buildings that were 400 feet away. (The compressed air created by floors collapsing one upon the other could provide nowhere near the force required to propel a 20-ton beam or column section that far.) In addition, defenders of the official explanation must provide us with a plausible fuel source for the temperatures approaching 4000 degrees F. which would have been necessary to vaporize parts of many of the steel beam remnants found in the wreckage. The evidence for incendiary cutting of steel consists of the video evidence, the forensic evidence in the dust and rubble, and the testimony of eyewitness early responders and survivors who saw glowing molten metal flowing out of window openings. These incendiary events and the forensic evidence strongly suggest that the official story is wrong. The chemistry of the iron-aluminum-rich microspheres that are found in the dust from the rubble, the chemical content of these microspheres suggest that the official story is wrong. http://www.journalof911studies.com/volume/200704/JLobdillThermiteChemistryWTC So when could the explosives and incendiary materials have been planted? The official record shows that various floors of each of the twin towers were completely closed off 'for repairs,' for days at a time. Monitoring TV cameras on these floors were disconnected. http://georgewashington.blogspot.com/2005/11/how-could-they-plant-bombs-in-world.html. Owner Larry Silverstein was perhaps in on the deal. Why suspect this? Well, for one thing he received a fabulous insurance settlement, after purchasing the WTC complex under very unusual circumstances. http://www.whatreallyhappened.com/silverstein.html. The terrorist attack on the twin towers saved him the immense expense of having the towers demolished in the conventional way. (The towers had many structural problems. Two applications to have the buildings demolished were submitted by the previous owners because of the advanced galvanic corrosion that was taking place at each of the thousands of joints where aluminum parts were mistakenly put in tight contact with steel structural members.) http://redlineav.com/tsg.deposition.contd.2.html There is plenty of evidence to suggest that explosives and incendiary compounds might have been planted at strategic locations within the Twin Towers. For example: Bomb-sniffing dogs were inexplicably prevented from doing their job in the Twin Towers five days before 9-11 Various floors in the Twin Towers had been evacuated a number of times in the weeks preceding 9/11 There was a ‘power-down’ in parts of the Twin Towers on the weekend before 9/11, security cameras were shut down, and many workers ran around busily doing things unobserved. And, as an interesting coincidence, a Bush-linked company ran security at the trade center, thus giving it free reign within the buildings. http://georgewashington.blogspot.com/2005/11/how-could-they-plant-bombs-in-world.html In addition to these facts, demolition-and-building-collapse experts have raised the possibility of "explosive tenants" -- i.e. tenants in the Twin Towers who might have planted explosives in their own rented office spaces. http://911blogger.com/node/2487 Obviously none of this is PROOF of anything. All it does is show what the possibilities are, so that in combination with all the other circumstantial evidence that explosives may well have been planted, a completely independent investigation is warranted. And how could we rule out another investigation after we absorb the testimony of hundreds of very credible witnesses such as these: “[T]here was just an explosion [in the south tower]. It seemed like on television [when] they blow up these buildings. It seemed like it was going all the way around like a belt, all these explosions.”-- Firefighter Richard Banaciski “I saw a flash flash flash [at] the lower level of the building. You know like when they demolish a building?”--Assistant Fire Commissioner Stephen Gregory “[I]t was [like a] professional demolition where they set the charges on certain floors and then you hear 'Pop, pop, pop, pop, pop'."-- Paramedic Daniel Rivera ____________________________________________________________________ The above quotations come from a collection of 9/11 oral histories that, although recorded by the Fire Department of New York (FDNY) at the end of 2001, were publicly released only on August 12, 2005. Prior to that date, very few Americans knew the content of these accounts or even the fact that they existed. Why have we not known about them until recently? Part of the answer is that the city of New York would not release them until it was forced to do so. Early in 2002, the New York Times requested copies under the freedom of information act, but Mayor Michael Bloomberg’s administration refused. So the Times, joined by several families of 9/11 victims, filed suit. After a long process, the city was finally ordered by the New York Court of Appeals to release the records (with some exceptions and redactions allowed). Included were oral histories, in interview form, provided by 503 firefighters and medical workers. (Emergency Medical Services had become a division within the Fire Department.) The Times then made these oral histories publicly available. Once the content of these testimonies is examined, it is easy to see why persons concerned to protect the official story about 9/11 would try to keep them hidden. By suggesting that explosions were occurring in the World Trade Center’s Twin Towers, they pose a challenge to the official account of 9/11, according to which the towers were caused to collapse solely by the impact of the airplanes and the resulting fires. http://www.911truth.org/article.php?story=20060118104223192 More from that site: There were many reports about an explosion in the basement of the north tower. For example, janitor William Rodriguez reported that he and others felt an explosion below the first sub-level office at 9 AM, after which co-worker Felipe David, who had been in front of a nearby freight elevator, came into the office with severe burns on his face and arms, yelling "Explosion! explosion! explosion!" Rodriguez's account has been corroborated by Jose Sanchez, who was in the workshop on the fourth sub-level. Sanchez said that he and a co- worker heard a big blast that "sounded like a bomb," after which "a huge ball of fire went through the freight elevator." Engineer Mike Pecoraro, who was working in the sixth sub-basement of the north tower, said that after an explosion he and a co-worker went up to the C level, where there was a small machine shop. "There was nothing there but rubble," said Pecoraro. They then went to the parking garage, but found that it was also gone. Then on the B level, they found that a steel-and-concrete fire door, which weighed about 300 pounds, was wrinkled up "like a piece of aluminum foil." Having seen similar things after the terrorist attack in 1993, Pecoraro was convinced that a bomb had gone off. Given these testimonies to explosions in the basement levels of the towers, it is interesting that Mark Loizeaux, head of Controlled Demolition, Inc., has been quoted as saying: "If I were to bring the towers down, I would put explosives in the basement to get the weight of the building to help collapse the structure." Multiple Explosions In June of 2002, NBC television played segments from tapes recorded on 9/11. One segment contained the following exchange, which involved firefighters in the south tower: Official: “Battalion 3 to dispatch, we've just had another explosion.” Official: “Battalion 3 to dispatch, we've had additional explosion.” Dispatcher: “Received battalion command. Additional explosion.” So the question arises: Why these oral histories kept from the public for four years? Also: How can they be reconciled with the “official conspiracy theory” put forward by the Bush administration? And why do the mainstream mass media continues to marginalize the testimony of these eyewitnesses? In conclusion and summary, the trick of this Administration and the corporate media in general, appears to have been to swing public opinion as fast and furiously as possible through a blitz of emotion -- until a majority opinion had been reached, thereby allowing human reason and reflection no time to evaluate findings like these: * Steel supports were "partly vaporized," which would require a temperature near 4,000 degrees Fahrenheit to accomplish — and neither office materials nor jet fuel can generate temperatures anywhere near that hot -- all of them burn at temps below 1600 degrees F. Fires caused by jet fuel from the hijacked planes lasted at most a few minutes, and office material fires would burn out within about 20 minutes in any given location. (Indeed, at one point firemen reported that fires were nearly out.) * Molten metal found in the debris of the World Trade Center may well have been the result of the high-temperature reactions of a commonly used incendiary such as thermite (which burns at 4500 degrees Fahrenheit). * Multiple loud explosions in rapid sequence were reported by numerous observers who were in and near the towers, and these explosions occurred far below the region where the planes struck. So what caused these extremely powerful explosions (if not planted explosives)? Finally, why won't BushCo release 6,899 photographs and 6,977 segments of video footage for "independent scrutiny? Why won't they release, for independent analysis, a small sample of the once-molten metal found at Ground Zero? (Could it be that chemical traces of an incendiary compound like thermite would be found in any such sample?) http://deseretnews.com/dn/view/0,1249,635160132,00.html Authors Website: http://groups.google.com/groups/profile?enc_user=JCpLDBUAAAC Authors Bio: Several years after receiving my M.A. in social science (interdisciplinary studies) I was an instructor at S.F. State University for a year, but then went back to designing automated machinery, and then tech writing, in Silicon Valley. I've always been more interested in political economics and what's going on behind the scenes in politics, than in mechanical engineering, and because of that I've rarely worked more than 6 months a year, devoting much of the rest of the year to reading and writing about that which interests me most. ============================================================================================= Robert Baer Says Evidence Points To 911 Inside Job You Tube Saturday November 3, 2007 It's getting increasingly harder for Mainstream Media to ignore 9/11 Truth. Bill Maher and Geraldo tries to ridicule 9/11 Truth but end up looking quite ridiculous themselves.... ============================================================================================= "Battle For The Republic" Exposes Real Immigration Agenda Elite using balkanization strategy to destroy American sovereignty and create third world cesspit Prison Planet | October 30, 2007 Paul Joseph Watson Alex Jones' Battle For The Republic exposes how the elite are using illegal immigration and pushing amnesty as a means of pulverizing the American middle class and ensuring that U.S. citizens, black, white and hispanic alike, are forced to sacrifice their freedom and sovereignty as America is sunk into a third world cesspool. The mini-documentary lifts the lid on how the backlash against rampant illegal immigration in America is a major concern for the Bilderberg Group, posing a threat to their plans to lower the living standards of U.S. citizens of all colors and creeds into second or even third world status. What is the real agenda behind last year's massive pro-illegal immigration demonstrations and who is really behind them? Battle For the Republic traces the legacy of the movement back to the Plan of San Diego, a shocking blueprint for race-based genocide directed against blacks and whites in America. The goal is to divide America by bankrolling the Aztlan movement, an extremist separatist plan on behalf of Mexican Ku Klux Klan style groups like Mecha and La Raza to "reclaim" the southern and western U.S. states, in order to eventually merge America, Canada and Mexico into a North American Union. Battle For The Republic shoots down the myth that Mexico has any rightful claim to the south western states by carefully documenting the history of how the west was won, bringing it up to the modern day and highlighting how the elite are using the enraged Mexican mobs as a weapon of conquest to slit America's throat and sacrifice its sovereignty on the altar of globalism. Hispanic Radio and TV stations owned by huge corporations based in New York spew hatred and division as Mexicans are radicalized and told that all their problems stem from the racist American middle class while ignoring the fact that the elite are the true cause of their misery, as taxpayers are sucked dry to fund welfare which only subsidizes the corporations that employ the illegals. Illegal aliens are being granted God-like status by the elite and given rights that super seed those of American citizens. The film highlights the case of a man who was assaulted and arrested by police for expressing his first amendment right to disagree with thousands of illegal aliens marching in downtown Seattle, and how illegals who assaulted him and smashed his car were left completely alone while throngs of Mexicans cheered as an American was taken to jail for exercising his freedom of speech. "Now you're bleeding, what's it like now, bitch!" yells one illegal as blood drips from the man's face. Battle For the Republic ends with Alex Jones' infamous protest of Vicente Fox when he came to Austin to give awards to police for breaking federal laws by not arresting illegal aliens. Fox was forced to cut his speech short after Alex Jones bullhorned the truth about his role in destroying American sovereignty, making headlines across Texas. Battle For The Republic is available now for prison planet.tv members . Also included are two special extra features - blues legend Jimmie Vaughan's performance of "No Shackles On Me" as well as previously unseen footage of Jim Tucker's coverage of the 2007 Bilderberg meeting in Istanbul, Turkey. Click here to subscribe today and begin enjoying a huge back-catalogue of special video reports, audios and documentary films as well as Alex Jones' latest blockbuster - Endgame: Blueprint For Global Enslavement. ============================================================================================= Clinton Exposed as New World Order Front 'Hecklers' Repeatedly Interrupt Terrorism Ramble With Questions About 9/11 and Clinton's Involvement With Bilderberg & New World Order JonesReport.com | October 27, 2007 Bill Clinton has had to answer to more than just hounding questions about 9/11 recently, as he did when members of Minnesota Change interrupted his Hillary campaign stump just days ago. Unsolicited questions from the activist group also forced him to acknowledge the Bohemian Club, calling it 'that place where rich Republicans go and stand naked next to Redwood trees,' but claimed he hadn't been there, suavely brushing off scandalous elite secret societies with his indifferent and casual demeanor. Clinton scolded claims that '9/11 was an inside job,' catching mainstream coverage just after the massive media clamor over the 9/11 truth interruptions on Bill Maher's live HBO show. He cleverly misdirected the now well-known objections to the official story with appeals to the emotional tragedy of a family friend he says was burned beyond recognition on 9/11 and lashed out "An inside job...how dare you." While that sound bite made news, both Clinton and news cameras ignored equally vocal outcry about his involvement in the Bilderberg group. He attended the group-- which has a reputation as kingmaker-- just before becoming president in 1992. Wife Hillary attended in 1997 and again in 2006 before her 2007-2008 campaign to continue the Bush-Clinton syndicate/dynasty. Minnesota Change mentioned Bilderberg over and over throughout the night,but Clinton passed up opportunity to 'put them in their place' as he had throughout the rest of the speech. He turned, however, to give a knowing grin when activists told Bill they knew "they aren't going to get away with their New World Order." Not only is the deeply-connected globalist well aware of the New World Order, he has mentioned it in speeches, and clarifying that he, like George H. W. Bush, was pursuing it. Bill Clinton is a Rhodes Scholar (connecting him to the agenda of the Milner Group and Cecil Rhodes' secret society) and is involved with the Bilderberg group, the Trilateral Commission and the Council on Foreign Relations, amongst other globalist ties. These confrontations enlarge the 9/11 truth coverage in the public mind and is the second major confrontation of Clinton by We Are Change members across the country. NYC We Are Change confronted the former president on not getting bin Laden when he had the clear opportunity-- despite the damning Cole bombing incident-- and then used an amplifier to inform the crowd about his involvement in the Bilderberg group, the drug operations in Mina, Arkansas while he was governor and other issues. ============================================================================================= Endgame: The Rabbit Hole Doesn’t End Here - Part 2 Daniel Taylor Old-thinker news November 1, 2007 “It seems like every new corner we turn, the Rockefellers are already there. And in some cases, they have been there for a long, long time.” — William H. Gates Sr. If you have watched Alex Jones’ Endgame, you know that population reduction has been a leading goal of Rockefeller, Kissinger, and other global elite for many years. You may be wondering; How will the elite fulfill their plans for global population reduction? There are many theories as to how this will be done, and speculation abounds. Race specific bio-weapons, as written in the Project for a New American Century, “…may transform biological warfare from the realm of terror to a politically useful tool.” A report released early this year by the U.K. Ministry of Defense outlining possible future scenarios says that, “The development of neutron weapons which destroy living organs but not buildings ‘might make a weapon of choice for extreme ethnic cleansing in an increasingly populated world.” Documentation can be shown demonstrating that at this very moment massive population reduction programs are being carried out. Henry Kissinger’s National Security Study Memorandum 200, as noted in Endgame, is a foundational document regarding population reduction plans for the third world. The 1974 NSSM 200 document cites “Injectable contraceptives for women” as a possible method of population reduction and control. Depopulation, as stated in the document, should be pursued because it would be in the “…economic interests of the United States.” “Wherever a lessening of population pressures… can increase the prospects for such stability, population policy becomes relevant to resource supplies and to the economic interests of the United States.” The Rockefeller Foundation and the Population Council, both Rockefeller organizations, have been instrumental in the funding and development of sterilization vaccines. The Rockefeller family has been involved with population control and eugenics since the early 1900’s. The Population Council, founded by John D. Rockefeller in 1952, was first headed by Frederick Osborn, who served as the Secretary of the American Eugenics Society. “Injectable contraceptives for women” have been developed in the years after the infamous NSSM 200. In 1989 research was conducted by the National Institute of Immunology in New Delhi India on the use of ‘carriers’ such as Tetanus Toxoid and Diphtheria to bypass the immune system and deliver the female hormone called human chorionic gonadotrophin (hCG). The effect of the hCG hormone was the sterilization of women by causing the body to attack itself. By using four women as test subjects, the research found that multiple doses - around 5 - of the Tetanus toxoid hCG carrier vaccine was required in order for it to effectively raise the level of hCG in their bodies. The research also found that if an alternate carrier such as Diphtheria was used, less doses would be needed to maintain the desired level of hCG. The Rockefeller Foundation and the Population Council are listed as giving grants for the research. The aforementioned research paper was carried in the Oxford University Press in 1990, and was titled “Bypass by an alternate ‘carrier’ of acquired unresponsiveness to hCG upon repeated immunization with tetanus-conjugated vaccine.” Are these plans being implemented right now? NSSM 200 outlines recommendations as to how to carry out population reduction and control policies. The World Bank, World Health Organization, UNICEF, and donor countries are listed as possible implementation arms. GAVI (the Global Alliance for Vaccines and Immunization), which was founded in 2000, has the goal of vaccinating most of the third world. The member organizations of GAVI include many of the same partners listed in NSSM 200, including the Rockefeller Foundation. Listed on the GAVI website, GAVI partners include: national governments of donor and developing countries, the Bill and Melinda Gates Children’s Vaccine Program, the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers Associations (IFPMA), the Rockefeller Foundation, UNICEF, the World Bank Group and the World Health Organization (WHO). In December of 2000, David Rockefeller and William H. Gates Sr., among others, visited the Rockefeller University campus to take part in a meeting on “Philanthropy in a Global Century”. While there, Gates spoke about his inspiration from Rockefeller in founding GAVI, “Gates said that ‘Taking our lead and our inspiration from work already done by The Rockefeller Foundation, our foundation actually started GAVI by pledging $750 million to something called the Global Fund for Children’s Vaccines, an instrument of GAVI.’” He also praised the Rockefeller family’s century of philanthropy, saying, ‘It seems like every new corner we turn, the Rockefellers are already there. And in some cases, they have been there for a long, long time.’” The targets The targets of NSSM 200 for population reduction and control included “…countries where there is special U.S. political and strategic interest.” Those named include: India, Bangladesh, Pakistan, Nigeria, Mexico, Indonesia, Brazil, the Philippines, Thailand, Egypt, Turkey, Ethiopia and Colombia. In 1995 the BBC aired a documentary titled “The Human Laboratory”, which covered the use of birth control drugs and vaccines in the third world. The discovery of “contaminated” Tetanus toxoid vaccines and the resulting negative effects on the Philippine population were covered. The documentary was never shown in the United States. A transcript of the program can be seen here. Contained in the program are the accounts of doctors from the Philippines who found that their Tetanus vaccines were “contaminated” with hCG, resulting in sterility and miscarriages. As the research shown above indicates, these are not contaminants, but rather scientifically crafted. The following are excerpts from the BBC program: MARY PILAR VERZOSA: The women would say why is it that the tetanus shots that we’ve been getting have had effects on us? Our fertility cycles are all fouled up, some of the women among us have had bleedings and miscarriages, some have lost their babies at a very early stage. The symptoms could come soon after their tetanus vaccination - some the following day, others within a week’s time. For those who were pregnant on their first three or four months the miscarriage was really frightening. … MARY PILAR VERZOSA: I began to suspect that here in the Philippines that’s exactly what’s happening. They have laced the tetanus toxoid vials with the Beta HCG. The only way I could make sure that they hadn’t done that was to examine the vials, and how to get a hold of those vials was going to be a problem. Who was I to collect them from the health centres? … MARY PILAR VERZOSA: Oh boy that was really something when this came out of my fax machine. Report on HCG concentration in vaccine vials. Three out of those four vials registered positive for HCG, so my suspicions are affirmed that here in our country they are not only giving plain tetanus toxoid vaccination to our women, they are also giving anti-fertility. NARRATOR: Sister Mary was not alone. Many women and doctors reported similar findings. Dr. Vilma Gonzaga became suspicious when she had two miscarriages, both times after receiving the tetanus jab. She is now suing the government since tests showed she had very high levels of antibodies to Beta HCG. Dr Fays Schrater comments on his suspicions that there is a deliberate campaign to immunise the Philippines with hCG. DR FAYS SCHRATER: If there is a conspiracy to immunise the women of the Philippines with chorionic gonadotropin rather than tetanus, then it requires the knowledge of some member of a government, or two. It requires the participation of a manufacturer to link the chorionic gonadotropin physically to the tetanus toxoid - you can’t just throw it in the vial and expect it to do its work. And it requires that it be mislabelled and that it be shipped then to a centre who knows what’s in it and who is going to distribute it in a guise of tetanus vaccine. Rural populations of the third world have caught on to possible negative effects of vaccination such as sterilization, while their fears are dismissed as “rumors” and “myths” by the mainstream press. Often, those reassuring that the vaccines are safe are the very organizations listed in NSSM 200 as partners in population reduction and control efforts. A 2006 press release from UNICEF (United Nations Children Fund), which is involved with vaccinating many third world countries, quotes the Assistant Project Officer for Health in Ethiopia’s Southern Nations, Tersit Assefa, “In other places, women of this age often stay away,” said Ms. Tersit. “All sorts of misguided rumours go round that the injections will sterilize them or harm them in some way. But here, the village elders are on board. They are here, encouraging the women to come along.” Nigerians have also become suspicious of vaccines. CBS news reported in 2004 that the Nigerian state of Kano was resisting Polio vaccines on grounds that the injections would render the female population infertile. “In September, Shekarau suspended participation in a global immunization program on the grounds that local scientists had discovered traces of a hormone in foreign-made vaccines that they feared could make girls infertile. Some local Islamic leaders accused the Nigerian federal government of being part of a U.S. plot to kill off Muslims with the vaccines. The WHO insisted the vaccines were safe, and urged that vaccinations resume to stave off a resurgence of the paralyzing disease.” Thailand, another target of NSSM 200, is ripe with stories of miscarriages and sterilization. According to the local population of the Akha, pregnant women are forced to receive the vaccine in order to get ID cards for their children. The vaccine often results with violent miscarriages. In the video below, Matthew McDaniel, a human rights activist who has been working with the Akha people of Thailand, speaks with two Akha women about the forced Tetanus vaccine and the resulting miscarriages. The third world populations, which are largely out of sight and out of the minds of a large portion of the west, are taking the brunt of the global elite’s population reduction plans. Read The Rabbit Hole Doesn’t End Here, Part 1 ============================================================================================= US scientists engineer 'mighty mice' AFP | November 1, 2007 US researchers have engineered a line of "mighty mice" whose human equivalent would have similar abilities to the bicycling champion Lance Armstrong, according to research published Thursday. The breed of mice can run six kilometers (four miles) at a speed of 20 meters (yards) per minute for up to six hours without stopping, according to Richard Hanson, a biochemistry professor at Case Western Reserve University in Cleveland, Ohio. "They are metabolically similar to Lance Armstrong biking up the Pyrenees; they utilize mainly fatty acids for energy and produce very little lactic acid," said Hanson, the senior author of the article which was published in the Journal of Biological Chemistry. The genetically engineered mice can eat 60 percent more than wild mice in a control group but remain slim and fit. The "mighty mice" live longer, and some females were able to reproduce much later in life than other mice. The researchers said some "have had offspring at 2.5 years of age, an amazing feat considering most mice do not reproduce after they are one year old." Hanson said the strength of the mice was made possible by the fact that they produce very little lactic acid, which forms during intense exercise. Scientists bred 500 of the mice, which also showed more aggression than other mice, over the past five years as part of a project aimed at unlocking the metabolic and physiological function of PEPCK-C in muscles and tissues. The key to their unusual traits is the over-expression of the gene that influence production of the enzyme PEPCK-C (phosphoenolypyruvate carboxykinases), said Hanson. The transgenic mice are descended from six "founder lines" that "contain a chimeric gene in which a copy of the cDNA for PEPCK-C was linked to the skeletal actin gene promoter," the research said. The resulting mice showed different levels of PEPCK-C in their muscles, but one particularly active group had levels of PEPCK-C activity of nine units per gram of skeletal muscle, compared to just 0.08 units per gram in the muscles of control mice. "From a very early age, the PEPCK-Cmus mice ran continuously in their cages," said Parvin Hakimi, a researcher in the Hanson lab. The "mighty mice" primarily relied on "fatty acids as a source of energy during exercise, while the control animals rapidly switched from fatty acid metabolism to using muscle glycogen (carbohydrates) as a fuel; this dramatically raised the blood lactate levels," the research said. The PEPCK-C enzyme was first discovered at the medical school of Case Western Reserve University in 1955, the study authors said. ============================================================================================= Globalists attempting to depopulate the world Press TV | October 31, 2007 By Afsaneh Ostovar Leuren Moret is an American independent scientist and international expert on radiation and public health issues. She has devoted her life to awakening the public to the destructive consequences of the depleted uranium munitions used by the U.S. military and has made relentless efforts to stop the United States from destroying the environment. Following is the text of a Press TV interview with Leuren Moret published on October 25: Q: The U.S. is using DU weapons in violation of international treaties. Why is the international community not forcing the U.S. to stop the use and production of such weaponry? A: I’ve asked that question many times myself. With the demonstrated total and complete failure of international judicial remedies -- by the International Criminal Court and the world court -- to enforce the 1925 Geneva poison gas protocol, the Geneva and Hague conventions, international agreements and other treaties, and the failure of depleted uranium weapons to meet the standards (in four out of four categories) of legality under international law, it is clear that the international judicial system is morally and procedurally bankrupt. In other words, international laws and treaties are meaningless and/or selectively enforced. Just like the U.S. nuclear weapons labs where I have worked, they selectively enforce the rules only when they want to ‘get someone’, in other words, they unfairly target and enforce laws that may be on the books, but are ignored. And that has been true throughout the nuclear project since the end of WWII when atomic bombs, weapons of mass destruction, were dropped on living civilian populations in Hiroshima and Nagasaki, Japan, the only two Christian cities in Japan. And that was a case of Christians dropping the first atomic bombs on Christians. Those first atomic bombs were weapons of mass destruction and they were illegal in every sense of the law. They were dropped without the consent of the scientists who developed them, without the consent of the political leadership (with the exception of President Truman who was talked into it by one man -- Col. Henry Stimson, Sec. of War and a Wall Street banker and member of Skull and Bones), and with the strongest opposition coming from the U.S. military leadership -- especially General Leslie Groves who was in charge of developing atomic bombs as head of the Manhattan Project. The decision to drop two atomic bombs was made by one man -- Colonel Henry Stimson -- a Wall Street banker with ties to Churchill and the city of London bankers. It’s always the international bankers who are engineering these horrific wars and the development of ever more horrific technologies of war. However the hypocrisy of the U.S. government must also be addressed. Depleted uranium munitions meet the definition of WMDs under U.S. Federal Code in 2 out of 3 categories, and they violate U.S. military law because the U.S. is a signatory to the Geneva and Hague conventions. If the U.S. government is so worried about Iran being a nuclear threat, then why did Henry Kissinger give Iran nuclear power plants, and President Gerald Ford give Iran plutonium? September 16, 2005, in the UN General Assembly, President Hugo Chavez of Venezuela said: “We could, on the basis of national realities, exchange knowledge, integrate markets, interconnect, but at the same time we must understand that there are problems that do not have a national solution: radioactive clouds, world oil prices, diseases, warming of the planet or the hole in the ozone layer. These are not domestic problems.” And on September 17, 2005, in the UN General Assembly President Ahmadinejad of Iran eloquently brought the depleted uranium issue to the table: “Ironically, those who have actually used nuclear weapons, continue to produce, stockpile and extensively test such weapons, have used depleted uranium bombs and bullets against tens and perhaps hundreds of thousands of Iraqis, Kuwaitis, and even their own soldiers and those of their allies, afflicting them with incurable diseases, blatantly violate their obligations under the NPT, have refrained from signing the CTBT and have armed the Zionist occupation regime with WMDs, are not only refusing to remedy their past deeds, but in clear breech of the NPT, are trying to prevent other countries from acquiring the technology to produce peaceful nuclear energy. All these problems emanate from the fact that justice and spirituality are missing in the way powerful governments conduct their affairs with other nations. “ A third courageous world leader has also recognized that depleted uranium global pollution is the most important issue today, for example Dr. Mahathir Mohamed, former prime minister of Malaysia. He held an international war crimes conference February 5-7, 2007, in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, attended by 5000 people. The issue of radioactive weapons and depleted uranium played an important role at this conference. So we have three world leaders now who have spoken out about the horror and illegality of depleted uranium weaponry. But the NATO countries are silent and complicit in the poisoning of Iraq, Yugoslavia, Afghanistan, and Lebanon with their illegal weapons. The approximately 5000 U.S. bunker buster bombs that Israel bombed Lebanon with, in the July 2006 attack. Dr. Chris Busby has reported evidence of not only depleted uranium in the bomb craters along the Lebanon/Israel border, but also traces of deuterium, high levels of uranium 235, and neutron activation products that quickly decayed within 3 weeks. The analyses were done at the British Government Radiation Laboratory at Harwell, so they must be correct. Those anomalous radiation fingerprints suggest that 4th generation nuclear weapons were also included in the bunker buster dirty bombs. In other words, the U.S./Israel are now carrying out two nuclear wars from within the same bomb -- or shall we call it the new ‘super nuker.’ What hypocrisy for the U.S. to cry ‘terrorist’ about Iran, when U.S. bombs delivered by Israeli jets are nuking Lebanon, Israeli citizens, and everyone in the region. Well, it is well known in America that the victimizer always turns himself into the victim. The truth is that the ‘nuclear states’ have, and are using, nuclear weapons for blackmailing weaker countries in order to depopulate them and steal their mineral resources. It’s just that simple. Q: What is depleted uranium and how does it affect human beings? What are the consequences of DU contamination? A: Depleted uranium is radioactive waste from the nuclear weapons and nuclear power programs. 99.5% of the uranium that is mined becomes depleted uranium after 0.5% uranium 235 is removed in the enrichment process. Iran is legally enriching uranium for their nuclear power program, and the IAEA has stated that this is a perfectly legal activity in a country with nuclear power plants. It is being used as an excuse by the U.S. and international community to threaten Iran. In 1942, radioactive poison gas weapons were suggested for development under the Manhattan Project. In other words, the scientists did not know if they could successfully make atomic bombs, so they said “…Let’s make dirty bombs, dirty missiles, and dirty bullets out of the depleted uranium, since we have lots of that, and it will permanently contaminate the air, water, soil, food, and blood in a region where we use these munitions.” It was a great weapon to kill, maim and disease lots of people. So in 1942 they knew everything about depleted uranium but did not use it until 1973, during the oil crisis, when the U.S. government gave it to Israel and supervised them using it in the Yom Kippur war. I have met so many women in Berkeley, California, who lived in Israel (occupied Palestine) then in Kibbutzes, and they have an epidemic of breast cancer in their families now. Well, that was just the beginning. The U.S. has contaminated 39 states with depleted uranium since 1945 from testing, manufacture, sales, storage and disposal of these weapons. The U.S. is in a massive epidemic of radiation related illnesses, which is increasing every year -- the U.S. government nuked its own people with atomic bomb testing, nuclear power plants, and now depleted uranium. Not only are the Middle East and Central Asia contaminated forever with radioactive depleted uranium, which has a half-life of 4.5 billion years, but it has contaminated and mixed throughout the global atmosphere, causing a global epidemic of diabetes and other radiation related illnesses. Depleted uranium is a radioactive nano-particle doomsday machine, which is not only causing diabetes all over the world, but it is invisibly increasing death rates, and decreasing birth rates globally -- that is called depopulation. The Queen of Britain and the Rockefellers (U.S.) own most of the uranium, and the City of London bankers control world uranium supplies and prices. Nice partnership, isn’t it? Through her mother (maiden name Roche), Princess Diana was actually a Rothschild (City of London bankers). Many people believe that Prince Charles married Diana for her Stuart bloodline, which made her more royal than Charles. But when Prince William becomes king, England will have a Rothschild on the throne… that is the bloodline wanted from Princess Diana. Well, if you think about the thousands of tons of depleted uranium the U.S./UK have admitted using since 1991, that would be the same as releasing the radiation from at least 400,000 Nagasaki bombs into the atmosphere since 1991, ten times more than during atmospheric testing. Well, look at the increase in diabetes in Japan since 1991, which represents the global effect of depleted uranium pollution. (source: Vital Statistics of Japan 2004, Vol. 1, Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare, pp.202-3) Then there are the effects to consider on the unborn babies. Consider the large increase in low birth weight babies in the U.S. since 1991, caused by the global depleted uranium pollution. This is happening all over the world. Unlike infant mortality, these babies survive but they are at much greater risk for health problems during their lives: diabetes, learning disabilities, obesity, heart defects, and they are never really strong and healthy. The babies may look normal on the outside, but the DNA is damaged both in the nucleus and in the mitochondria of the cell, as well as other damage we still don’t understand. Over future generations, the genetic damage will be expressed in unpredictable ways, and gradually the genome will degrade and decline in vigor. (source: U.S. government data, Centers for Disease Control {CDC}) The consequence of depleted uranium global pollution is damage to the genome of the entire planet which is being degraded and destroyed slowly over time -- for all living things. This is a demonic plan by the City of London and Wall Street banking establishments, and the new world order, the ‘globalists’ who want to depopulate the world by 2-4 billion people. They don’t call London the world capital of terrorism for no reason. Depopulation, through a continuous global covert nuclear war, has been waged against citizens, paid for by citizens through taxation, privatized, and secretly implemented by the global ruling elite. From 62 years of depleted uranium wars alone, global public health has been devastated by large increases in death rates and chronic disease, and decreasing birth rates, both evident in the vital statistics of many countries since 1945. This is a global trend. This is what Henry Kissinger said about it in 1974 in the National Security Council: Dr. Henry Kissinger proposed in his memorandum to the NSC that ‘depopulation should be the highest priority of U.S. foreign policy towards the third world.’ He cited reasons of national security, and because the U.S. economy will require large and increasing amounts of minerals from abroad, especially from less developed countries… wherever a lessening of population can increase the prospects for such stability, population policy becomes relevant to resources, supplies and to the economic interests of the U.S. (“Implications of worldwide population growth for U.S. security & overseas interests”, National Security Memo 200, April 24, 1974) According to an NSC spokesman at the time, the United States shared the view of former World Bank President Robert McNamara that the ‘population crisis’ is a greater threat to U.S. national security interests than ‘nuclear annihilation’. In 1975, Henry Kissinger established a policy-planning group in the U.S. State Department’s office of population affairs. By 1979 depopulation was the top priority of U.S. national security policy, as outlined in the national security paper Global 2000 written by Rockefeller contractors Henry Kissinger, Z. Brzezinski, Gen. Alexander Haig, and Ed Muskie for President Carter. So it is very clear that depleted uranium weaponry is being used for the purpose of depopulation in the Middle East, Central Asia, Lebanon, Yugoslavia… and these areas of course are rich in mineral resources that the Zionist Anglo-American economic empire wants to control. The tiger economies (China, Japan, {South} Korea and India) are another serious economic threat -- so another nuclear war is being carried out against them with nuclear power plants forced on them by the U.S./UK war crimes racketeering syndicate (who own the uranium and the nuclear power industry). The Zionist Anglo-American banking establishment is an international permanent war economy, a war crimes racketeering syndicate, the most vicious and ruthless in the history of the world: once again, they are the greedy bankers of Wall Street and the City of London, and let’s include the British throne which will soon crown a Rothschild as king. Q: What parts of the world have been poisoned by DU? Are there more regions at risk of contamination? A: All of the world has been poisoned by the DU -- most of it since 1991. The health statistics from around the world clearly show the global impact. But even the oceans are being killed by the radiation, the baby fish die just like our babies. Or they are born weak and may not survive to become adult fish. This also happened during atmospheric testing. Between 1957 and 1963 the fishing catch in the North Atlantic declined by 50%, but recovered within a few years as soon as atmospheric testing ended, because of the partial test ban treaty which Russia, the UK and U.S. signed. However, the Pacific fishing catch declined 65% by 1970 and never recovered because some nuclear states continued testing. It is happening all over again since 1991 with the introduction of DU weaponry by the U.S. and the UK. In Japan, I learned that the fishing catch has declined 10% just in the past few years. The DU is globally mixed in 1 year -- it is found in the ice record in Antarctica, Hawaii, the Alps, the Himalayas, and even in the Andes of South America. There is nowhere to hide or any way to escape. Q: The U.S. soldiers who were sent to the Persian Gulf War were also poisoned by U.S. DU weapons. There are many reports of their devastating situation. Isn’t the U.S. government concerned about the lives of its own military personnel? A: Here is a news story tonight on the Internet. It is the despair and anger expressed by a member of Congress from the San Francisco area where I live. Listen to his words on the floor of Congress speaking to Bush: “You have no money for health care for children… or for more war… You just like to blow things up.” Here is a lawyer friend of mine, from the international law firm of Morrison and Foerster, who has filed a class action lawsuit against the Veterans Administration for Health Care for our very sick veterans… the medical disability rate is over 55% since 1991, when they started using depleted uranium weapons. Our children are being turned into uranium meat as soon as they are sent to Iraq and Afghanistan. What about the poor people who live in those regions and have for thousands of years. The leadership in the U.S., the Congress, the White House, and the Pentagon have been taken over by a shadow government -- that shadow from Wall Street and the City of London. The U.S. is bankrupt and is being carved up like a turkey by the globalists. Europe is too… the EU is just another region being dragged into slavery… like the U.S.-Canada-Mexico, which is now undergoing unification. I cannot believe this global nightmare being rolled out. Our soldiers are just being sent to Iraq and Afghanistan and given a death sentence as soon as they arrive. Our national guard, to protect our states from being overtaken by our own military, is being destroyed to make this global takeover easier. Black youth in the ghettoes are refusing to join the military. They are saying, “It’s more dangerous in Iraq now than in the ghetto… We are staying home.” Major Doug Rokke told me that gang members and juvenile delinquents coming back from their army service in Iraq are taking military trucks from bases here like at Fort Lewis, and going out into towns around the military bases and robbing banks. Then they go back into the ghettoes and kill the police… That’s what they learned in Iraq. As Henry Kissinger famously said after Vietnam: “Military men are just dumb stupid animals to be used as pawns in foreign policy.” I think in reality the U.S. government has killed far more Americans, their own citizens, than they have killed in other countries. The CIA has cannibalized the U.S. just like it has eaten through the economies and killed the people of many other countries. The CIA is bringing the drugs from Afghanistan and South America into our communities. It’s a great way to fund elections and to make huge profits. Over $850 billion a year in drug money in the U.S. is the CIA cash-flow through the U.S. economy. The U.S. economy would collapse without it. Q: Are these soldiers receiving proper health care from the current U.S. administration? A: Of course not. They are receiving a plane ride back to the U.S. and then they are dumped into their communities by the Pentagon and given no help, no medical care, nothing. I have them calling me up every day, they find my name on the Internet, and they are begging me to help them… they want to commit suicide, their wives are sick… this is a nightmare not only over in the Middle East and Central Asia, but here as well. Our country is bankrupt -- morally, spiritually, and financially. Q: Could you explain when and how your opposition to nuclear weapons began? A: Well, I worked in two nuclear weapons labs, as a geoscientist cleaning up the mess at the labs. I did not know what nuclear weapons were until I went to Japan in 2000, invited to the Atomic and Hydrogen Bomb Conference as a plenary speaker. I was horrified when I saw the effects of atomic bombs on Hiroshima and Nagasaki. If Americans had seen the aftermath in 1945 of those horrific bombs, there never would have been a nuclear weapons program in the U.S. It was hidden from the public and still is. It is a brotherhood of death, the ultimate rejection of life… it is a huge lie. When I stood in the peace museums of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, I realized that I had to spend the rest of my life working on the terrible issue of nuclear pollution. I am a mother, I am a scientist, I am a woman and a giver of life; I cannot stand to see another mother and father with a sick child, a sick baby, a sick grandparent… the youngest and the oldest are the ones who suffer from radiation the most. So here is what I am doing, a global campaign, a U.S. campaign to get DU bills for our soldiers in the state legislatures -- Congress is nonfunctional. In Hawaii they call me the ‘enfant terrible’ of depleted uranium. Well, if I am a naughty child for doing that, I am a very very very much more naughty scientist… and I am having lots of fun with my radiation wrecking ball… informing the public about what they should know about radiation and its impact on public health and the environment. Seriously, there really is no other choice. Q: What are the human costs of depleted uranium? A: We are facing a global mass extinction of 2-4 billion people, and a war against the genetic future of all species. If the Bush Administration and the U.S. Navy are really stupid enough to bomb Iran with their (nuclear) friend Israel, well then they deserve what they get if they knock over that beehive. Iran is not Iraq… Iraq was a ‘cakewalk’ compared to what a mess they will have with Iran. I want the people of Iran, Iraq, Lebanon, Yugoslavia, Afghanistan and the people of the world to know that I love and respect them. Americans are not bad people, I am not a bad person because I am American, it is our government that has hijacked and stolen our country and our soul from us. But this nightmare they are creating is not over yet, and like Iraq, it will not turn out the way they think it is going to… Bush is not the only sociopath in power who likes to blow things up. Other countries may retaliate. And there are many ways to punish the Zionist Anglo-American economic empire. Its future is fading. You never create wealth by destroying things ============================================================================================= Kucinich says he will force House vote on Cheney impeachment Nick Juliano Raw Story Saturday November 3, 2007 Rep. Dennis Kucinich (D-OH) announced he would move to force a vote next week on his resolution calling for the impeachment of Vice President Dick Cheney. “The momentum is building for impeachment,” Kucinich said in a statement on his Web site. “Millions of citizens across the nation are demanding Congress rein in the Vice President’s abuse of power. Kucinich said he plans to introduce a privileged resolution, which would have priority for a House floor vote, on Nov. 6. A vote on the measure would be required within two days. Observers expect a motion to table Kucinich's resolution, which has 21 Democratic co-sponsors. It is almost certain that such a move to kill the resolution would be successful, but activists are urging members of Congress to support Kucinich's move. "We need you to ask your representative to vote No on tabling, Yes on giving impeachment a chance," wrote David Swanson on the pro-impeachment Website AfterDowningStreet.org. "Those who vote Yes to table cannot use the excuse that 'We don't have the votes,' since others will at that same instant with exactly the same exertion be voting No. Please scroll down to contact Congress and the media right away!" Democratic House Speaker Nancy Pelosi has long said that impeachment was "off the table" and Kucinich has had little success spurring legislative action on his resolutions, despite the growing number of lawmakers who have signed on as co-sponsors since it was introduced this spring. Kucinich's full statement is reprinted below: # Kucinich Will Introduce Privileged Resolution To Force Up Or Down Vote On Cheney Impeachment WASHINGTON, D.C. (November 2, 2007) — Congressman Dennis Kucinich (D-OH) announced today that he will be offering a privileged resolution on the House floor next week that will bring articles of impeachment against the Vice President, Richard B. Cheney. “The momentum is building for impeachment,” Kucinich said. “Millions of citizens across the nation are demanding Congress rein in the Vice President’s abuse of power. “Despite this groundswell of opposition to the unconstitutional conduct of office, Vice President Cheney continues to violate the U.S. Constitution by insisting the power of the executive branch is supreme. “Congress must hold the Vice President accountable. The American people need to let Members of Congress know how they feel about this. The Vice President continues to use his office to advocate for a continued occupation of Iraq and prod our nation into a belligerent stance against Iran. If the Vice President is successful, his actions will ensure decades of disastrous consequences.” The privileged resolution has priority status for consideration on the House floor. Once introduced, the resolution has to be brought to the floor within two legislative days, although the House could act on it immediately. Kucinich is expected to bring it to the House floor on Tuesday, November 6. H. Res. 333, Articles of Impeachment against the Vice President, has 21 cosponsors. They are: Rep. Tammy Baldwin (D-WI), Robert Brady (D-PA), Yvette Clarke (D-NY), Rep. William Lacy Clay (D-MO), Rep. Steve Cohen (D-TN), Rep. Keith Ellison (D-MN), Rep. Sam Farr (D-CA), Rep. Bob Filner (D-CA), Rep. Sheila Jackson-Lee (D-TX), Rep. Henry Johnson (D-GA), Rep. Carolyn Kilpatrick (D-MI), Rep. Barbara Lee (D-CA), Rep. Jim McDermott (D-WA), Rep. James Moran (D-VA), Rep. Donald Payne (D-NJ), Rep. Jan Schakowsky (D-IL), Rep. Edolphus Towns (D-NY), Rep. Maxine Waters (D-CA), Rep. Diane Watson (D-CA), Rep. Lynn Woolsey (D-CA) and Rep. Albert Wynn (D-MD). ============================================================================================= Memos Prove Rumsfeld Directed Psychological Terror Campaign Hyping climate of fear, threat of violence to achieve political objectives is the very definition of terrorism Prison Planet| November 2, 2007 Paul Joseph Watson New Pentagon memos released by the Washington Post prove that ex-U.S. defense secretary Donald Rumsfeld directed a psychological campaign of terror in order to achieve political objectives, making Rumsfeld himself a terrorist according to the very definition of the term. "Donald Rumsfeld, the former United States defence secretary, tried to maintain an atmosphere of fear in America as part of the Iraq war propaganda campaign, a series of leaked memos has shown," reports the London Telegraph . In an April 2006 memo, Rumsfeld encouraged Pentagon officials to "Keep elevating the threat" and "Talk about Somalia, the Philippines etc. Make the American people realise they are surrounded in the world by violent extremists". Rumsfeld also urged his staff to concoct "bumper sticker statements" (mindless clichés) in an attempt to garner continued support for the occupation of Iraq. In the most telling e mail, the former defense secretary ordered the Pentagon to "link Iraq to Iran," heralding the birth of the now saturated propaganda talking point that Iran is fueling the violence in Iraq and helping to kill U.S. troops, despite the fact that British officials patrolling the Iran-Iraq border admit that there is "No concrete proof that Iran is supplying Iraq." Rumsfeld's obsession with micro-managing every aspect of the propaganda offensive upon the American people led to him disseminating anything up to 60 "snowflakes" or memos every single day, much to the chagrin of Pentagon employees. His insistence that an artificial climate of fear be maintained in America about the threat of new terror attacks in order to sell the unpopular war in Iraq are the smoking gun for criminal charges to be initiated. By several of the very definitions of terrorism, Rumsfeld has provably engaged in terrorism, by hyping the threat of terror to achieve a political objective. Definitions of terrorism - A psychological strategy of war for gaining political ends by deliberately creating a well-founded climate of fear among the civilian population. - The unlawful use or threatened use of force or violence against people or property to coerce or intimidate governments or societies . - The systematic use of terror, the deliberate creation and exploitation of fear for bringing about political change . - The use of - or threatened use of - criminal violence against civilians or civilian infrastructure to achieve political ends through fear and intimidation , rather than direct confrontation. - The calculated use of violence (or threat of violence) against civilians in order to attain goals that are political or religious or ideological in nature; this is done through intimidation or coercion or instilling fear . Under any of the definitions of terrorism listed above, Rumsfeld has demonstrably engaged in terror by artificially hyping the fear of new attacks as part of a strategy to achieve a political objective. ============================================================================================= Police Batter Down Teenager's Door, Blow Off Dog's Head Without Warning MEGAN GILLIS Ottawa Sun Monday October 29, 2007 A Vanier woman is claiming police brutality after tactical team officers with a warrant to search for drugs broke down her door Thursday, shot two of her dogs to death and terrified her teen daughters. Joanne Charlebois said she was spending the evening packing for a move with the help of friends, and her daughters, aged 16 and 19, were studying with a pal, when men in helmets broke down the door of her McArthur Ave apartment. Charlebois claims officers gave no warning before shooting the dogs, whom she says were gentle mutts who were running away in fear. They left bullet holes in the floor and a casing under the sofa. "I heard bangs at the front door, they knocked the door in," a weeping Charlebois said. "I thought it was a joke for Halloween. 'THEY BLEW HER HEAD OFF' "Then click, boom, boom. My dog (Daisy) was in the air, her legs shaking. Then my dog Maxine came running to me and they blew her head off right next to me. "They came in and terrorized my household. They killed our dogs ... I'm traumatized, my daughters are traumatized." The officers kept asking where the cocaine and guns were hidden and tore the place apart. Charlebois says she had small quantities of pot and cocaine for personal use but showed documents indicating she faces three counts of possession for the purpose of trafficking and one count of possessing of the proceeds of crime. Ottawa Police, who didn't tell the media about the raid, could not confirm what was found or what charges were laid. Staff-Sgt. David Veinotte said officers arrested eight people. "They were confronted by pit bull mixes inside the premises," Veinotte said. A spokeswoman for the Ottawa Humane Society says the two dead dogs delivered to them by the police were pitbull or mastiff types and weighed about 85 lbs. each. The shooting is under investigation by the professional standards section, which is normal procedure. ALWAYS TWO SIDES "There are always two sides to every story," Veinotte said of the incident. Martina Charlebois, 19, says she was cuffed and thrown down as she reached for her dead pets to comfort them. "They dragged me through the blood, " she said. "He had his foot to the back of my head and a gun to my head. I just wanted to touch them." The teen spent the night in jail, where she was strip-searched, before being released with her mother. Martina, who wasn't charged, said she hasn't been able to eat or sleep since. "This is what they did to my family," Charlebois said, clutching photos of her dogs' bloodied bodies. "What they did is wrong." ============================================================================================= White House Blocked Waterboarding Critic JAN CRAWFORD GREENBURG and ARIANE de VOGUE ABC Saturday November 3, 2007 A senior Justice Department official, charged with reworking the administration's legal position on torture in 2004 became so concerned about the controversial interrogation technique of waterboarding that he decided to experience it firsthand, sources told ABC News. Daniel Levin, then acting assistant attorney general, went to a military base near Washington and underwent the procedure to inform his analysis of different interrogation techniques. After the experience, Levin told White House officials that even though he knew he wouldn't die, he found the experience terrifying and thought that it clearly simulated drowning. Levin, who refused to comment for this story, concluded waterboarding could be illegal torture unless performed in a highly limited way and with close supervision. And, sources told ABC News, he believed the Bush Administration had failed to offer clear guidelines for its use. Bush Administration Blocked Critic The administration at the time was reeling from an August 2002 memo by Jay Bybee, then the head of the Office of Legal Counsel, which laid out possible justifications for torture. In June 2004, Levin's predecessor at the office, Jack Goldsmith, officially withdrew the Bybee memo, finding it deeply flawed. When Levin took over from Goldsmith, he went to work on a memo that would effectively replace the Bybee memo as the administration's legal position on torture. It was during this time that he underwent waterboarding. In December 2004, Levin released the new memo. He said, "Torture is abhorrent" but he went on to say in a footnote that the memo was not declaring the administration's previous opinions illegal. The White House, with Alberto Gonzales as the White House counsel, insisted that this footnote be included in the memo. But Levin never finished a second memo imposing tighter controls on the specific interrogation techniques. Sources said he was forced out of the Justice Department when Gonzales became attorney general. Critics Decry Waterboarding as Torture Critics say waterboarding should never be used. According to retired Rear Adm. John Hutson, "There is no question this is torture -- this is a technique by which an individual is strapped to a board, elevated by his feet and either dunked into water or water poured over his face over a towel or a blanket." The legal justification of waterboarding has come to the forefront in the debate swirling around Michael B. Mukasey's nomination for attorney general. While Democrats are pressing him to declare waterboarding illegal, he has refused to do so. He calls it personally "repugnant," but he is unwilling to declare it illegal until he can see the classified information regarding the technique and its current use. ============================================================================================= The mystery of the missing $2.9 trillion David R. Francis CS Monitor Monday October 29, 2007 Like most people, economists love a mystery – especially if it involves not a missing person but a missing $2.9 trillion in United States debt. That's $2.9 with 11 zeros after it. Some words of explanation: Every quarter the Department of Commerce comes up with the US "International Investment Position." At the end of 2006, for instance, the US had a net negative position – by this measurement of international assets and liabilities – of $2.6 trillion. In other words, the country is by far the world's biggest debtor nation. A quarter century ago, the US was the world's largest creditor nation. The economists at Commerce count American-owned private assets in foreign nations (plants, equipment, retail outfits, property, corporate stocks and bonds, etc.), US official international reserves (gold, special drawing rights, foreign currencies), and other US assets abroad. The measurements get complicated. Then these economists count what foreigners own of American assets, looking at the same list of assets. Subtracting the value of American international assets from what foreigners own of American assets, they come up with how much Americans are in debt to other nations and their peoples. But if you look at the current account of the US balance of payments, which measures primarily the balance of trade, and also flows of interest and dividends, foreign aid, and other international transfers, the US should be far deeper in hock – $2.9 trillion more over the years from 1990 through 2006 than the official $2.6 trillion. Every month, the Commerce Department has reported huge deficits in trade and the broader current account. These deficits have to be financed somehow by foreigners, and so the US should be piling up its international debts in grand style. Last year the US international deficit was running at a level equivalent to 6.5 percent of our gross domestic product, the nation's total output of goods and services. In a sense, Americans were living 6.5 percent better than they would if they weren't putting on the national tab, in effect, so many toys, shirts, computers, etc. "Why aren't we more indebted?" asks Barry Bosworth, an economist at the Brookings Institution in Washington. One related mystery is that American investments in foreign nations earn a much higher rate of return than do the investments by foreigners in the US. "Why?" asks Mr. Bosworth in a working paper written with Susan Collins of the Gerald Ford School of Public Policy in Ann Arbor, Mich., and a graduate student, Gabriel Chodorow-Reich. One-third of the gap in the return on investments can be attributed to US corporations reporting "extra" income in low tax jurisdictions of their foreign affiliates, the National Bureau of Economic Research paper finds. For example, Microsoft sells its software in foreign countries from an affiliate in Ireland – after making some changes in the software, says Bosworth. There, it pays only a 10 percent tax on its corporate profits, rather than the 38 percent corporate rate in the US. Other US firms set up affiliates in such tax havens as Barbados, the Bahamas, and Bermuda. US firms are "quite aggressive" in taking advantage of such tax havens, notes Bosworth. It probably means that these companies avoid billions of dollars in taxes that otherwise would go to Uncle Sam. It also distorts the official balance-of-payments figures. "The data are very bad," says Bosworth. Another economist intrigued by this international investment mystery is Pierre-Olivier Gourinchas of the University of California, Berkeley. He finds that the reason the US is earning so much more on its foreign assets than it is paying on its foreign liabilities is partly because US investors often take more risk and thus get a higher return. The American money goes into foreign direct investment (plant and equipment, etc.) and into foreign stock, for example. Many foreigners, especially central banks, tend to be more cautious in choosing American investments. They buy ultrasafe US Treasuries or relatively safe bonds issued by US corporations, for instance. "The US offers nice, liquid, safe investments," says Professor Gourinchas. The risk of default can be low. The US is an entrepôt, says Jane D'Arista, of the Financial Markets Center, Philomont, Va. That is, it takes in savings from the world at relatively low cost and invests some of that money abroad at a higher return. There's more to the mystery than that, however. One advantage for the US is that the dollar is the primary currency used in international reserves of other nations and for invoicing international trade and investment, such as for oil and other commodities. So when the dollar loses value, foreign holders of dollar assets lose on their dollar investments. Almost all US foreign liabilities are in dollars and about 70 percent of US foreign assets are in foreign currencies.In what Gourinchas calls an "eye-catching, back-of-the-envelope calculation," a 10 percent depreciation of the dollar represents a transfer of 5.3 percent of US GDP from the rest of the world to the US. America's GDP is currently $13.7 trillion, and the dollar is down 20.6 percent since 2002. So foreigners have – in effect – given the US about $1.3 trillion. It's not really that simple, emphasizes Gourinchas. Nonetheless, the US has had a free lunch. ============================================================================================= CFR President: $200 Oil If War With Iran Rogue Government October 28, 2007 Richard Haass the President of the Council on Foreign Relations and Bilderberg luminary was recently interviewed by Katie Couric on the situation with Iran. During the interview, Haass predicted that the crisis over Iran’s nuclear program could come to a head within the next few months and that war with Iran would result in oil prices rising to $200 a barrel. Haass also made it clear that sanctions would not be effective in changing Iran’s stance on their nuclear program and that there was a real possibility of a U.S. military strike on Iran using aircraft and cruise missiles. When Couric specifically asked Haass if he thought we would see a war with Iran, he responded. “I don’t think we are talking about invasion, the U.S. doesn’t have ground troops. There could be a military strike using aircraft and cruise missiles, but if you ask me over the next year or two years can I imagine the U.S. and Iran moving to conflict? The short answer is yes. Is it definite? Obviously not, but is it a real possibility; for sure.” Haass also mentioned in the interview that war with Iran would result in the oil price reaching $200 a barrel. This specific prediction from Haass is interesting considering reports from previous Bilderberg meetings that the global elite have been seeking an increase in oil prices as part of an effort to further squeeze the U.S. middle class. A $200 oil price is certainly not out of the realm of possibility considering oil recently eclipsed the $90 a barrel mark. The rising oil price has thus far been primarily due to a combination of geopolitical tensions in the Middle East along with the falling value of the U.S. Dollar. In addition, the Federal Reserve is widely expected to cut interest rates again which would send the price of oil even higher and the value of the U.S. Dollar even lower. Any military attack on Iran would certainly send oil prices much higher with the possibility of other countries with close ties to Iran like Venezuela cutting off oil sales in retaliation. It is clear that the global elite are seriously considering military action against Iran as part of their goal to further their agenda for one world government. The major media networks have been out in full force spreading all sorts of propaganda in an effort to convince the masses that we need an invasion of Iran. The propaganda fails to mention that any invasion of Iran could have a devastating effect on the U.S. economy with the potential of skyrocketing gasoline prices. Hopefully, they’ll come to their senses and put a halt to any plans for a military strike against Iran. With countries like Pakistan and North Korea holding a nuclear arsenal, it doesn’t make any logical sense to go after a country like Iran that doesn’t even have a nuclear weapon. The only rationale for an invasion of Iran is raw imperialism, and unfortunately that’s what we are seeing unfold. ============================================================================================= World's biggest bank in crisis meeting Damian Reece and Robert Winnett London Telegraph Saturday November 3, 2007 Fears of more turmoil hitting global stock markets grew last night after it emerged that Citigroup, the world’s biggest bank, has called an emergency board meeting for this weekend amid fears of escalating bad debts. Citigroup is seen as a bellwether for the health of the financial system but has been rocked in recent days over concerns that its exposure to America’s sub-prime mortgage crisis is bigger than previously thought. News of the board meeting came after the US stock market closed so investors could not react immediately. The emergency at Citigroup follows the run on the British bank Northern Rock which fell victim to the global credit crunch in September. Just over a week ago, the Bank of England warned that the crunch was far from over and that the UK stock market was "particularly vulnerable" to a downturn. Citigroup, which globally has more than a billion customers, has operated in the UK since 1902 and employs more than 12,000 people here. As well as banking, in the UK it also provides a range of commercial investment services to corporate, financial institutions and public sector clients. There were concerns in New York that the Citigroup board meeting had been called to discuss the possibility of the bank writing off an increasing amount of bad debt. This could seriously hit its profits. Citigroup’s shares have already slumped 25 per cent over the past three weeks after the bank wrote off $5·9?billion (£2·8?billion) worth of bad debts. Much of this originally arose in the US sub-prime mortgage market, which is currently in crisis as a large number of borrowers with poor credit histories have defaulted on their repayments. Charles Prince, Citigroup’s chairman and chief executive, has come under mounting scrutiny over the bank’s performance and will come under pressure to resign if the bank is forced to write off more bad debt. It follows the resignation on Wednesday of Stan O'Neal, chairman and chief executive of Merrill Lynch, after the investment bank wrote-down $7.9bn in sub-prime exposure in the third quarter. Markets will be concerned that Citigroup’s growing problems will spread into the economy at large as it, and other large banks, curtail lending which could prompt a slowdown in activity. British banks are also under pressure and the three leading institutions have seen their share price value plunge by almost £14? billion I two days. Barclays’ market value has dropped by a total of 11 per cent amid rumours that it had approached the Bank of England for an emergency loan. Royal Bank of Scotland shares fell by eight per cent over the two days while those of HSBC, Britain’s biggest bank, dropped 4·7 per cent. Against this fevered background, it emerged that Gordon Brown risks sidelining his Chancellor, Alistair Darling, by using his former Treasury "fixer" to help resolve key financial issues. Shriti Vadera, a former adviser to Mr Brown who was ennobled in the summer, was allegedly involved in discussions with Lloyds TSB about a rescue deal for crisis-hit Northern Rock, The Daily Telegraph has learned. Baroness Vadera, now international development minister, is also said to be involved in discussions to water down Mr Darling’s proposals for reforming capital gains tax. Lady Vadera was infamously involved in the government’s disastrous renationalisation of Railtrack in 2001. There is said to be a history of antagonism between her and Mr Darling. George Osborne, the shadow chancellor said last night: "If these revelations are true, then it seriously undermines Alistair Darling’s credibility. "If the Prime Minister does not trust his own Chancellor to run the economy in a crisis, why should the country trust him?" It also emerged that Northern Rock has borrowed £23?billion from the Bank of England, equivalent to about £1,000 for every British family, after no rescue emerged. Lord Oakeshott, the Liberal Democrat Treasury spokesman and a City fund manager, said: "Alarm bells are ringing. Until the Government clears the failed board of management out and allows accountants to go through the books there must be very serious concerns." Before the Northern Rock crisis became public, it is understood that the Government held talks with Eric Daniels, the chief executive of Lloyds TSB, about a possible takeover. Lloyds TSB is being advised by UBS, the investment bank in which Lady Vadera was a senior executive before joining the Treasury. Lloyds TSB is chaired by Sir Victor Blank, the former head of Trinity Mirror newspapers who is regarded as a close friend of Gordon Brown. Lord Leitch, a Labour peer who has carried out several government reviews for Mr Brown, is also on the board. One well-placed source said: "It was thought rather odd that a junior minister in another department was dealing with the worst banking crisis in a generation rather than the Chancellor." Another banking source said: "I am told there is a lot of frustration at Number 10 and among senior civil servants with the Treasury and the way it is letting the Northern Rock situation drift. Nick Macpherson [the permanent secretary at the Treasury] is under particular pressure." The Tories have asked parliamentary questions demanding that the Government reveal details about Lady Vadera’s involvement. Shahid Malik, her boss at the Department for International Development has blocked their requests saying: "Ministers and senior officials meet a range of individuals and organisations to discuss policy and delivery issues. As was the case with the previous administration, the Government does not provide details of all such meetings." Lloyds TSB declined to comment but a Treasury spokesman said: "No information on any proposed sale of Northern Rock has been provided to Baroness Vadera, nor have there been any meetings whatsoever between the Treasury and Baroness Vadera to discuss Northern Rock. "Furthermore, it is incorrect to suggest that Baroness Vadera has held talks with Lloyds TSB, UBS or anyone else in the City on a potential takeover of Northern Rock. Tax policy is a matter for the Chancellor and decisions are made as part of the Budget process. Shriti Vadera has not been involved in discussions on capital gains tax." Lady Vadera, nicknamed Shrieky within Whitehall, was reportedly blocked by Sir Gus O’Donnell, the head of the civil service, from taking a position at Downing Street when Mr Brown became Prime Minister. However, she remains a central figure in Mr Brown’s inner circle and was one of his few trusted advisers at the Treasury. Whitehall sources said that she remains a significant player in Downing Street. ============================================================================================= A New American Consensus to Meet Foreign Policy Challenges Hillary Clinton @ Council On Foreign Relations Watch Here ============================================================================================= FAIR USE NOTICE: This site may contain copyrighted material, the use of which may not always have been specifically Authorized by the copyright owner. Such material is made available for educational purposes, and as such this constitutes 'fair use' of any such copyrighted material as provided for in section 107 of the US Copyright Act. In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, the material on this site is available without profit to those who have expressed an interest in the included information for research and educational purposes. =============================================================================
Congressman Paul, who filed his declaration of candidacy to run in the New Hampshire presidential primary at the State house in Concord last week, is also scheduled to make an appearance on the Tonight Show with Jay Leno tomorrow night.
Recent poll results from public opinion service Rasmussen Reports also indicate that support for Ron Paul could be much higher nationwide, placing him above Giuliani in some instances.
"By all accounts, Dr. Paul's support is rising steadily," said Paul campaign chairman Kent Snyder. "Americans are ready for a change and his unifying message of freedom, peace and prosperity is bringing more people together every day."
Ron Paul is Winning
Murray Sabrin USA Daily Monday October 29, 2007
Despite his relatively low standing in the national polls, GOP presidential candidate Ron Paul is winning the intellectual debate about the role of government. As the campaign unfolds we will see if his Internet support translates into huge fourth quarter contributions and then substantial votes in the early primaries. In the meantime, presidential candidates are sounding more like Dr. Paul everyday.
On Meet the Press yesterday, Senator Chris Dodd (D) of Connecticut was interviewed by host Tim Russert. Senator Dodd is seeking his party’s nomination for president and is polling at 0% nationally. That is not a misprint. 0%! Yet, Dodd’s appearance on the long running Sunday morning talk show is due to the presidential candidate series MTP is holding every week. Fair enough.
What was so surprising about Senator Dodd’s appearance yesterday was his statement that “…the first thing I would do on January 20th, 2009… is restore the Constitution. I’m very worried about where we’re headed… ” When was the last time we heard a Democrat state he wants to restore the Constitution! Does that make Dodd a Jeffersonian Democrat? Is Dodd a Ron Paul Democrat who wants to restore limited government and a noninterventionist foreign policy? Not quite.
On Senator Dodd’s presidential campaign website the following blurb under “Restoring the Constitution” appears: “Chris Dodd is appalled by the current administration’s assault on our Constitutional Rights. That is why Senator Dodd introduced the Restoring the Constitution Act, which would restore habeas corpus and require the US to live up to the Geneva Conventions. It would remedy much of the harm done to our nation’s commitment to due process rights by the misguided Military Commissions Act.”
Some may conclude that Senator Dodd has been a supporter of the American people’s civil liberties since 9/11. You would be wrong. Dodd voted for the Patriot Act in 2001. Nevertheless, he may have had an epiphany. Most people do. In the upcoming presidential debate televised Tuesday night on MSNBC in Philadelphia Senator Dodd will have another opportunity to express his unequivocal support for the U.S. Constitution. I predict that as the primaries get closer and closer more of the GOP field will sound like Ron Paul on all of the issues except Iraq. However, if the war deteriorates over the next several months, don’t be surprised to hear pro-war GOP candidates calling for the troops coming home sooner rather than later. We will see.
In another vein, on The McLaughlin Group that also aired Sunday the panelists were asked to make a prediction at the end of the show. Newsweek columnist Eleanor Clift made the following statement: “Ron Paul with his anti-war and libertarian message will be the big story coming out of New Hampshire.” There it was from one of the media’s best known liberal commentators. Ron Paul will be the big story out of New Hampshire.
A colleague of mine at Ramapo College said he saw Ron Paul signs “everywhere” when he was in the Granite State recently. The “yard sign” indicator may be a better predictor of a candidate’s real strength than an establishment presidential poll. And by winning the intellectual debate on Iraq, civil liberties, taxes, government spending, regulation, the Federal Reserve, immigration, and other issues, the Ron Paul Presidential Campaign may be on the verge of winning the GOP nomination as well.
Candidate Paul May Be Nader With a Twist
New York Sun | November 1, 2007 SETH GITELL
Ron Paul could be the Ralph Nader of 2008. Only this time, a third-party candidacy could hurt the Republicans, not the Democrats.
For now, Mr. Paul's campaign is dismissing talk of a run as anything other than a Republican, and the candidate himself is focused on the primaries. "Ron's committed to running for the Republican nomination or nothing," a spokesman for Mr. Paul, Jesse Benton, said. Mr. Paul, who ran as a Libertarian presidential candidate in 1988, said the same to the Wall Street Journal last month. Nevertheless, the relative success the Texas congressman is having on the campaign trail has political observers envisioning how a Paul third-party candidacy would shake out.
The possibility of a candidacy by Mr. Paul on the Libertarian ticket began being discussed in earnest after last month's Republican debate in Michigan, when Chris Matthews of MSNBC asked him if he promised to back the Republican nominee. "Not right now I don't," he said, adding, "Not unless they're willing to end the war and bring our troops home, not unless they're willing to look at excessive spending." In an election that pitted, say, Mayor Giuliani against Senator Clinton, at whom the anti-war movement has bristled, Mr. Paul might find a rationale for a candidacy. And given Mr. Paul's strong fund-raising numbers during the third quarter of 2007, his campaign having garnered $5.2 million and possessing $5.4 million of cash on hand, he has outperformed expectations.
"Would he hurt the Republicans? The answer is yes. Could he hurt them somewhat in the Deep South?" a Democratic strategist, Hank Sheinkopf, said. "Could he do to them what Ralph Nader did to the Democrats in 2000? The answer is yes."
Mr. Paul's presence is currently making itself felt on the Internet, where he is raising almost 80% of his money, and on the ground in New Hampshire, where his sign-holding supporters are a frequent sight on the campaign trail. In New Hampshire, Mr. Paul's campaign has distributed a direct mail piece and produced radio and television ads giving informed Republicans the sense that he may finish as high as third place in the Granite State, which Patrick Buchanan won in 1996 with a somewhat similar, though not identical, angry outsider message.
A former political consultant to Jesse Ventura and Ralph Nader, Bill Hillsman, the president of North Woods Advertising, said a third-party candidacy for Mr. Paul could pick up steam. "You can see the potential there for something if he had some breakthrough messaging," Mr. Hillsman said. "He's got a little bit of money and some strong supporters. It reminds me of the Jesse Ventura thing in Minnesota. His people sound pretty dedicated. You can go a long way with that kind of dedication and support." Asked whether there was a possibility Mr. Paul could draw from the right and left, Mr. Hillsman said "I think there could be. � If they don't like their choices in a general, it could happen."
Full article here
Is San Francisco Ron Paul territory?
Scott Martelle LA Times Monday October 29, 2007
SAN FRANCISCO — Stephanie Burns and Ben Parkinson strolled down sun-drenched Fillmore Street with political thievery on their minds.
Both are grass-roots volunteers for Republican presidential contender Ron Paul, a Texas congressman whose libertarian views might seem to make him a tough sell in this legendarily left-wing city.
But Burns, Parkinson and other Paul supporters have been spending their weekends marching, staffing tables and knocking on doors in an improbable quest: picking up some of California's 173 convention delegates in the Feb. 5 primary.
On the surface, the plan seems quixotic given general assumptions about California: that the state is too big for retail politics, and that campaign victory requires expensive TV ads in Los Angeles, San Francisco, San Diego and Sacramento.
But for the Republicans, that changed when the state party amended its rules before the 2004 primary. Instead of awarding all the state's delegates to whomever wins the statewide vote, the GOP doles out three delegates to the winner of each of the state's 53 congressional districts. (Eleven at-large delegates also go to the top vote-getter in the state, and three more delegates are unpledged.)
The rule change might seem arcane, but it has forced campaigns to reach into the state's nooks and crannies beyond key media markets.
And it has emboldened Paul supporters to organize here in San Francisco, across the bay in Oakland and in other districts with relatively few Republicans, under the theory that it's easier for a small fish to campaign in a small pond.
"We don't have to chase that many people," said Burns, a construction site manager from Sausalito who leads a 345-member group of Bay Area Paul supporters who came together through Meetup.com. "That's what makes it attractive."
Under the rules, whoever wins in San Francisco's District 8 -- represented by Democratic House Speaker Nancy Pelosi and containing 34,000 registered Republicans -- will receive the same number of delegates as the top vote-getter in Orange County District 48, held by John Campbell, with 200,000 Republicans.
In Pelosi's district, the winning threshold is low.
Primary voter turnout historically is less than 50%, which means fewer than 17,000 Republicans are likely to vote. With a wide field of candidates, the number of votes to win a plurality -- and the district's three delegates -- is likely to be just a few thousand.
"To me, that's a jewel waiting to be plucked," said Jerry Collins, a retired workers' compensation analyst and Paul volunteer. "The Republican Party is split, with maybe 30% following along with Bush and will never let go. About 30% is also very much opposed to the war. . . . It's real doable if we can reach those Republicans and get converts from, first of all, the [registered] Libertarians and independents."
Dan Schnur, a longtime Republican strategist not working with any of the presidential contenders, said the Paul volunteers "are probably overly optimistic, but it's the right way of thinking."
The new allocation rules mean that the major candidates will probably focus more on direct mail and voter contact than on television ads. And, Schnur said, the campaigns will need to be more diffuse.
"You're going to see each campaign target its message toward those geographic areas where they've got the greatest chance of success," Schnur said. "You're going to see five or six parallel campaigns going on simultaneously in different parts of the state. . . . Direct mail and e-mail and volunteer contacts become that much more valuable."
But so far the leading Republican contenders -- former New York Mayor Rudolph W. Giuliani, former Massachusetts Gov. Mitt Romney and former Tennessee Sen. Fred Thompson -- have done little overt organizing at the congressional district level. They are running relatively light traditional statewide campaigns as they focus on the "kingmaker" early states of Iowa and New Hampshire and, to a lesser extent, Nevada and South Carolina.
"We're very conscious of the unique opportunities to be very creative," said Robert Stutzman, a senior advisor to Romney in California. "We're very confident in what we're doing to help capitalize on what we think will be a slingshot effect for Gov. Romney on Feb. 5."
Stutzman said strategists were aware of the Paul volunteer efforts.
"I think the Paul campaign may perform better than people expect in some places in the country, but by the time that comes to California, a lot of the wind will be out of the sails," Stutzman said. "The challenge among his followers is to actually make sure they are dealing with registered Republicans. The activist base is very libertarian, just not necessarily Republican."
The Giuliani campaign did not respond to requests for detail on its California strategy.
Full article here.
Ron Paul's Presidential Odds Drastically Slashed Britain's biggest bookie has Texas Congressman 12/1 to win White House, down from 66/1
Prison Planet | October 31, 2007 Paul Joseph Watson
Britain's biggest bookmaker William Hill has drastically slashed Ron Paul's odds of becoming president from 66/1 to just 12/1, putting him on course to go head to head with Rudolph Giuliani for the Republican nomination, which will be decided in the next six months.
After initially writing off the Texas Congressman as a fringe candidate, the establishment media are finally having to admit that Paul's meteoric rise over the last 10 months have turned him into a frontrunner with a real chance of claiming victory should his growth curve continue.
Ron Paul is now ahead of John Edwards and John McCain in the betting and is closing in fast on Barack Obama, Al Gore, Fred Thompson and Mitt Romney, according to William Hill's odds .
From being Ron Who? to many people back in January when he announced his attention to run, Paul has captivated the nation with his fierce and patriotic defense of the constitution, standing out from the rest of the Neo-Con dead horses in the Republican field that the establishment had hoped to run in order to ensure Hillary Clinton's election.
Clinton is still hot favorite, but with members of her own party viciously attacking her pro-war record in the Democratic debate yesterday, the tide could be starting to turn.
Other betting companies like BetUSA.com place Ron Paul ahead of Mitt Romney at just 6/1.
The Ron Paul Revolution has blown away all cynicism about the people's candidate not having a snowball's chance in hell and now is the time to re-double our efforts in educating others about the Texas Congressman's campaign.
We are encouraging all our readers to support the November 5th donation drive which aims to put another $10 million in Paul's campaign coffers by bringing together 100,000 people to donate $100 each.
Ron Paul Freedom Train < Watch Music Video
George Carlin Questions "Received Reality" Of 9/11 Story Grammy award winning comedian, actor says new investigation would be whitewash
Paul Joseph Watson Prison Planet Monday, October 29, 2007
Grammy-winning American stand-up comedian, actor, and author George Carlin spoke of his doubts about the official 9/11 story during a recent appearance at Borders bookstore in New York City, just a few blocks away from ground zero.
Asked what he thought of the 9/11 truth movement and how Bill Maher's show was interrupted by truthers last week, Carlin responded, "I always question the received reality."
"The consensus reality is often intentionally misleading," he added.
Asked if he would support a new investigation into 9/11, Carlin was skeptical, stating, "They don't investigate themselves in this country - it would be a whitewash, it would be like the Kennedy thing, it would be like everything."
"The people who are in charge do what they want and they will always do what they want, power does what it wants to and I wouldn't trust an investigation," Carlin concluded.
Watch the video.
Carlin was described by Comedy Central as the second greatest stand-up comedian of all time behind Richard Prior and is famous for his scathing black humor directed at American culture and the political climate.
During a recent appearance on Keith Olbermann's MSNBC show, Carlin said that America was "finished" because "no one questions things anymore" and that the population had been bought off by distractions, toys and gizmos.
Watch a stand-up routine where Carlin slams the education system and talks about the true power system that controls America.
Martin Sheen Questions Official 9/11 Story Follows in footsteps of son Charlie Sheen, highlights implausible collapse of WTC 7, asks why building was "rigged"
Actor Martin Sheen questioned the official 9/11 story, as well as the collapse of Building 7 and Larry Silverstein's "pull it" comment during an anti-war march this past weekend in Los Angeles, saying that recent revelations about the attacks had caused him to have doubts.
Sheen was interviewed by We Are Change L.A. along with fellow actor Mark Ruffalo during an event hosted by the ANSWER Coalition at which around 20,000 people attended.
Emmy and Golden Globe Award-winning Martin Sheen, star of blockbuster films like Apocalypse Now and hit series The West Wing, follows in the footsteps of his son Charlie Sheen, who publicly spoke of his doubts about the official 9/11 story back in March 2006.
Martin Sheen said that he was dubious about questioning the official story until his son introduced him to new information about the anomalies of what happened on that day.
"Up until last year, I was very dubious," said Sheen, "I did not want to believe that my government could possibly be involved in such a thing, I could not live in a country that I thought could do that - that would be the ultimate betrayal," he added.
"However, there have been so many revelations that now I have my doubts, and chief among them is Building 7 - how did they rig that building so that it came down on the evening of the day?" said Sheen.
Sheen also questioned the comments of Larry Silverstein, the leaseholder of the WTC complex, who told a September 2002 documentary that the decision was made to "pull" Building 7, a demolition industry term for the deliberate implosion of a structure.
"How convenient," said Sheen, "When did they rig that building? That's the most interesting question and I have not received a satisfactory answer - nobody could give me an answer to how you rig the building - what a coincidence - two weeks prior and then bring it down on the day, that is the one thing that I have not got a sensible answer about from anyone," he concluded.
Sheen also stated that NORAD's failure to follow its standard operating procedure on 9/11 was "something to wonder about".
Watch the video below.
Click here to listen to the audio MP3.
Though Fox News and other attack dogs are likely to seize upon Sheen's comments and run hit pieces, the National Institute of Standards and Technology itself had to admit recently that the total collapse of the twin towers at free fall speed could not be explained.
NIST also promised to investigate whether explosive devices were involved in the collapse of Building 7 in August last year.
The issue of Building 7 stoked controversy earlier this year when archive footage from news networks including BBC and CNN emerged that showed correspondents reporting the collapse the 47-story skyscraper over 20 minutes before it fell, leading some to charge that people with foreknowledge of the collapse were feeding networks a script as the events of 9/11 unfolded.
Video to follow, watch this space.
--------------------------------------------------------------
Actor Ruffalo "Baffled" At Collapse Of Twin Towers Joins Martin Sheen in publicly doubting 9/11 official story, slams Commission as "illegitimate"
Prison Planet | October 30, 2007 Paul Joseph Watson
Award winning actor Mark Ruffalo says he is "baffled" at the collapse of the twin towers and Building 7 on 9/11 and has called for re-opening the investigation into the attacks, joining Martin Sheen in publicly doubting the government's official story.
Ruffalo's notable film roles include Michel Gondry's Eternal Sunshine of the Spotless Mind , Academy Award-nominated 2000 film You Can Count on Me and most recently, 2007's Zodiac . He is a vocal critic of the Iraq war having appeared on Democracy Now and spoken at the October 2006 World Can't Wait protest in New York City.
In an interview with We Are Change L.A. at an anti-war rally in Los Angeles this past weekend, Ruffalo said he was "baffled" with how the twin towers and Building 7 came down, but cautioned that so much information had been put out that the truth had been "stretched" and that too many people were being distracted by the more "sensational" aspects of some claims made about 9/11 that were being fostered to "discredit the movement."
Ruffalo also slammed the 9/11 Commission Report.
"The fact that the 9/11 investigation went from the moment the planes hit to the moment the buildings fell and nothing before and nothing after I think makes that investigation completely illegitimate," said Ruffalo.
"If you're gonna do a crime investigation, you have to find motive....and we didn't follow that, it was quickly pushed away," he added.
Ruffalo concurred that the immediate interference in the crime scene as well as the initial appointment of Henry Kissinger to head the 9/11 Commission were obvious signs that the investigation was compromised, mandating a re-opening of the inquiry.
Click here for the audio MP3.
Ruffalo joins two other highly prominent public figures who have also expressed doubts about the official 9/11 story just in the last few days alone.
Actor Martin Sheen spoke at length about how he finds the government version difficult to swallow during the same ANSWER rally in Los Angeles that Ruffalo attended, a story that has received absolutely no mainstream press attention at time of writing.
Award winning comedian George Carlin also questioned the "received reality" of 9/11 during a recent appearance at Borders Bookstore in New York City.
Official Statement Confirms Detonations on 9/11
RINF Alternative News | November 1, 2007
Smoking gun testimony, demolition detonations reported by top brass in official statement
The rank of this witness is: CAPTAIN KARIN DESHORE OF BATTALION 46
CAPTAIN KARIN DESHORE QUOTE :
�SOMEWHERE AROUND THE MIDDLE OF THE WORLD TRADE CENTER, THERE WAS THIS ORANGE AND RED FLASH COMING OUT.
�INITIALLY IT WAS JUST ONE FLASH. THEN THIS FLASH JUST KEPT POPPING ALL THE WAY AROUND THE BUILDING AND THAT BUILDING HAD STARTED TO EXPLODE. THE POPPING SOUND, AND WITH EACH POPPING SOUND IT WAS INITIALLY AN ORANGE AND THEN RED FLASH CAME OUT OF THE BUILDING AND THEN IT WOULD JUST GO ALL AROUND THE BUILDING ON BOTH SIDES AS FAR AS I COULD SEE.
THESE POPPING SOUNDS AND THE EXPLOSIONS WERE GETTING BIGGER, GOING BOTH UP AND DOWN AND THEN ALL AROUND THE BUILDING. I WENT INSIDE AND TOLD EVERYBODY THAT THE OTHER BUILDING OR THERE WAS AN EXPLOSION OCCURRING UP THERE AND SAID THINK WE HAVE ANOTHER MAJOR EXPLOSION. I DONT KNOW IF WE ARE ALL GOING TO BE SAFE HERE.�
The second building was being demolished.
The complete interview will be published on RINF shortly.
TruthNews | November 2, 2007 Kurt Nimmo
In 1970, as an antiwar activist, I was deemed dangerous enough�even though I was eighteen years old�to warrant a dossier compiled by the Michigan State Police "Red Squad," a throwback to the so-called Red Scare of the early 1920s. The Red Squad was organized to go after dissidents of all stripes but in particular, in the late 1960s and early 1970s, to go after antiwar and "New Left" activists. As I discovered years later, the Red Squads worked in concert with the FBI, under its notorious COINTELPRO, and even the CIA, supposedly prevented by its charter from snooping and subverting domestic activists.
The depth and criminal severity of the CIA's subversion of American activists partaking in entirely legal and constitutionally guaranteed dissent was recently revealed in documents released to the the National Security Archive at George Washington University, known as the "family jewels" by agency insiders. Of course, much of the information revealed in the documents is nothing new, as researchers have known about numerous CIA projects for decades, including Operation Chaos and the Merrimac and Resistance programs, all specifically designed to infiltrate and compromise dissident groups. It is important to note that these CIA operations worked hand-in-glove with the FBI and local police, as noted by the Select Committee to Study Government Operations, otherwise known as the Church Committee.
The "CIA received and maintained considerable information about the domestic activities and relationships of American individuals and organizations. Much of that material was collected in the first instance by the FBI, police or other confidential sources, who turned it over to the CIA," the final report issued by the Church Committee notes.
"From 1959 to at least 1974, the CIA used its domestic organizations to spy on thousands of US citizens whose only crime was disagreeing with their government's policies," writes Mark Zepezauer (The CIAs Greatest Hits). "This picked up speed when J. Edgar Hoover told President Johnson that nobody would be protesting his Vietnam war policies unless they were being directed to do so by some foreign power. Johnson ordered the CIA to investigate."
In response, the CIA vastly expanded its campus surveillance program and stepped up its liaisons with local police departments. It trained special intelligence units in major cities to carry out "black bag" jobs (break-ins, wiretaps, etc.) against US "radicals." � In 1968, the CIA's various domestic programs were consolidated and expanded under the name Operation CHAOS. When Richard Nixon became president the following year, his administration drafted the Huston Plan, which called for even greater operations against "subversives," including wiretapping, break-ins, mail-opening, no-knock searches and "selective assassinations." Bureaucratic infighting tabled the plan, but much of it was implemented in other forms, not only by the CIA but also by the FBI and the Secret Service. With the revelation of CIA and White House complicity in the Watergate break-in, light began to shine on Operation CHAOS. After a period of "reform," much of CHAOS's work was privatized, and right-wing groups and "former" CIA agents now provide the bulk of the CIA's domestic intelligence.
In response, the CIA vastly expanded its campus surveillance program and stepped up its liaisons with local police departments. It trained special intelligence units in major cities to carry out "black bag" jobs (break-ins, wiretaps, etc.) against US "radicals." �
In 1968, the CIA's various domestic programs were consolidated and expanded under the name Operation CHAOS. When Richard Nixon became president the following year, his administration drafted the Huston Plan, which called for even greater operations against "subversives," including wiretapping, break-ins, mail-opening, no-knock searches and "selective assassinations." Bureaucratic infighting tabled the plan, but much of it was implemented in other forms, not only by the CIA but also by the FBI and the Secret Service.
With the revelation of CIA and White House complicity in the Watergate break-in, light began to shine on Operation CHAOS. After a period of "reform," much of CHAOS's work was privatized, and right-wing groups and "former" CIA agents now provide the bulk of the CIA's domestic intelligence.
The FBI's concurrent program went by the name COINTELPRO, short for Counter Intelligence Program. COINTELPRO, the Church Committee explained, employed "techniques � adopted wholesale from wartime counterintelligence, and ranged from the trivial (mailing reprints of Reader's Digest articles to college administrators) to the degrading (sending anonymous poison-pen letters intended to break up marriages) and the dangerous (encouraging gang warfare and falsely labeling members of a violent group as police informers)�. Many of the techniques used would be intolerable in a democratic society even if all of the targets had been involved in violent activity, but COINTELPRO went far beyond that."
In order to understand the game of hardball the government played with activists�the vast majority of them nonviolent and many pacifist�consider the remarks of William C. Sullivan, former Assistant to the director of the FBI: "This is a rough, tough, dirty business, and dangerous. It was dangerous at times. No holds were barred�. We have used [these techniques] against Soviet agents. They have used [them] against us. . . . [The same methods were] brought home against any organization against which we were targeted. We did not differentiate. This is a rough, tough business."
Of course, it was not rough and tough for the FBI and the "establishment," never seriously in jeopardy of losing control, even with the failures of Vietnam, but it was certainly rough and tough for activists, particularly activists involved in black and Indian "national liberation" movements�many of them, including Martin Luther King, Fred Hampton and Mark Clark (the latter two of the Black Panthers), assassinated outright.
As Gregg York told M. Wesley Swearigen , published in Swearigen's in FBI Secrets: An Agent's Expose (1995), the FBI's plot to assassinate the Panthers was "in a style similar to the Chicago gangland murders of the 1950s," that is to say, at least in regard to the Black Panthers (and the American Indian Movement), cold-blooded murder was the preferred method of dealing with upstarts.
In A Short History of FBI COINTELPRO, Mike Cassidy and Will Miller bullet-point the FBI's COINTELPRO tactics:
"The public exposure of COINTELPRO and other government abuses resulted in a flurry of apparent reform in the 1970s, but domestic covert action did not end," the two authors warn. "It has persisted, and seems a permanent feature of our government. Much of today's domestic covert action can also be kept concealed because of government secrecy that has been restored."
Indeed, as Ross Gelbspan documents (Break-Ins, Death Threats and the FBI), COINTELPRO was not shut down in the 1970s but continued to live on and subvert the constitutional rights of Americans through the 1980s and 1990s, right up until the present day. "Utilizing thousands of pages of FBI documents secured through the Freedom of Information Act, Gelbspan found that activists who opposed U.S. policy in Central America �experienced nearly 200 incidents of harassment and intimidation, many involving�break-ins and thefts or rifling of files,'" writes Paul Wolf . (COINTELPRO: The Untold American Story).
"There is no better example than the Judi Bari �boom and bust' case to show that the FBI kept on well into the 1990s using covert action tactics against political movements and activists which they perceived as threats to the established order. One can make a case that the FBI is still using such tactics in the Bari case in 2001," Wolf writes. Environmental activists Judi Bari and Darryl Cherney were targeted by the FBI for engaging in "leftist environmental and labor organizing." As it turns out, the FBI planted a bomb in their car.
In the 1990s, the FBI and government concentrated on a new target�the putative militia movement, its numbers increased by the treacherous events in Waco, Texas. As Daniel Brandt writes (The 1960s and COINTELPRO: In Defense of Paranoia), the Clinton administration turned the legacy of COINTELPRO into a full-blown media circus with the likes of Warren Christopher unveiling simultaneously "a broad plan for expanded wiretapping, denial of visas, working with other governments on money laundering and seizing assets, and expanding the use of current laws prohibiting fund- raising for terrorist organizations," in short a precursor of things to come under the neocon Bush administration and its contrived GWOT.
The bombing in Oklahoma City happened three months later. It was accompanied by 100 times more footage about dead children than the same media mustered for Waco two years earlier � or for that matter, bombed children in Vietnam during the 1960s. They deftly dropped the word "international" from all references to "terrorism," and "anti-terrorism" moved to the fast track. The president's popularity went up as Bill and Hillary staged a session with some children in front of the cameras, promising the toddlers that they'd do their best against the bad guys. They didn't take questions. A few days later Clinton sent a $1.5 billion anti-terrorism bill to Congress. Here we go again, for those old enough to remember the sixties. The Anti-Defamation League (ADL) and Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC) had bigger fish to fry. Even though the connection between the bombing and militia groups was more imaginary than real, the copy-starved media grabbed whatever crumbs they were offered by these two axe-grinding groups. The militias hit the front pages everywhere. On June 7, with the support of the ADL, the Senate passed a sweeping $2 billion anti-terrorism measure by a vote of 91-to-8. It took a pair of gloves at the O.J. trial to slap our media back to their usual fare. And by then the House was already reporting a similar bill out of committee.
The bombing in Oklahoma City happened three months later. It was accompanied by 100 times more footage about dead children than the same media mustered for Waco two years earlier � or for that matter, bombed children in Vietnam during the 1960s. They deftly dropped the word "international" from all references to "terrorism," and "anti-terrorism" moved to the fast track. The president's popularity went up as Bill and Hillary staged a session with some children in front of the cameras, promising the toddlers that they'd do their best against the bad guys. They didn't take questions. A few days later Clinton sent a $1.5 billion anti-terrorism bill to Congress. Here we go again, for those old enough to remember the sixties.
The Anti-Defamation League (ADL) and Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC) had bigger fish to fry. Even though the connection between the bombing and militia groups was more imaginary than real, the copy-starved media grabbed whatever crumbs they were offered by these two axe-grinding groups. The militias hit the front pages everywhere. On June 7, with the support of the ADL, the Senate passed a sweeping $2 billion anti-terrorism measure by a vote of 91-to-8. It took a pair of gloves at the O.J. trial to slap our media back to their usual fare. And by then the House was already reporting a similar bill out of committee.
Since the 60s and 70s, Brandt notes, things have changed. "Without the �communists' to kick around anymore, some of those who once underwrote Wall Street's global interests by donating their first- born, are now describing themselves as patriots and populists. Many of them have taken a fresh look at the international ruling class, and resurrected a long but gnarly tradition of anti-establishment, isolationist nationalism�. Much of the political thinking among these new patriots is immature, and is short on both research and scholarship. Even so, it still describes the world better than what's left of the Left, with its self-interested insistence on multiculturalism and political correctness. The conspiracy theories peddled by patriots make more objective sense today, than the reasons they were given for our involvement in Vietnam did in the sixties. That's progress of sorts."
Naturally, the corporate media did a fine job destroying the so-called militia movement's reputation. "Widely portrayed as having links with white supremacist organizations or �Nazi' type groups, many of them vigorously deny such allegations and point to a growing number of Black participants in the movement, including some in leadership roles. This is a loosely-federated movement with a presence in all 50 states, in urban as well as rural areas," writes Husayn Al Kurdy .
The rebels and "revolutionaries" now challenging the major power internally turn out to be from the Right, insofar as the Left/Right spectrum has any real meaning anymore. Many of those pushing for "tough" state-sponsored measures (those at the business end of some of these initiatives could call them "terrorist" with full justification) now include voices from what calls itself the "Progressive Community," the remnants of what used to be called "The Left." By cheering government repression against their opponents, as many are now doing, they expose their political opportunism, just as many in other political camps did on previous occasions. The Pastor Niemoller scenario as evoked during the Hitler period has been playing itself out. This time around, the story begins "First they came for Randy Weaver's family and the Branch Davidians�"
Indeed, the "target" threat, as elucidated by the FBI and CIA way back in the late 60s, has transferred from the "left" over to "right," that is if you still put any credence into these antiquated political designations.
The growing 9/11 truth and "patriot" movements�largely a reformulation of the "militia" movement with a contingent of disillusioned "progressives"�pose more of a threat than anything proffered by the diehard and politically correct to a fault Greenies, so many who are completely snowed under by the globalist agenda and dependent on foundation grant money dispensed through methodical gatekeepers.
Of course, the anti-globalist movement, well entrenched on the "progressive" side of the equation, still poses a significant threat to the New World Order and, as black bloc "anarchist" agent provocateurs demonstrate, the state is busily at work attacking the anti-globalist movement, as it poses a sincere threat to the corporatist-fascist order, determined to convert the planet into a slave plantation.
In the years since the events of September 11th, 2001, the patriot movement, increasingly merged with a nascent "truth" movement, has effectively challenged the globalist order�from exposing the 9/11 cover-up and substantially detailing the texture of the inside job to confronting and hounding the elite and their minions from Ottawa and university auditoriums to live television audiences. Needless to say, these often improvised guerrilla tactics have put our rulers on the offensive.
As Alex Jones warned on his November 1st radio program, the gloves have come off and the elite are in the process of targeting the patriot-truth movement head-on. The slanderous mischaracterizations of Bill O'Reilly, Glenn Beck, Sean Hannity and other corporate media minion-whores of state power are but a preparation of things to come�and likely sooner before later.
It is no mistake the Violent Radicalization and Homegrown Terrorism Prevention Act of 2007 sailed like a clipper ship through Congress, as our rulers certainly consider 9/11 truth an "extremist belief system" determined to "advance political, religious, or social change," that is to say, in the parlance of the elite, engage in terrorism. It is the job of Glenn Beck et al to equate truth activists to the sufficiently demonized Timothy McVeigh�emblematic of the "patriot" terrorist, never mind his shadowy linkage to military intelligence�a process made all the more simple by the fact the corporatist-fascist media venue allows no rebuttal short of a Bill O'Reilly shout-over, replete with adolescent references to pinheads and cartoonish al-Qaeda villains.
However, these shrill, irrational and confrontational tactics will not work, as far too many Americans are clued in to the fact there is something rotten� not specifically in Denmark but rather in Washington, on Wall Street, and in the corporate suites and on the sets and studios of the corporate-fascist media.
It remains to be seen if enough Americans will step up and show the intestinal fortitude required to make a difference. But then, it should be remembered, the last time we had a revolution in this country it was a small number of dedicated individuals who made the difference while a large and hesitant majority sat on the fence.
Framing The Truth Movement As Terrorists Bellicose establishment hacks like O'Reilly and Beck pray for another attack so they can blame it on peaceful activists who are putting them to shame
A disturbing trend has emerged amongst establishment "news" hacks who are raising the same talking point ad infinitum, dubbing the global truth movement as "anarchists" and violent individuals who may be aiding terrorists, and praying for another attack in America so they can blame peaceful activists who are consistently putting the Neo-Cons to shame.
Over the past weeks and months talking heads such as Fox News bigot Bill O'Reilly and his frothing caricature Glenn Beck over on CNN, have specifically targeted 9/11 truthers in segments designed to portray the movement as dangerous and sow the seed in the minds of what viewers they have left that peaceful truth seekers are actually in league with violent terrorists.
Two weeks ago Beck aired a response to the We Are Change infiltration of Bill Maher's show in which he stated:
"These truthers are exactly the kind of people who want to rock this nation's foundation, tear us apart and plant the seeds of dissatisfaction in all of us."
At one point Beck even suggested that the 9/11 truth movement is "the kind of group a Timothy McVeigh would come from", insinuating the movement is intent on violence and terrorism.
In thousands of 9/11 protests over the course of the last six years, not one person has been arrested for violent conduct. To carte blanche suggest that the truth movement is dangerous, "a threat to children" and intent on violence is extremely inflammatory and indicates just how afraid of everyday people investigating and debating the facts people like Glenn Beck actually are.
The core of the 9/11 truth movement is composed of well educated and rational thinking individuals who are strictly opposed to violence and are intent on protecting a free and peaceful society which has been under dire threat ever since the attacks of 9/11 and the ensuing cover up.
Furthermore, the movement represents the very antithesis of anarchism in that it is actively seeking to restore and protect our traditional form of government which has been usurped by an unaccountable cabal that continues to operate outside of Constitutional law and with little restraint, using 9/11 as justification.
Most recently Bill O'Reilly has been running segments, such as the one below, suggesting that questions over 9/11, the war on terror and the war in Iraq are "going to lead to violence":
O'Reilly flat out states "This is going to lead to death" and makes all kind of threats stating, "If they are not reigned in by the authorities, and they should be...somebody is going to get hurt."
We could announce that Bill O'Reilly is dangerous and aids terrorists, based on O'Reilly's own standard for claiming that people are dangerous and aid terrorists - i.e. no evidence whatsoever except the fact that he disagrees with their politics.
If anyone is a threat to the American way of life then it's Beck and O'Reilly - having implicated themselves with a history of repugnant statements proving they are enemies of the Constitution and the freedoms that define America.
In addition, the only violent statements made on 9/11 truth websites have been written by trolls and debunkers attempting to discredit the movement - they should be investigated for advocating violence, not peaceful activists who are merely trying to speak truth to power.
People like O'Reilly and Glenn Beck would relish the opportunity to have their baseless allegations "proved right", and should some act of violence or terrorism be carried out, whether real or staged, they would love to blame it on the 9/11 truth movement, in a similar way to how the patriot movement was blamed for the OKC bombing in 1995.
With the explosion of the alternative media and with more and more people confronting government officials and elitist figures from the US to Canada to the UK, in "guerilla journalism" style, the mainstream media has come to realize that they can no longer get away with reporting only one side of the story.
Figures like Beck and O'Reilly ar e running scared because they know the people are no longer buying into their manipulative propaganda and are searching for the truth themselves.
Such shameful tactics are not going to work because the horse has already bolted and the seeds of truth have been scattered over the globe by the winds of change.
What we are witnessing is the establishment's desperate attempt to cling onto their information monopoly as the Internet, alternative radio and guerilla activism grow in leaps and bounds while the mainstream withers away and loses all credibility.
As Gandhi said - First they ignore us, then they laugh at us, and then they attack us.
Then we win.
Former high-level officials challenge the conventional explanation of how and why the Twin Towers came down
November 3, 2007 at 06:58:31 by Richard Clark
A 2,000 word article, Seven CIA Veterans Challenge 9/11 Commission Report, appeared September 23, 2007 in OpEdNews. (Link provided below.) The article details severe criticism of the 9/11 Commission Report by seven CIA veterans and calls for a new investigation. Here follows a brief quote or two from several of the individuals whose testimony is included in the article: Ray McGovern, former Chairman of the National Intelligence Council and 27-year CIA veteran: "The 9/11 Report is a joke." “It has long been clear that the Bush-Cheney administration cynically exploited the attacks of 9/11 to promote its imperial designs. . . (And there is) evidence for an even more disturbing conclusion: that the 9/11 attacks were themselves orchestrated by this administration precisely so they could be thus exploited.” William Christison, former National Intelligence Officer (NIO) and former Director of the CIA's Office of Regional and Political, and 29-year CIA veteran: "We very seriously need an entirely new, very high level, and truly independent investigation of the events of 9/11. I think you almost have to look at the 9/11 Commission Report as a joke and not a serious piece of analysis at all." “The North and South Towers of the World Trade Center almost certainly did not collapse and fall to earth because hijacked aircraft hit them.” Robert Baer, 21-year CIA veteran and specialist in the Middle East, was awarded the Career Intelligence Medal upon his retirement in 1997. During an interview by Thom Hartmann, Baer, after commenting on the financial profits being made from 9/11, was asked: “What about political profit? There are those who suggest that someone in (the U.S.) chain of command had pretty good knowledge that 9/11 was going to happen -- and really didn't do much to stop it -- or even obstructed efforts to stop it because they thought it would lend legitimacy to Bush's failing presidency.” Baer replied: “Absolutely.” Hartmann then asked, “So you are personally of the opinion that there was an aspect of 'inside job' to 9/11 within the U.S. government?" To which Baer replied, "There is that possibility, the evidence points at it." When Hartmann continued, "And why is this not being investigated?” Baer replied, "Why isn't the WMD story being investigated? Why hasn't anybody been held accountable for 9/11? We held people accountable after Pearl Harbor. Why has there been no change in command? Why have there been no political repercussions? Why has there been not been any sort of exposure on all this? It really makes you wonder." Robert David Steele has 25 years of combined service in the CIA and the U.S. Marine Corps. Second ranking civilian in U.S. Marine Corps Intelligence from 1988 - 1992. Member of the Adjunct Faculty of Marine Corps University. His comment: "I am forced to conclude that 9/11 was at a minimum allowed to happen as a pretext for war. "I'm absolutely certain that WTC 7 was brought down by controlled demolition. There's no way that building could have come down without controlled demolition." http://www.opednews.com/maxwrite/print_friendly.php?p=genera_alan_mil_070922_seven_cia_veterans_c.htm Additional statements questioning the official account of 9/11, and calls for a new investigation, by hundreds of high-level military officers (now retired) and other highly-credible individuals, can be found at http://PatriotsQuestion911.com Here’s some of the evidence that prompts them to call for a new investigation: 20-ton sections of steel beams were propelled, laterally, for a distance of up to 400 feet where they lodged in the sides of nearby buildings. (See video footage of this at www.ae911truth.org. Molten metal was seen (and videotaped) gushing out the side of one of the twin towers. (Jet fuel, rugs and office furniture & equipment burn at a temperature that is much much lower than the temperature it takes to liquefy steel. What can liquefy steel? Thermate, and incendiary compound that burns at 4500 degrees F., which would have had to have been surreptitiously planted at many strategic locations.) Various explosions (some quite powerful) were seen, heard and felt by hundreds of people, including many firemen and policemen, prior to the collapse of the twin towers, but occurred well after the airliners collided with the buildings. Huge numbers of extremely tiny iron spherules (formed when steel or iron vaporizes at extremely high temperatures) can be found in most of the 9/11 dust samples. (Why is this significant? Jet fuel burns at 1800 degrees Fahrenheit while office furniture, rugs and computers burn at an even lower temperature. Iron and steel don’t vaporize until their temperature gets close to 4000 degrees F. So what does burn at a temperature capable of vaporizing steel? Incendiary compounds known as thermate and thermite, which burn at 4500 degrees F. See more about this later in this article.) Many column sections seen in the wreckage of the twin towers were cut at 45-degree angles, and have, close to the cut lines, lots of previously-melted 'drippings' produced when the steel was melted at a temperature much higher than can be produced by an acetylene torch. Besides, no worker cutting up columns with an acetylene torch is going to make the cut at a 45-degree angle; he's going to cut straight across the beam, at an angle that is 90-degrees from the centerline of the length of the beam. Why? Because it is a shorter distance, and that means less work. Source for the above information is www.ae911truth.org, which is the web site of an investigative organization whose 200+ members are all either professional architects or professional engineers. If there were no high-powered explosives detonated inside the twin towers, as the official explanation contends, then defenders of that official explanation must provide us with an alternate theory as to how those column and/or beam sections got embedded in the sides of buildings that were 400 feet away. (The compressed air created by floors collapsing one upon the other could provide nowhere near the force required to propel a 20-ton beam or column section that far.) In addition, defenders of the official explanation must provide us with a plausible fuel source for the temperatures approaching 4000 degrees F. which would have been necessary to vaporize parts of many of the steel beam remnants found in the wreckage. The evidence for incendiary cutting of steel consists of the video evidence, the forensic evidence in the dust and rubble, and the testimony of eyewitness early responders and survivors who saw glowing molten metal flowing out of window openings. These incendiary events and the forensic evidence strongly suggest that the official story is wrong. The chemistry of the iron-aluminum-rich microspheres that are found in the dust from the rubble, the chemical content of these microspheres suggest that the official story is wrong. http://www.journalof911studies.com/volume/200704/JLobdillThermiteChemistryWTC So when could the explosives and incendiary materials have been planted? The official record shows that various floors of each of the twin towers were completely closed off 'for repairs,' for days at a time. Monitoring TV cameras on these floors were disconnected. http://georgewashington.blogspot.com/2005/11/how-could-they-plant-bombs-in-world.html. Owner Larry Silverstein was perhaps in on the deal. Why suspect this? Well, for one thing he received a fabulous insurance settlement, after purchasing the WTC complex under very unusual circumstances. http://www.whatreallyhappened.com/silverstein.html. The terrorist attack on the twin towers saved him the immense expense of having the towers demolished in the conventional way. (The towers had many structural problems. Two applications to have the buildings demolished were submitted by the previous owners because of the advanced galvanic corrosion that was taking place at each of the thousands of joints where aluminum parts were mistakenly put in tight contact with steel structural members.) http://redlineav.com/tsg.deposition.contd.2.html There is plenty of evidence to suggest that explosives and incendiary compounds might have been planted at strategic locations within the Twin Towers. For example: Bomb-sniffing dogs were inexplicably prevented from doing their job in the Twin Towers five days before 9-11 Various floors in the Twin Towers had been evacuated a number of times in the weeks preceding 9/11 There was a ‘power-down’ in parts of the Twin Towers on the weekend before 9/11, security cameras were shut down, and many workers ran around busily doing things unobserved. And, as an interesting coincidence, a Bush-linked company ran security at the trade center, thus giving it free reign within the buildings. http://georgewashington.blogspot.com/2005/11/how-could-they-plant-bombs-in-world.html In addition to these facts, demolition-and-building-collapse experts have raised the possibility of "explosive tenants" -- i.e. tenants in the Twin Towers who might have planted explosives in their own rented office spaces. http://911blogger.com/node/2487 Obviously none of this is PROOF of anything. All it does is show what the possibilities are, so that in combination with all the other circumstantial evidence that explosives may well have been planted, a completely independent investigation is warranted. And how could we rule out another investigation after we absorb the testimony of hundreds of very credible witnesses such as these: “[T]here was just an explosion [in the south tower]. It seemed like on television [when] they blow up these buildings. It seemed like it was going all the way around like a belt, all these explosions.”-- Firefighter Richard Banaciski “I saw a flash flash flash [at] the lower level of the building. You know like when they demolish a building?”--Assistant Fire Commissioner Stephen Gregory “[I]t was [like a] professional demolition where they set the charges on certain floors and then you hear 'Pop, pop, pop, pop, pop'."-- Paramedic Daniel Rivera ____________________________________________________________________ The above quotations come from a collection of 9/11 oral histories that, although recorded by the Fire Department of New York (FDNY) at the end of 2001, were publicly released only on August 12, 2005. Prior to that date, very few Americans knew the content of these accounts or even the fact that they existed. Why have we not known about them until recently? Part of the answer is that the city of New York would not release them until it was forced to do so. Early in 2002, the New York Times requested copies under the freedom of information act, but Mayor Michael Bloomberg’s administration refused. So the Times, joined by several families of 9/11 victims, filed suit. After a long process, the city was finally ordered by the New York Court of Appeals to release the records (with some exceptions and redactions allowed). Included were oral histories, in interview form, provided by 503 firefighters and medical workers. (Emergency Medical Services had become a division within the Fire Department.) The Times then made these oral histories publicly available. Once the content of these testimonies is examined, it is easy to see why persons concerned to protect the official story about 9/11 would try to keep them hidden. By suggesting that explosions were occurring in the World Trade Center’s Twin Towers, they pose a challenge to the official account of 9/11, according to which the towers were caused to collapse solely by the impact of the airplanes and the resulting fires. http://www.911truth.org/article.php?story=20060118104223192 More from that site: There were many reports about an explosion in the basement of the north tower. For example, janitor William Rodriguez reported that he and others felt an explosion below the first sub-level office at 9 AM, after which co-worker Felipe David, who had been in front of a nearby freight elevator, came into the office with severe burns on his face and arms, yelling "Explosion! explosion! explosion!" Rodriguez's account has been corroborated by Jose Sanchez, who was in the workshop on the fourth sub-level. Sanchez said that he and a co- worker heard a big blast that "sounded like a bomb," after which "a huge ball of fire went through the freight elevator." Engineer Mike Pecoraro, who was working in the sixth sub-basement of the north tower, said that after an explosion he and a co-worker went up to the C level, where there was a small machine shop. "There was nothing there but rubble," said Pecoraro. They then went to the parking garage, but found that it was also gone. Then on the B level, they found that a steel-and-concrete fire door, which weighed about 300 pounds, was wrinkled up "like a piece of aluminum foil." Having seen similar things after the terrorist attack in 1993, Pecoraro was convinced that a bomb had gone off. Given these testimonies to explosions in the basement levels of the towers, it is interesting that Mark Loizeaux, head of Controlled Demolition, Inc., has been quoted as saying: "If I were to bring the towers down, I would put explosives in the basement to get the weight of the building to help collapse the structure." Multiple Explosions In June of 2002, NBC television played segments from tapes recorded on 9/11. One segment contained the following exchange, which involved firefighters in the south tower: Official: “Battalion 3 to dispatch, we've just had another explosion.” Official: “Battalion 3 to dispatch, we've had additional explosion.” Dispatcher: “Received battalion command. Additional explosion.” So the question arises: Why these oral histories kept from the public for four years? Also: How can they be reconciled with the “official conspiracy theory” put forward by the Bush administration? And why do the mainstream mass media continues to marginalize the testimony of these eyewitnesses? In conclusion and summary, the trick of this Administration and the corporate media in general, appears to have been to swing public opinion as fast and furiously as possible through a blitz of emotion -- until a majority opinion had been reached, thereby allowing human reason and reflection no time to evaluate findings like these: * Steel supports were "partly vaporized," which would require a temperature near 4,000 degrees Fahrenheit to accomplish — and neither office materials nor jet fuel can generate temperatures anywhere near that hot -- all of them burn at temps below 1600 degrees F. Fires caused by jet fuel from the hijacked planes lasted at most a few minutes, and office material fires would burn out within about 20 minutes in any given location. (Indeed, at one point firemen reported that fires were nearly out.) * Molten metal found in the debris of the World Trade Center may well have been the result of the high-temperature reactions of a commonly used incendiary such as thermite (which burns at 4500 degrees Fahrenheit). * Multiple loud explosions in rapid sequence were reported by numerous observers who were in and near the towers, and these explosions occurred far below the region where the planes struck. So what caused these extremely powerful explosions (if not planted explosives)? Finally, why won't BushCo release 6,899 photographs and 6,977 segments of video footage for "independent scrutiny? Why won't they release, for independent analysis, a small sample of the once-molten metal found at Ground Zero? (Could it be that chemical traces of an incendiary compound like thermite would be found in any such sample?) http://deseretnews.com/dn/view/0,1249,635160132,00.html Authors Website: http://groups.google.com/groups/profile?enc_user=JCpLDBUAAAC Authors Bio: Several years after receiving my M.A. in social science (interdisciplinary studies) I was an instructor at S.F. State University for a year, but then went back to designing automated machinery, and then tech writing, in Silicon Valley. I've always been more interested in political economics and what's going on behind the scenes in politics, than in mechanical engineering, and because of that I've rarely worked more than 6 months a year, devoting much of the rest of the year to reading and writing about that which interests me most.
A 2,000 word article, Seven CIA Veterans Challenge 9/11 Commission Report, appeared September 23, 2007 in OpEdNews. (Link provided below.) The article details severe criticism of the 9/11 Commission Report by seven CIA veterans and calls for a new investigation. Here follows a brief quote or two from several of the individuals whose testimony is included in the article:
Ray McGovern, former Chairman of the National Intelligence Council and 27-year CIA veteran: "The 9/11 Report is a joke." “It has long been clear that the Bush-Cheney administration cynically exploited the attacks of 9/11 to promote its imperial designs. . . (And there is) evidence for an even more disturbing conclusion: that the 9/11 attacks were themselves orchestrated by this administration precisely so they could be thus exploited.”
William Christison, former National Intelligence Officer (NIO) and former Director of the CIA's Office of Regional and Political, and 29-year CIA veteran: "We very seriously need an entirely new, very high level, and truly independent investigation of the events of 9/11. I think you almost have to look at the 9/11 Commission Report as a joke and not a serious piece of analysis at all." “The North and South Towers of the World Trade Center almost certainly did not collapse and fall to earth because hijacked aircraft hit them.”
Robert Baer, 21-year CIA veteran and specialist in the Middle East, was awarded the Career Intelligence Medal upon his retirement in 1997. During an interview by Thom Hartmann, Baer, after commenting on the financial profits being made from 9/11, was asked: “What about political profit? There are those who suggest that someone in (the U.S.) chain of command had pretty good knowledge that 9/11 was going to happen -- and really didn't do much to stop it -- or even obstructed efforts to stop it because they thought it would lend legitimacy to Bush's failing presidency.” Baer replied: “Absolutely.” Hartmann then asked, “So you are personally of the opinion that there was an aspect of 'inside job' to 9/11 within the U.S. government?" To which Baer replied, "There is that possibility, the evidence points at it." When Hartmann continued, "And why is this not being investigated?” Baer replied, "Why isn't the WMD story being investigated? Why hasn't anybody been held accountable for 9/11? We held people accountable after Pearl Harbor. Why has there been no change in command? Why have there been no political repercussions? Why has there been not been any sort of exposure on all this? It really makes you wonder."
Robert David Steele has 25 years of combined service in the CIA and the U.S. Marine Corps. Second ranking civilian in U.S. Marine Corps Intelligence from 1988 - 1992. Member of the Adjunct Faculty of Marine Corps University. His comment: "I am forced to conclude that 9/11 was at a minimum allowed to happen as a pretext for war. "I'm absolutely certain that WTC 7 was brought down by controlled demolition. There's no way that building could have come down without controlled demolition."
http://www.opednews.com/maxwrite/print_friendly.php?p=genera_alan_mil_070922_seven_cia_veterans_c.htm
Additional statements questioning the official account of 9/11, and calls for a new investigation, by hundreds of high-level military officers (now retired) and other highly-credible individuals, can be found at http://PatriotsQuestion911.com
Here’s some of the evidence that prompts them to call for a new investigation:
Source for the above information is www.ae911truth.org, which is the web site of an investigative organization whose 200+ members are all either professional architects or professional engineers.
If there were no high-powered explosives detonated inside the twin towers, as the official explanation contends, then defenders of that official explanation must provide us with an alternate theory as to how those column and/or beam sections got embedded in the sides of buildings that were 400 feet away. (The compressed air created by floors collapsing one upon the other could provide nowhere near the force required to propel a 20-ton beam or column section that far.) In addition, defenders of the official explanation must provide us with a plausible fuel source for the temperatures approaching 4000 degrees F. which would have been necessary to vaporize parts of many of the steel beam remnants found in the wreckage.
The evidence for incendiary cutting of steel consists of the video evidence, the forensic evidence in the dust and rubble, and the testimony of eyewitness early responders and survivors who saw glowing molten metal flowing out of window openings. These incendiary events and the forensic evidence strongly suggest that the official story is wrong. The chemistry of the iron-aluminum-rich microspheres that are found in the dust from the rubble, the chemical content of these microspheres suggest that the official story is wrong. http://www.journalof911studies.com/volume/200704/JLobdillThermiteChemistryWTC
So when could the explosives and incendiary materials have been planted?
The official record shows that various floors of each of the twin towers were completely closed off 'for repairs,' for days at a time. Monitoring TV cameras on these floors were disconnected. http://georgewashington.blogspot.com/2005/11/how-could-they-plant-bombs-in-world.html. Owner Larry Silverstein was perhaps in on the deal. Why suspect this? Well, for one thing he received a fabulous insurance settlement, after purchasing the WTC complex under very unusual circumstances. http://www.whatreallyhappened.com/silverstein.html. The terrorist attack on the twin towers saved him the immense expense of having the towers demolished in the conventional way. (The towers had many structural problems. Two applications to have the buildings demolished were submitted by the previous owners because of the advanced galvanic corrosion that was taking place at each of the thousands of joints where aluminum parts were mistakenly put in tight contact with steel structural members.) http://redlineav.com/tsg.deposition.contd.2.html
There is plenty of evidence to suggest that explosives and incendiary compounds might have been planted at strategic locations within the Twin Towers. For example:
Bomb-sniffing dogs were inexplicably prevented from doing their job in the Twin Towers five days before 9-11
Various floors in the Twin Towers had been evacuated a number of times in the weeks preceding 9/11
There was a ‘power-down’ in parts of the Twin Towers on the weekend before 9/11, security cameras were shut down, and many workers ran around busily doing things unobserved.
And, as an interesting coincidence, a Bush-linked company ran security at the trade center, thus giving it free reign within the buildings.
http://georgewashington.blogspot.com/2005/11/how-could-they-plant-bombs-in-world.html
In addition to these facts, demolition-and-building-collapse experts have raised the possibility of "explosive tenants" -- i.e. tenants in the Twin Towers who might have planted explosives in their own rented office spaces. http://911blogger.com/node/2487
Obviously none of this is PROOF of anything. All it does is show what the possibilities are, so that in combination with all the other circumstantial evidence that explosives may well have been planted, a completely independent investigation is warranted.
And how could we rule out another investigation after we absorb the testimony of hundreds of very credible witnesses such as these:
“[T]here was just an explosion [in the south tower]. It seemed like on television [when] they blow up these buildings. It seemed like it was going all the way around like a belt, all these explosions.”-- Firefighter Richard Banaciski
“I saw a flash flash flash [at] the lower level of the building. You know like when they demolish a building?”--Assistant Fire Commissioner Stephen Gregory
“[I]t was [like a] professional demolition where they set the charges on certain floors and then you hear 'Pop, pop, pop, pop, pop'."-- Paramedic Daniel Rivera
____________________________________________________________________
The above quotations come from a collection of 9/11 oral histories that, although recorded by the Fire Department of New York (FDNY) at the end of 2001, were publicly released only on August 12, 2005. Prior to that date, very few Americans knew the content of these accounts or even the fact that they existed.
Why have we not known about them until recently? Part of the answer is that the city of New York would not release them until it was forced to do so. Early in 2002, the New York Times requested copies under the freedom of information act, but Mayor Michael Bloomberg’s administration refused. So the Times, joined by several families of 9/11 victims, filed suit. After a long process, the city was finally ordered by the New York Court of Appeals to release the records (with some exceptions and redactions allowed). Included were oral histories, in interview form, provided by 503 firefighters and medical workers. (Emergency Medical Services had become a division within the Fire Department.) The Times then made these oral histories publicly available.
Once the content of these testimonies is examined, it is easy to see why persons concerned to protect the official story about 9/11 would try to keep them hidden. By suggesting that explosions were occurring in the World Trade Center’s Twin Towers, they pose a challenge to the official account of 9/11, according to which the towers were caused to collapse solely by the impact of the airplanes and the resulting fires.
http://www.911truth.org/article.php?story=20060118104223192
More from that site:
There were many reports about an explosion in the basement of the north tower. For example, janitor William Rodriguez reported that he and others felt an explosion below the first sub-level office at 9 AM, after which co-worker Felipe David, who had been in front of a nearby freight elevator, came into the office with severe burns on his face and arms, yelling "Explosion! explosion! explosion!"
Rodriguez's account has been corroborated by Jose Sanchez, who was in the workshop on the fourth sub-level. Sanchez said that he and a co- worker heard a big blast that "sounded like a bomb," after which "a huge ball of fire went through the freight elevator."
Engineer Mike Pecoraro, who was working in the sixth sub-basement of the north tower, said that after an explosion he and a co-worker went up to the C level, where there was a small machine shop. "There was nothing there but rubble," said Pecoraro. They then went to the parking garage, but found that it was also gone. Then on the B level, they found that a steel-and-concrete fire door, which weighed about 300 pounds, was wrinkled up "like a piece of aluminum foil." Having seen similar things after the terrorist attack in 1993, Pecoraro was convinced that a bomb had gone off.
Given these testimonies to explosions in the basement levels of the towers, it is interesting that Mark Loizeaux, head of Controlled Demolition, Inc., has been quoted as saying: "If I were to bring the towers down, I would put explosives in the basement to get the weight of the building to help collapse the structure."
Multiple Explosions
In June of 2002, NBC television played segments from tapes recorded on 9/11. One segment contained the following exchange, which involved firefighters in the south tower:
Official: “Battalion 3 to dispatch, we've just had another explosion.”
Official: “Battalion 3 to dispatch, we've had additional explosion.”
Dispatcher: “Received battalion command. Additional explosion.”
So the question arises: Why these oral histories kept from the public for four years?
Also: How can they be reconciled with the “official conspiracy theory” put forward by the Bush administration?
And why do the mainstream mass media continues to marginalize the testimony of these eyewitnesses?
In conclusion and summary, the trick of this Administration and the corporate media in general, appears to have been to swing public opinion as fast and furiously as possible through a blitz of emotion -- until a majority opinion had been reached, thereby allowing human reason and reflection no time to evaluate findings like these:
* Steel supports were "partly vaporized," which would require a temperature near 4,000 degrees Fahrenheit to accomplish — and neither office materials nor jet fuel can generate temperatures anywhere near that hot -- all of them burn at temps below 1600 degrees F. Fires caused by jet fuel from the hijacked planes lasted at most a few minutes, and office material fires would burn out within about 20 minutes in any given location. (Indeed, at one point firemen reported that fires were nearly out.)
* Molten metal found in the debris of the World Trade Center may well have been the result of the high-temperature reactions of a commonly used incendiary such as thermite (which burns at 4500 degrees Fahrenheit).
* Multiple loud explosions in rapid sequence were reported by numerous observers who were in and near the towers, and these explosions occurred far below the region where the planes struck. So what caused these extremely powerful explosions (if not planted explosives)?
Finally, why won't BushCo release 6,899 photographs and 6,977 segments of video footage for "independent scrutiny? Why won't they release, for independent analysis, a small sample of the once-molten metal found at Ground Zero? (Could it be that chemical traces of an incendiary compound like thermite would be found in any such sample?)
http://deseretnews.com/dn/view/0,1249,635160132,00.html
Robert Baer Says Evidence Points To 911 Inside Job
You Tube Saturday November 3, 2007
It's getting increasingly harder for Mainstream Media to ignore 9/11 Truth.
Bill Maher and Geraldo tries to ridicule 9/11 Truth but end up looking quite ridiculous themselves....
"Battle For The Republic" Exposes Real Immigration Agenda Elite using balkanization strategy to destroy American sovereignty and create third world cesspit
Alex Jones' Battle For The Republic exposes how the elite are using illegal immigration and pushing amnesty as a means of pulverizing the American middle class and ensuring that U.S. citizens, black, white and hispanic alike, are forced to sacrifice their freedom and sovereignty as America is sunk into a third world cesspool.
The mini-documentary lifts the lid on how the backlash against rampant illegal immigration in America is a major concern for the Bilderberg Group, posing a threat to their plans to lower the living standards of U.S. citizens of all colors and creeds into second or even third world status.
What is the real agenda behind last year's massive pro-illegal immigration demonstrations and who is really behind them? Battle For the Republic traces the legacy of the movement back to the Plan of San Diego, a shocking blueprint for race-based genocide directed against blacks and whites in America.
The goal is to divide America by bankrolling the Aztlan movement, an extremist separatist plan on behalf of Mexican Ku Klux Klan style groups like Mecha and La Raza to "reclaim" the southern and western U.S. states, in order to eventually merge America, Canada and Mexico into a North American Union.
Battle For The Republic shoots down the myth that Mexico has any rightful claim to the south western states by carefully documenting the history of how the west was won, bringing it up to the modern day and highlighting how the elite are using the enraged Mexican mobs as a weapon of conquest to slit America's throat and sacrifice its sovereignty on the altar of globalism.
Hispanic Radio and TV stations owned by huge corporations based in New York spew hatred and division as Mexicans are radicalized and told that all their problems stem from the racist American middle class while ignoring the fact that the elite are the true cause of their misery, as taxpayers are sucked dry to fund welfare which only subsidizes the corporations that employ the illegals.
Illegal aliens are being granted God-like status by the elite and given rights that super seed those of American citizens. The film highlights the case of a man who was assaulted and arrested by police for expressing his first amendment right to disagree with thousands of illegal aliens marching in downtown Seattle, and how illegals who assaulted him and smashed his car were left completely alone while throngs of Mexicans cheered as an American was taken to jail for exercising his freedom of speech.
"Now you're bleeding, what's it like now, bitch!" yells one illegal as blood drips from the man's face.
Battle For the Republic ends with Alex Jones' infamous protest of Vicente Fox when he came to Austin to give awards to police for breaking federal laws by not arresting illegal aliens.
Fox was forced to cut his speech short after Alex Jones bullhorned the truth about his role in destroying American sovereignty, making headlines across Texas.
Battle For The Republic is available now for prison planet.tv members . Also included are two special extra features - blues legend Jimmie Vaughan's performance of "No Shackles On Me" as well as previously unseen footage of Jim Tucker's coverage of the 2007 Bilderberg meeting in Istanbul, Turkey. Click here to subscribe today and begin enjoying a huge back-catalogue of special video reports, audios and documentary films as well as Alex Jones' latest blockbuster - Endgame: Blueprint For Global Enslavement.
Clinton Exposed as New World Order Front 'Hecklers' Repeatedly Interrupt Terrorism Ramble With Questions About 9/11 and Clinton's Involvement With Bilderberg & New World Order
JonesReport.com | October 27, 2007
Bill Clinton has had to answer to more than just hounding questions about 9/11 recently, as he did when members of Minnesota Change interrupted his Hillary campaign stump just days ago.
Unsolicited questions from the activist group also forced him to acknowledge the Bohemian Club, calling it 'that place where rich Republicans go and stand naked next to Redwood trees,' but claimed he hadn't been there, suavely brushing off scandalous elite secret societies with his indifferent and casual demeanor.
Clinton scolded claims that '9/11 was an inside job,' catching mainstream coverage just after the massive media clamor over the 9/11 truth interruptions on Bill Maher's live HBO show. He cleverly misdirected the now well-known objections to the official story with appeals to the emotional tragedy of a family friend he says was burned beyond recognition on 9/11 and lashed out "An inside job...how dare you."
While that sound bite made news, both Clinton and news cameras ignored equally vocal outcry about his involvement in the Bilderberg group. He attended the group-- which has a reputation as kingmaker-- just before becoming president in 1992. Wife Hillary attended in 1997 and again in 2006 before her 2007-2008 campaign to continue the Bush-Clinton syndicate/dynasty.
Minnesota Change mentioned Bilderberg over and over throughout the night,but Clinton passed up opportunity to 'put them in their place' as he had throughout the rest of the speech. He turned, however, to give a knowing grin when activists told Bill they knew "they aren't going to get away with their New World Order."
Not only is the deeply-connected globalist well aware of the New World Order, he has mentioned it in speeches, and clarifying that he, like George H. W. Bush, was pursuing it. Bill Clinton is a Rhodes Scholar (connecting him to the agenda of the Milner Group and Cecil Rhodes' secret society) and is involved with the Bilderberg group, the Trilateral Commission and the Council on Foreign Relations, amongst other globalist ties.
These confrontations enlarge the 9/11 truth coverage in the public mind and is the second major confrontation of Clinton by We Are Change members across the country.
NYC We Are Change confronted the former president on not getting bin Laden when he had the clear opportunity-- despite the damning Cole bombing incident-- and then used an amplifier to inform the crowd about his involvement in the Bilderberg group, the drug operations in Mina, Arkansas while he was governor and other issues.
Daniel Taylor Old-thinker news November 1, 2007
“It seems like every new corner we turn, the Rockefellers are already there. And in some cases, they have been there for a long, long time.” — William H. Gates Sr.
If you have watched Alex Jones’ Endgame, you know that population reduction has been a leading goal of Rockefeller, Kissinger, and other global elite for many years. You may be wondering; How will the elite fulfill their plans for global population reduction? There are many theories as to how this will be done, and speculation abounds. Race specific bio-weapons, as written in the Project for a New American Century, “…may transform biological warfare from the realm of terror to a politically useful tool.” A report released early this year by the U.K. Ministry of Defense outlining possible future scenarios says that, “The development of neutron weapons which destroy living organs but not buildings ‘might make a weapon of choice for extreme ethnic cleansing in an increasingly populated world.” Documentation can be shown demonstrating that at this very moment massive population reduction programs are being carried out.
Henry Kissinger’s National Security Study Memorandum 200, as noted in Endgame, is a foundational document regarding population reduction plans for the third world.
The 1974 NSSM 200 document cites “Injectable contraceptives for women” as a possible method of population reduction and control. Depopulation, as stated in the document, should be pursued because it would be in the “…economic interests of the United States.”
“Wherever a lessening of population pressures… can increase the prospects for such stability, population policy becomes relevant to resource supplies and to the economic interests of the United States.”
The Rockefeller Foundation and the Population Council, both Rockefeller organizations, have been instrumental in the funding and development of sterilization vaccines. The Rockefeller family has been involved with population control and eugenics since the early 1900’s. The Population Council, founded by John D. Rockefeller in 1952, was first headed by Frederick Osborn, who served as the Secretary of the American Eugenics Society.
“Injectable contraceptives for women” have been developed in the years after the infamous NSSM 200.
In 1989 research was conducted by the National Institute of Immunology in New Delhi India on the use of ‘carriers’ such as Tetanus Toxoid and Diphtheria to bypass the immune system and deliver the female hormone called human chorionic gonadotrophin (hCG). The effect of the hCG hormone was the sterilization of women by causing the body to attack itself. By using four women as test subjects, the research found that multiple doses - around 5 - of the Tetanus toxoid hCG carrier vaccine was required in order for it to effectively raise the level of hCG in their bodies. The research also found that if an alternate carrier such as Diphtheria was used, less doses would be needed to maintain the desired level of hCG.
The Rockefeller Foundation and the Population Council are listed as giving grants for the research.
The aforementioned research paper was carried in the Oxford University Press in 1990, and was titled “Bypass by an alternate ‘carrier’ of acquired unresponsiveness to hCG upon repeated immunization with tetanus-conjugated vaccine.”
Are these plans being implemented right now?
NSSM 200 outlines recommendations as to how to carry out population reduction and control policies. The World Bank, World Health Organization, UNICEF, and donor countries are listed as possible implementation arms.
GAVI (the Global Alliance for Vaccines and Immunization), which was founded in 2000, has the goal of vaccinating most of the third world. The member organizations of GAVI include many of the same partners listed in NSSM 200, including the Rockefeller Foundation. Listed on the GAVI website,
GAVI partners include: national governments of donor and developing countries, the Bill and Melinda Gates Children’s Vaccine Program, the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers Associations (IFPMA), the Rockefeller Foundation, UNICEF, the World Bank Group and the World Health Organization (WHO).
In December of 2000, David Rockefeller and William H. Gates Sr., among others, visited the Rockefeller University campus to take part in a meeting on “Philanthropy in a Global Century”. While there, Gates spoke about his inspiration from Rockefeller in founding GAVI,
“Gates said that ‘Taking our lead and our inspiration from work already done by The Rockefeller Foundation, our foundation actually started GAVI by pledging $750 million to something called the Global Fund for Children’s Vaccines, an instrument of GAVI.’” He also praised the Rockefeller family’s century of philanthropy, saying, ‘It seems like every new corner we turn, the Rockefellers are already there. And in some cases, they have been there for a long, long time.’”
“Gates said that ‘Taking our lead and our inspiration from work already done by The Rockefeller Foundation, our foundation actually started GAVI by pledging $750 million to something called the Global Fund for Children’s Vaccines, an instrument of GAVI.’”
He also praised the Rockefeller family’s century of philanthropy, saying, ‘It seems like every new corner we turn, the Rockefellers are already there. And in some cases, they have been there for a long, long time.’”
The targets
The targets of NSSM 200 for population reduction and control included “…countries where there is special U.S. political and strategic interest.” Those named include: India, Bangladesh, Pakistan, Nigeria, Mexico, Indonesia, Brazil, the Philippines, Thailand, Egypt, Turkey, Ethiopia and Colombia.
In 1995 the BBC aired a documentary titled “The Human Laboratory”, which covered the use of birth control drugs and vaccines in the third world. The discovery of “contaminated” Tetanus toxoid vaccines and the resulting negative effects on the Philippine population were covered. The documentary was never shown in the United States. A transcript of the program can be seen here.
Contained in the program are the accounts of doctors from the Philippines who found that their Tetanus vaccines were “contaminated” with hCG, resulting in sterility and miscarriages. As the research shown above indicates, these are not contaminants, but rather scientifically crafted.
The following are excerpts from the BBC program:
MARY PILAR VERZOSA: The women would say why is it that the tetanus shots that we’ve been getting have had effects on us? Our fertility cycles are all fouled up, some of the women among us have had bleedings and miscarriages, some have lost their babies at a very early stage. The symptoms could come soon after their tetanus vaccination - some the following day, others within a week’s time. For those who were pregnant on their first three or four months the miscarriage was really frightening. …
MARY PILAR VERZOSA: The women would say why is it that the tetanus shots that we’ve been getting have had effects on us? Our fertility cycles are all fouled up, some of the women among us have had bleedings and miscarriages, some have lost their babies at a very early stage. The symptoms could come soon after their tetanus vaccination - some the following day, others within a week’s time. For those who were pregnant on their first three or four months the miscarriage was really frightening.
…
MARY PILAR VERZOSA: I began to suspect that here in the Philippines that’s exactly what’s happening. They have laced the tetanus toxoid vials with the Beta HCG. The only way I could make sure that they hadn’t done that was to examine the vials, and how to get a hold of those vials was going to be a problem. Who was I to collect them from the health centres? … MARY PILAR VERZOSA: Oh boy that was really something when this came out of my fax machine. Report on HCG concentration in vaccine vials. Three out of those four vials registered positive for HCG, so my suspicions are affirmed that here in our country they are not only giving plain tetanus toxoid vaccination to our women, they are also giving anti-fertility. NARRATOR: Sister Mary was not alone. Many women and doctors reported similar findings. Dr. Vilma Gonzaga became suspicious when she had two miscarriages, both times after receiving the tetanus jab. She is now suing the government since tests showed she had very high levels of antibodies to Beta HCG.
MARY PILAR VERZOSA: I began to suspect that here in the Philippines that’s exactly what’s happening. They have laced the tetanus toxoid vials with the Beta HCG. The only way I could make sure that they hadn’t done that was to examine the vials, and how to get a hold of those vials was going to be a problem. Who was I to collect them from the health centres?
MARY PILAR VERZOSA: Oh boy that was really something when this came out of my fax machine. Report on HCG concentration in vaccine vials. Three out of those four vials registered positive for HCG, so my suspicions are affirmed that here in our country they are not only giving plain tetanus toxoid vaccination to our women, they are also giving anti-fertility.
NARRATOR: Sister Mary was not alone. Many women and doctors reported similar findings. Dr. Vilma Gonzaga became suspicious when she had two miscarriages, both times after receiving the tetanus jab. She is now suing the government since tests showed she had very high levels of antibodies to Beta HCG.
Dr Fays Schrater comments on his suspicions that there is a deliberate campaign to immunise the Philippines with hCG.
DR FAYS SCHRATER: If there is a conspiracy to immunise the women of the Philippines with chorionic gonadotropin rather than tetanus, then it requires the knowledge of some member of a government, or two. It requires the participation of a manufacturer to link the chorionic gonadotropin physically to the tetanus toxoid - you can’t just throw it in the vial and expect it to do its work. And it requires that it be mislabelled and that it be shipped then to a centre who knows what’s in it and who is going to distribute it in a guise of tetanus vaccine.
Rural populations of the third world have caught on to possible negative effects of vaccination such as sterilization, while their fears are dismissed as “rumors” and “myths” by the mainstream press. Often, those reassuring that the vaccines are safe are the very organizations listed in NSSM 200 as partners in population reduction and control efforts. A 2006 press release from UNICEF (United Nations Children Fund), which is involved with vaccinating many third world countries, quotes the Assistant Project Officer for Health in Ethiopia’s Southern Nations, Tersit Assefa,
“In other places, women of this age often stay away,” said Ms. Tersit. “All sorts of misguided rumours go round that the injections will sterilize them or harm them in some way. But here, the village elders are on board. They are here, encouraging the women to come along.”
Nigerians have also become suspicious of vaccines. CBS news reported in 2004 that the Nigerian state of Kano was resisting Polio vaccines on grounds that the injections would render the female population infertile.
“In September, Shekarau suspended participation in a global immunization program on the grounds that local scientists had discovered traces of a hormone in foreign-made vaccines that they feared could make girls infertile. Some local Islamic leaders accused the Nigerian federal government of being part of a U.S. plot to kill off Muslims with the vaccines. The WHO insisted the vaccines were safe, and urged that vaccinations resume to stave off a resurgence of the paralyzing disease.”
“In September, Shekarau suspended participation in a global immunization program on the grounds that local scientists had discovered traces of a hormone in foreign-made vaccines that they feared could make girls infertile.
Some local Islamic leaders accused the Nigerian federal government of being part of a U.S. plot to kill off Muslims with the vaccines.
The WHO insisted the vaccines were safe, and urged that vaccinations resume to stave off a resurgence of the paralyzing disease.”
Thailand, another target of NSSM 200, is ripe with stories of miscarriages and sterilization. According to the local population of the Akha, pregnant women are forced to receive the vaccine in order to get ID cards for their children. The vaccine often results with violent miscarriages. In the video below, Matthew McDaniel, a human rights activist who has been working with the Akha people of Thailand, speaks with two Akha women about the forced Tetanus vaccine and the resulting miscarriages.
The third world populations, which are largely out of sight and out of the minds of a large portion of the west, are taking the brunt of the global elite’s population reduction plans.
Read The Rabbit Hole Doesn’t End Here, Part 1
The breed of mice can run six kilometers (four miles) at a speed of 20 meters (yards) per minute for up to six hours without stopping, according to Richard Hanson, a biochemistry professor at Case Western Reserve University in Cleveland, Ohio.
"They are metabolically similar to Lance Armstrong biking up the Pyrenees; they utilize mainly fatty acids for energy and produce very little lactic acid," said Hanson, the senior author of the article which was published in the Journal of Biological Chemistry.
The genetically engineered mice can eat 60 percent more than wild mice in a control group but remain slim and fit. The "mighty mice" live longer, and some females were able to reproduce much later in life than other mice.
The researchers said some "have had offspring at 2.5 years of age, an amazing feat considering most mice do not reproduce after they are one year old."
Hanson said the strength of the mice was made possible by the fact that they produce very little lactic acid, which forms during intense exercise.
Scientists bred 500 of the mice, which also showed more aggression than other mice, over the past five years as part of a project aimed at unlocking the metabolic and physiological function of PEPCK-C in muscles and tissues.
The key to their unusual traits is the over-expression of the gene that influence production of the enzyme PEPCK-C (phosphoenolypyruvate carboxykinases), said Hanson.
The transgenic mice are descended from six "founder lines" that "contain a chimeric gene in which a copy of the cDNA for PEPCK-C was linked to the skeletal actin gene promoter," the research said.
The resulting mice showed different levels of PEPCK-C in their muscles, but one particularly active group had levels of PEPCK-C activity of nine units per gram of skeletal muscle, compared to just 0.08 units per gram in the muscles of control mice.
"From a very early age, the PEPCK-Cmus mice ran continuously in their cages," said Parvin Hakimi, a researcher in the Hanson lab.
The "mighty mice" primarily relied on "fatty acids as a source of energy during exercise, while the control animals rapidly switched from fatty acid metabolism to using muscle glycogen (carbohydrates) as a fuel; this dramatically raised the blood lactate levels," the research said.
The PEPCK-C enzyme was first discovered at the medical school of Case Western Reserve University in 1955, the study authors said.
Globalists attempting to depopulate the world
Leuren Moret is an American independent scientist and international expert on radiation and public health issues.
She has devoted her life to awakening the public to the destructive consequences of the depleted uranium munitions used by the U.S. military and has made relentless efforts to stop the United States from destroying the environment.
Following is the text of a Press TV interview with Leuren Moret published on October 25:
Q: The U.S. is using DU weapons in violation of international treaties. Why is the international community not forcing the U.S. to stop the use and production of such weaponry?
A: I’ve asked that question many times myself. With the demonstrated total and complete failure of international judicial remedies -- by the International Criminal Court and the world court -- to enforce the 1925 Geneva poison gas protocol, the Geneva and Hague conventions, international agreements and other treaties, and the failure of depleted uranium weapons to meet the standards (in four out of four categories) of legality under international law, it is clear that the international judicial system is morally and procedurally bankrupt. In other words, international laws and treaties are meaningless and/or selectively enforced. Just like the U.S. nuclear weapons labs where I have worked, they selectively enforce the rules only when they want to ‘get someone’, in other words, they unfairly target and enforce laws that may be on the books, but are ignored.
And that has been true throughout the nuclear project since the end of WWII when atomic bombs, weapons of mass destruction, were dropped on living civilian populations in Hiroshima and Nagasaki, Japan, the only two Christian cities in Japan.
And that was a case of Christians dropping the first atomic bombs on Christians.
Those first atomic bombs were weapons of mass destruction and they were illegal in every sense of the law.
They were dropped without the consent of the scientists who developed them, without the consent of the political leadership (with the exception of President Truman who was talked into it by one man -- Col. Henry Stimson, Sec. of War and a Wall Street banker and member of Skull and Bones), and with the strongest opposition coming from the U.S. military leadership -- especially General Leslie Groves who was in charge of developing atomic bombs as head of the Manhattan Project.
The decision to drop two atomic bombs was made by one man -- Colonel Henry Stimson -- a Wall Street banker with ties to Churchill and the city of London bankers. It’s always the international bankers who are engineering these horrific wars and the development of ever more horrific technologies of war.
However the hypocrisy of the U.S. government must also be addressed. Depleted uranium munitions meet the definition of WMDs under U.S. Federal Code in 2 out of 3 categories, and they violate U.S. military law because the U.S. is a signatory to the Geneva and Hague conventions. If the U.S. government is so worried about Iran being a nuclear threat, then why did Henry Kissinger give Iran nuclear power plants, and President Gerald Ford give Iran plutonium?
September 16, 2005, in the UN General Assembly, President Hugo Chavez of Venezuela said:
“We could, on the basis of national realities, exchange knowledge, integrate markets, interconnect, but at the same time we must understand that there are problems that do not have a national solution: radioactive clouds, world oil prices, diseases, warming of the planet or the hole in the ozone layer. These are not domestic problems.”
And on September 17, 2005, in the UN General Assembly President Ahmadinejad of Iran eloquently brought the depleted uranium issue to the table:
“Ironically, those who have actually used nuclear weapons, continue to produce, stockpile and extensively test such weapons, have used depleted uranium bombs and bullets against tens and perhaps hundreds of thousands of Iraqis, Kuwaitis, and even their own soldiers and those of their allies, afflicting them with incurable diseases, blatantly violate their obligations under the NPT, have refrained from signing the CTBT and have armed the Zionist occupation regime with WMDs, are not only refusing to remedy their past deeds, but in clear breech of the NPT, are trying to prevent other countries from acquiring the technology to produce peaceful nuclear energy. All these problems emanate from the fact that justice and spirituality are missing in the way powerful governments conduct their affairs with other nations. “
A third courageous world leader has also recognized that depleted uranium global pollution is the most important issue today, for example Dr. Mahathir Mohamed, former prime minister of Malaysia. He held an international war crimes conference February 5-7, 2007, in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, attended by 5000 people.
The issue of radioactive weapons and depleted uranium played an important role at this conference.
So we have three world leaders now who have spoken out about the horror and illegality of depleted uranium weaponry. But the NATO countries are silent and complicit in the poisoning of Iraq, Yugoslavia, Afghanistan, and Lebanon with their illegal weapons. The approximately 5000 U.S. bunker buster bombs that Israel bombed Lebanon with, in the July 2006 attack. Dr. Chris Busby has reported evidence of not only depleted uranium in the bomb craters along the Lebanon/Israel border, but also traces of deuterium, high levels of uranium 235, and neutron activation products that quickly decayed within 3 weeks. The analyses were done at the British Government Radiation Laboratory at Harwell, so they must be correct.
Those anomalous radiation fingerprints suggest that 4th generation nuclear weapons were also included in the bunker buster dirty bombs. In other words, the U.S./Israel are now carrying out two nuclear wars from within the same bomb -- or shall we call it the new ‘super nuker.’ What hypocrisy for the U.S. to cry ‘terrorist’ about Iran, when U.S. bombs delivered by Israeli jets are nuking Lebanon, Israeli citizens, and everyone in the region. Well, it is well known in America that the victimizer always turns himself into the victim.
The truth is that the ‘nuclear states’ have, and are using, nuclear weapons for blackmailing weaker countries in order to depopulate them and steal their mineral resources. It’s just that simple.
Q: What is depleted uranium and how does it affect human beings? What are the consequences of DU contamination?
A: Depleted uranium is radioactive waste from the nuclear weapons and nuclear power programs. 99.5% of the uranium that is mined becomes depleted uranium after 0.5% uranium 235 is removed in the enrichment process. Iran is legally enriching uranium for their nuclear power program, and the IAEA has stated that this is a perfectly legal activity in a country with nuclear power plants. It is being used as an excuse by the U.S. and international community to threaten Iran.
In 1942, radioactive poison gas weapons were suggested for development under the Manhattan Project. In other words, the scientists did not know if they could successfully make atomic bombs, so they said “…Let’s make dirty bombs, dirty missiles, and dirty bullets out of the depleted uranium, since we have lots of that, and it will permanently contaminate the air, water, soil, food, and blood in a region where we use these munitions.” It was a great weapon to kill, maim and disease lots of people.
So in 1942 they knew everything about depleted uranium but did not use it until 1973, during the oil crisis, when the U.S. government gave it to Israel and supervised them using it in the Yom Kippur war. I have met so many women in Berkeley, California, who lived in Israel (occupied Palestine) then in Kibbutzes, and they have an epidemic of breast cancer in their families now. Well, that was just the beginning.
The U.S. has contaminated 39 states with depleted uranium since 1945 from testing, manufacture, sales, storage and disposal of these weapons. The U.S. is in a massive epidemic of radiation related illnesses, which is increasing every year -- the U.S. government nuked its own people with atomic bomb testing, nuclear power plants, and now depleted uranium.
Not only are the Middle East and Central Asia contaminated forever with radioactive depleted uranium, which has a half-life of 4.5 billion years, but it has contaminated and mixed throughout the global atmosphere, causing a global epidemic of diabetes and other radiation related illnesses.
Depleted uranium is a radioactive nano-particle doomsday machine, which is not only causing diabetes all over the world, but it is invisibly increasing death rates, and decreasing birth rates globally -- that is called depopulation. The Queen of Britain and the Rockefellers (U.S.) own most of the uranium, and the City of London bankers control world uranium supplies and prices. Nice partnership, isn’t it? Through her mother (maiden name Roche), Princess Diana was actually a Rothschild (City of London bankers). Many people believe that Prince Charles married Diana for her Stuart bloodline, which made her more royal than Charles. But when Prince William becomes king, England will have a Rothschild on the throne… that is the bloodline wanted from Princess Diana.
Well, if you think about the thousands of tons of depleted uranium the U.S./UK have admitted using since 1991, that would be the same as releasing the radiation from at least 400,000 Nagasaki bombs into the atmosphere since 1991, ten times more than during atmospheric testing. Well, look at the increase in diabetes in Japan since 1991, which represents the global effect of depleted uranium pollution. (source: Vital Statistics of Japan 2004, Vol. 1, Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare, pp.202-3)
Then there are the effects to consider on the unborn babies. Consider the large increase in low birth weight babies in the U.S. since 1991, caused by the global depleted uranium pollution. This is happening all over the world. Unlike infant mortality, these babies survive but they are at much greater risk for health problems during their lives: diabetes, learning disabilities, obesity, heart defects, and they are never really strong and healthy. The babies may look normal on the outside, but the DNA is damaged both in the nucleus and in the mitochondria of the cell, as well as other damage we still don’t understand. Over future generations, the genetic damage will be expressed in unpredictable ways, and gradually the genome will degrade and decline in vigor. (source: U.S. government data, Centers for Disease Control {CDC})
The consequence of depleted uranium global pollution is damage to the genome of the entire planet which is being degraded and destroyed slowly over time -- for all living things. This is a demonic plan by the City of London and Wall Street banking establishments, and the new world order, the ‘globalists’ who want to depopulate the world by 2-4 billion people. They don’t call London the world capital of terrorism for no reason.
Depopulation, through a continuous global covert nuclear war, has been waged against citizens, paid for by citizens through taxation, privatized, and secretly implemented by the global ruling elite. From 62 years of depleted uranium wars alone, global public health has been devastated by large increases in death rates and chronic disease, and decreasing birth rates, both evident in the vital statistics of many countries since 1945. This is a global trend.
This is what Henry Kissinger said about it in 1974 in the National Security Council:
Dr. Henry Kissinger proposed in his memorandum to the NSC that ‘depopulation should be the highest priority of U.S. foreign policy towards the third world.’ He cited reasons of national security, and because the U.S. economy will require large and increasing amounts of minerals from abroad, especially from less developed countries… wherever a lessening of population can increase the prospects for such stability, population policy becomes relevant to resources, supplies and to the economic interests of the U.S. (“Implications of worldwide population growth for U.S. security & overseas interests”, National Security Memo 200, April 24, 1974)
According to an NSC spokesman at the time, the United States shared the view of former World Bank President Robert McNamara that the ‘population crisis’ is a greater threat to U.S. national security interests than ‘nuclear annihilation’. In 1975, Henry Kissinger established a policy-planning group in the U.S. State Department’s office of population affairs.
By 1979 depopulation was the top priority of U.S. national security policy, as outlined in the national security paper Global 2000 written by Rockefeller contractors Henry Kissinger, Z. Brzezinski, Gen. Alexander Haig, and Ed Muskie for President Carter.
So it is very clear that depleted uranium weaponry is being used for the purpose of depopulation in the Middle East, Central Asia, Lebanon, Yugoslavia… and these areas of course are rich in mineral resources that the Zionist Anglo-American economic empire wants to control.
The tiger economies (China, Japan, {South} Korea and India) are another serious economic threat -- so another nuclear war is being carried out against them with nuclear power plants forced on them by the U.S./UK war crimes racketeering syndicate (who own the uranium and the nuclear power industry). The Zionist Anglo-American banking establishment is an international permanent war economy, a war crimes racketeering syndicate, the most vicious and ruthless in the history of the world: once again, they are the greedy bankers of Wall Street and the City of London, and let’s include the British throne which will soon crown a Rothschild as king.
Q: What parts of the world have been poisoned by DU? Are there more regions at risk of contamination?
A: All of the world has been poisoned by the DU -- most of it since 1991. The health statistics from around the world clearly show the global impact. But even the oceans are being killed by the radiation, the baby fish die just like our babies. Or they are born weak and may not survive to become adult fish. This also happened during atmospheric testing. Between 1957 and 1963 the fishing catch in the North Atlantic declined by 50%, but recovered within a few years as soon as atmospheric testing ended, because of the partial test ban treaty which Russia, the UK and U.S. signed. However, the Pacific fishing catch declined 65% by 1970 and never recovered because some nuclear states continued testing. It is happening all over again since 1991 with the introduction of DU weaponry by the U.S. and the UK. In Japan, I learned that the fishing catch has declined 10% just in the past few years.
The DU is globally mixed in 1 year -- it is found in the ice record in Antarctica, Hawaii, the Alps, the Himalayas, and even in the Andes of South America. There is nowhere to hide or any way to escape.
Q: The U.S. soldiers who were sent to the Persian Gulf War were also poisoned by U.S. DU weapons. There are many reports of their devastating situation. Isn’t the U.S. government concerned about the lives of its own military personnel?
A: Here is a news story tonight on the Internet. It is the despair and anger expressed by a member of Congress from the San Francisco area where I live. Listen to his words on the floor of Congress speaking to Bush: “You have no money for health care for children… or for more war… You just like to blow things up.”
Here is a lawyer friend of mine, from the international law firm of Morrison and Foerster, who has filed a class action lawsuit against the Veterans Administration for Health Care for our very sick veterans… the medical disability rate is over 55% since 1991, when they started using depleted uranium weapons.
Our children are being turned into uranium meat as soon as they are sent to Iraq and Afghanistan. What about the poor people who live in those regions and have for thousands of years.
The leadership in the U.S., the Congress, the White House, and the Pentagon have been taken over by a shadow government -- that shadow from Wall Street and the City of London. The U.S. is bankrupt and is being carved up like a turkey by the globalists. Europe is too… the EU is just another region being dragged into slavery… like the U.S.-Canada-Mexico, which is now undergoing unification. I cannot believe this global nightmare being rolled out.
Our soldiers are just being sent to Iraq and Afghanistan and given a death sentence as soon as they arrive. Our national guard, to protect our states from being overtaken by our own military, is being destroyed to make this global takeover easier. Black youth in the ghettoes are refusing to join the military. They are saying, “It’s more dangerous in Iraq now than in the ghetto… We are staying home.”
Major Doug Rokke told me that gang members and juvenile delinquents coming back from their army service in Iraq are taking military trucks from bases here like at Fort Lewis, and going out into towns around the military bases and robbing banks. Then they go back into the ghettoes and kill the police… That’s what they learned in Iraq.
As Henry Kissinger famously said after Vietnam:
“Military men are just dumb stupid animals to be used as pawns in foreign policy.”
I think in reality the U.S. government has killed far more Americans, their own citizens, than they have killed in other countries. The CIA has cannibalized the U.S. just like it has eaten through the economies and killed the people of many other countries. The CIA is bringing the drugs from Afghanistan and South America into our communities. It’s a great way to fund elections and to make huge profits.
Over $850 billion a year in drug money in the U.S. is the CIA cash-flow through the U.S. economy. The U.S. economy would collapse without it.
Q: Are these soldiers receiving proper health care from the current U.S. administration?
A: Of course not. They are receiving a plane ride back to the U.S. and then they are dumped into their communities by the Pentagon and given no help, no medical care, nothing. I have them calling me up every day, they find my name on the Internet, and they are begging me to help them… they want to commit suicide, their wives are sick… this is a nightmare not only over in the Middle East and Central Asia, but here as well.
Our country is bankrupt -- morally, spiritually, and financially.
Q: Could you explain when and how your opposition to nuclear weapons began?
A: Well, I worked in two nuclear weapons labs, as a geoscientist cleaning up the mess at the labs. I did not know what nuclear weapons were until I went to Japan in 2000, invited to the Atomic and Hydrogen Bomb Conference as a plenary speaker. I was horrified when I saw the effects of atomic bombs on Hiroshima and Nagasaki. If Americans had seen the aftermath in 1945 of those horrific bombs, there never would have been a nuclear weapons program in the U.S. It was hidden from the public and still is. It is a brotherhood of death, the ultimate rejection of life… it is a huge lie.
When I stood in the peace museums of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, I realized that I had to spend the rest of my life working on the terrible issue of nuclear pollution.
I am a mother, I am a scientist, I am a woman and a giver of life; I cannot stand to see another mother and father with a sick child, a sick baby, a sick grandparent… the youngest and the oldest are the ones who suffer from radiation the most.
So here is what I am doing, a global campaign, a U.S. campaign to get DU bills for our soldiers in the state legislatures -- Congress is nonfunctional.
In Hawaii they call me the ‘enfant terrible’ of depleted uranium.
Well, if I am a naughty child for doing that, I am a very very very much more naughty scientist… and I am having lots of fun with my radiation wrecking ball… informing the public about what they should know about radiation and its impact on public health and the environment. Seriously, there really is no other choice.
Q: What are the human costs of depleted uranium?
A: We are facing a global mass extinction of 2-4 billion people, and a war against the genetic future of all species.
If the Bush Administration and the U.S. Navy are really stupid enough to bomb Iran with their (nuclear) friend Israel, well then they deserve what they get if they knock over that beehive. Iran is not Iraq… Iraq was a ‘cakewalk’ compared to what a mess they will have with Iran.
I want the people of Iran, Iraq, Lebanon, Yugoslavia, Afghanistan and the people of the world to know that I love and respect them. Americans are not bad people, I am not a bad person because I am American, it is our government that has hijacked and stolen our country and our soul from us.
But this nightmare they are creating is not over yet, and like Iraq, it will not turn out the way they think it is going to… Bush is not the only sociopath in power who likes to blow things up. Other countries may retaliate.
And there are many ways to punish the Zionist Anglo-American economic empire. Its future is fading. You never create wealth by destroying things
Kucinich says he will force House vote on Cheney impeachment
Nick Juliano Raw Story Saturday November 3, 2007
Rep. Dennis Kucinich (D-OH) announced he would move to force a vote next week on his resolution calling for the impeachment of Vice President Dick Cheney.
“The momentum is building for impeachment,” Kucinich said in a statement on his Web site. “Millions of citizens across the nation are demanding Congress rein in the Vice President’s abuse of power.
Kucinich said he plans to introduce a privileged resolution, which would have priority for a House floor vote, on Nov. 6. A vote on the measure would be required within two days.
Observers expect a motion to table Kucinich's resolution, which has 21 Democratic co-sponsors. It is almost certain that such a move to kill the resolution would be successful, but activists are urging members of Congress to support Kucinich's move.
"We need you to ask your representative to vote No on tabling, Yes on giving impeachment a chance," wrote David Swanson on the pro-impeachment Website AfterDowningStreet.org. "Those who vote Yes to table cannot use the excuse that 'We don't have the votes,' since others will at that same instant with exactly the same exertion be voting No. Please scroll down to contact Congress and the media right away!"
Democratic House Speaker Nancy Pelosi has long said that impeachment was "off the table" and Kucinich has had little success spurring legislative action on his resolutions, despite the growing number of lawmakers who have signed on as co-sponsors since it was introduced this spring.
Kucinich's full statement is reprinted below:
# Kucinich Will Introduce Privileged Resolution To Force Up Or Down Vote On Cheney Impeachment
WASHINGTON, D.C. (November 2, 2007) — Congressman Dennis Kucinich (D-OH) announced today that he will be offering a privileged resolution on the House floor next week that will bring articles of impeachment against the Vice President, Richard B. Cheney.
“The momentum is building for impeachment,” Kucinich said. “Millions of citizens across the nation are demanding Congress rein in the Vice President’s abuse of power.
“Despite this groundswell of opposition to the unconstitutional conduct of office, Vice President Cheney continues to violate the U.S. Constitution by insisting the power of the executive branch is supreme.
“Congress must hold the Vice President accountable. The American people need to let Members of Congress know how they feel about this. The Vice President continues to use his office to advocate for a continued occupation of Iraq and prod our nation into a belligerent stance against Iran. If the Vice President is successful, his actions will ensure decades of disastrous consequences.”
The privileged resolution has priority status for consideration on the House floor. Once introduced, the resolution has to be brought to the floor within two legislative days, although the House could act on it immediately. Kucinich is expected to bring it to the House floor on Tuesday, November 6.
H. Res. 333, Articles of Impeachment against the Vice President, has 21 cosponsors. They are: Rep. Tammy Baldwin (D-WI), Robert Brady (D-PA), Yvette Clarke (D-NY), Rep. William Lacy Clay (D-MO), Rep. Steve Cohen (D-TN), Rep. Keith Ellison (D-MN), Rep. Sam Farr (D-CA), Rep. Bob Filner (D-CA), Rep. Sheila Jackson-Lee (D-TX), Rep. Henry Johnson (D-GA), Rep. Carolyn Kilpatrick (D-MI), Rep. Barbara Lee (D-CA), Rep. Jim McDermott (D-WA), Rep. James Moran (D-VA), Rep. Donald Payne (D-NJ), Rep. Jan Schakowsky (D-IL), Rep. Edolphus Towns (D-NY), Rep. Maxine Waters (D-CA), Rep. Diane Watson (D-CA), Rep. Lynn Woolsey (D-CA) and Rep. Albert Wynn (D-MD).
Memos Prove Rumsfeld Directed Psychological Terror Campaign Hyping climate of fear, threat of violence to achieve political objectives is the very definition of terrorism
Prison Planet| November 2, 2007 Paul Joseph Watson
New Pentagon memos released by the Washington Post prove that ex-U.S. defense secretary Donald Rumsfeld directed a psychological campaign of terror in order to achieve political objectives, making Rumsfeld himself a terrorist according to the very definition of the term.
"Donald Rumsfeld, the former United States defence secretary, tried to maintain an atmosphere of fear in America as part of the Iraq war propaganda campaign, a series of leaked memos has shown," reports the London Telegraph .
In an April 2006 memo, Rumsfeld encouraged Pentagon officials to "Keep elevating the threat" and "Talk about Somalia, the Philippines etc. Make the American people realise they are surrounded in the world by violent extremists".
Rumsfeld also urged his staff to concoct "bumper sticker statements" (mindless clichés) in an attempt to garner continued support for the occupation of Iraq.
In the most telling e mail, the former defense secretary ordered the Pentagon to "link Iraq to Iran," heralding the birth of the now saturated propaganda talking point that Iran is fueling the violence in Iraq and helping to kill U.S. troops, despite the fact that British officials patrolling the Iran-Iraq border admit that there is "No concrete proof that Iran is supplying Iraq."
Rumsfeld's obsession with micro-managing every aspect of the propaganda offensive upon the American people led to him disseminating anything up to 60 "snowflakes" or memos every single day, much to the chagrin of Pentagon employees.
His insistence that an artificial climate of fear be maintained in America about the threat of new terror attacks in order to sell the unpopular war in Iraq are the smoking gun for criminal charges to be initiated.
By several of the very definitions of terrorism, Rumsfeld has provably engaged in terrorism, by hyping the threat of terror to achieve a political objective.
Definitions of terrorism
- A psychological strategy of war for gaining political ends by deliberately creating a well-founded climate of fear among the civilian population.
- The unlawful use or threatened use of force or violence against people or property to coerce or intimidate governments or societies .
- The systematic use of terror, the deliberate creation and exploitation of fear for bringing about political change .
- The use of - or threatened use of - criminal violence against civilians or civilian infrastructure to achieve political ends through fear and intimidation , rather than direct confrontation.
- The calculated use of violence (or threat of violence) against civilians in order to attain goals that are political or religious or ideological in nature; this is done through intimidation or coercion or instilling fear .
Under any of the definitions of terrorism listed above, Rumsfeld has demonstrably engaged in terror by artificially hyping the fear of new attacks as part of a strategy to achieve a political objective.
Police Batter Down Teenager's Door, Blow Off Dog's Head Without Warning
MEGAN GILLIS Ottawa Sun Monday October 29, 2007
A Vanier woman is claiming police brutality after tactical team officers with a warrant to search for drugs broke down her door Thursday, shot two of her dogs to death and terrified her teen daughters.
Joanne Charlebois said she was spending the evening packing for a move with the help of friends, and her daughters, aged 16 and 19, were studying with a pal, when men in helmets broke down the door of her McArthur Ave apartment.
Charlebois claims officers gave no warning before shooting the dogs, whom she says were gentle mutts who were running away in fear. They left bullet holes in the floor and a casing under the sofa.
"I heard bangs at the front door, they knocked the door in," a weeping Charlebois said. "I thought it was a joke for Halloween.
'THEY BLEW HER HEAD OFF'
"Then click, boom, boom. My dog (Daisy) was in the air, her legs shaking. Then my dog Maxine came running to me and they blew her head off right next to me.
"They came in and terrorized my household. They killed our dogs ... I'm traumatized, my daughters are traumatized."
The officers kept asking where the cocaine and guns were hidden and tore the place apart.
Charlebois says she had small quantities of pot and cocaine for personal use but showed documents indicating she faces three counts of possession for the purpose of trafficking and one count of possessing of the proceeds of crime.
Ottawa Police, who didn't tell the media about the raid, could not confirm what was found or what charges were laid.
Staff-Sgt. David Veinotte said officers arrested eight people.
"They were confronted by pit bull mixes inside the premises," Veinotte said.
A spokeswoman for the Ottawa Humane Society says the two dead dogs delivered to them by the police were pitbull or mastiff types and weighed about 85 lbs. each.
The shooting is under investigation by the professional standards section, which is normal procedure.
ALWAYS TWO SIDES
"There are always two sides to every story," Veinotte said of the incident.
Martina Charlebois, 19, says she was cuffed and thrown down as she reached for her dead pets to comfort them.
"They dragged me through the blood, " she said.
"He had his foot to the back of my head and a gun to my head. I just wanted to touch them."
The teen spent the night in jail, where she was strip-searched, before being released with her mother. Martina, who wasn't charged, said she hasn't been able to eat or sleep since.
"This is what they did to my family," Charlebois said, clutching photos of her dogs' bloodied bodies. "What they did is wrong."
White House Blocked Waterboarding Critic
JAN CRAWFORD GREENBURG and ARIANE de VOGUE ABC Saturday November 3, 2007
A senior Justice Department official, charged with reworking the administration's legal position on torture in 2004 became so concerned about the controversial interrogation technique of waterboarding that he decided to experience it firsthand, sources told ABC News.
Daniel Levin, then acting assistant attorney general, went to a military base near Washington and underwent the procedure to inform his analysis of different interrogation techniques.
After the experience, Levin told White House officials that even though he knew he wouldn't die, he found the experience terrifying and thought that it clearly simulated drowning.
Levin, who refused to comment for this story, concluded waterboarding could be illegal torture unless performed in a highly limited way and with close supervision. And, sources told ABC News, he believed the Bush Administration had failed to offer clear guidelines for its use.
Bush Administration Blocked Critic The administration at the time was reeling from an August 2002 memo by Jay Bybee, then the head of the Office of Legal Counsel, which laid out possible justifications for torture. In June 2004, Levin's predecessor at the office, Jack Goldsmith, officially withdrew the Bybee memo, finding it deeply flawed.
When Levin took over from Goldsmith, he went to work on a memo that would effectively replace the Bybee memo as the administration's legal position on torture. It was during this time that he underwent waterboarding.
In December 2004, Levin released the new memo. He said, "Torture is abhorrent" but he went on to say in a footnote that the memo was not declaring the administration's previous opinions illegal. The White House, with Alberto Gonzales as the White House counsel, insisted that this footnote be included in the memo.
But Levin never finished a second memo imposing tighter controls on the specific interrogation techniques. Sources said he was forced out of the Justice Department when Gonzales became attorney general.
Critics Decry Waterboarding as Torture Critics say waterboarding should never be used.
According to retired Rear Adm. John Hutson, "There is no question this is torture -- this is a technique by which an individual is strapped to a board, elevated by his feet and either dunked into water or water poured over his face over a towel or a blanket."
The legal justification of waterboarding has come to the forefront in the debate swirling around Michael B. Mukasey's nomination for attorney general.
While Democrats are pressing him to declare waterboarding illegal, he has refused to do so. He calls it personally "repugnant," but he is unwilling to declare it illegal until he can see the classified information regarding the technique and its current use.
The mystery of the missing $2.9 trillion
David R. Francis CS Monitor Monday October 29, 2007
Like most people, economists love a mystery – especially if it involves not a missing person but a missing $2.9 trillion in United States debt.
That's $2.9 with 11 zeros after it.
Some words of explanation: Every quarter the Department of Commerce comes up with the US "International Investment Position." At the end of 2006, for instance, the US had a net negative position – by this measurement of international assets and liabilities – of $2.6 trillion. In other words, the country is by far the world's biggest debtor nation.
A quarter century ago, the US was the world's largest creditor nation.
The economists at Commerce count American-owned private assets in foreign nations (plants, equipment, retail outfits, property, corporate stocks and bonds, etc.), US official international reserves (gold, special drawing rights, foreign currencies), and other US assets abroad. The measurements get complicated. Then these economists count what foreigners own of American assets, looking at the same list of assets.
Subtracting the value of American international assets from what foreigners own of American assets, they come up with how much Americans are in debt to other nations and their peoples.
But if you look at the current account of the US balance of payments, which measures primarily the balance of trade, and also flows of interest and dividends, foreign aid, and other international transfers, the US should be far deeper in hock – $2.9 trillion more over the years from 1990 through 2006 than the official $2.6 trillion. Every month, the Commerce Department has reported huge deficits in trade and the broader current account. These deficits have to be financed somehow by foreigners, and so the US should be piling up its international debts in grand style.
Last year the US international deficit was running at a level equivalent to 6.5 percent of our gross domestic product, the nation's total output of goods and services. In a sense, Americans were living 6.5 percent better than they would if they weren't putting on the national tab, in effect, so many toys, shirts, computers, etc.
"Why aren't we more indebted?" asks Barry Bosworth, an economist at the Brookings Institution in Washington.
One related mystery is that American investments in foreign nations earn a much higher rate of return than do the investments by foreigners in the US.
"Why?" asks Mr. Bosworth in a working paper written with Susan Collins of the Gerald Ford School of Public Policy in Ann Arbor, Mich., and a graduate student, Gabriel Chodorow-Reich.
One-third of the gap in the return on investments can be attributed to US corporations reporting "extra" income in low tax jurisdictions of their foreign affiliates, the National Bureau of Economic Research paper finds. For example, Microsoft sells its software in foreign countries from an affiliate in Ireland – after making some changes in the software, says Bosworth. There, it pays only a 10 percent tax on its corporate profits, rather than the 38 percent corporate rate in the US. Other US firms set up affiliates in such tax havens as Barbados, the Bahamas, and Bermuda.
US firms are "quite aggressive" in taking advantage of such tax havens, notes Bosworth. It probably means that these companies avoid billions of dollars in taxes that otherwise would go to Uncle Sam. It also distorts the official balance-of-payments figures. "The data are very bad," says Bosworth.
Another economist intrigued by this international investment mystery is Pierre-Olivier Gourinchas of the University of California, Berkeley. He finds that the reason the US is earning so much more on its foreign assets than it is paying on its foreign liabilities is partly because US investors often take more risk and thus get a higher return. The American money goes into foreign direct investment (plant and equipment, etc.) and into foreign stock, for example. Many foreigners, especially central banks, tend to be more cautious in choosing American investments. They buy ultrasafe US Treasuries or relatively safe bonds issued by US corporations, for instance. "The US offers nice, liquid, safe investments," says Professor Gourinchas. The risk of default can be low.
The US is an entrepôt, says Jane D'Arista, of the Financial Markets Center, Philomont, Va. That is, it takes in savings from the world at relatively low cost and invests some of that money abroad at a higher return.
There's more to the mystery than that, however. One advantage for the US is that the dollar is the primary currency used in international reserves of other nations and for invoicing international trade and investment, such as for oil and other commodities.
So when the dollar loses value, foreign holders of dollar assets lose on their dollar investments. Almost all US foreign liabilities are in dollars and about 70 percent of US foreign assets are in foreign currencies.In what Gourinchas calls an "eye-catching, back-of-the-envelope calculation," a 10 percent depreciation of the dollar represents a transfer of 5.3 percent of US GDP from the rest of the world to the US. America's GDP is currently $13.7 trillion, and the dollar is down 20.6 percent since 2002. So foreigners have – in effect – given the US about $1.3 trillion.
It's not really that simple, emphasizes Gourinchas. Nonetheless, the US has had a free lunch.
Rogue Government October 28, 2007
Richard Haass the President of the Council on Foreign Relations and Bilderberg luminary was recently interviewed by Katie Couric on the situation with Iran. During the interview, Haass predicted that the crisis over Iran’s nuclear program could come to a head within the next few months and that war with Iran would result in oil prices rising to $200 a barrel. Haass also made it clear that sanctions would not be effective in changing Iran’s stance on their nuclear program and that there was a real possibility of a U.S. military strike on Iran using aircraft and cruise missiles. When Couric specifically asked Haass if he thought we would see a war with Iran, he responded.
“I don’t think we are talking about invasion, the U.S. doesn’t have ground troops. There could be a military strike using aircraft and cruise missiles, but if you ask me over the next year or two years can I imagine the U.S. and Iran moving to conflict? The short answer is yes. Is it definite? Obviously not, but is it a real possibility; for sure.”
Haass also mentioned in the interview that war with Iran would result in the oil price reaching $200 a barrel. This specific prediction from Haass is interesting considering reports from previous Bilderberg meetings that the global elite have been seeking an increase in oil prices as part of an effort to further squeeze the U.S. middle class.
A $200 oil price is certainly not out of the realm of possibility considering oil recently eclipsed the $90 a barrel mark. The rising oil price has thus far been primarily due to a combination of geopolitical tensions in the Middle East along with the falling value of the U.S. Dollar. In addition, the Federal Reserve is widely expected to cut interest rates again which would send the price of oil even higher and the value of the U.S. Dollar even lower. Any military attack on Iran would certainly send oil prices much higher with the possibility of other countries with close ties to Iran like Venezuela cutting off oil sales in retaliation.
It is clear that the global elite are seriously considering military action against Iran as part of their goal to further their agenda for one world government. The major media networks have been out in full force spreading all sorts of propaganda in an effort to convince the masses that we need an invasion of Iran. The propaganda fails to mention that any invasion of Iran could have a devastating effect on the U.S. economy with the potential of skyrocketing gasoline prices. Hopefully, they’ll come to their senses and put a halt to any plans for a military strike against Iran. With countries like Pakistan and North Korea holding a nuclear arsenal, it doesn’t make any logical sense to go after a country like Iran that doesn’t even have a nuclear weapon. The only rationale for an invasion of Iran is raw imperialism, and unfortunately that’s what we are seeing unfold.
World's biggest bank in crisis meeting
Damian Reece and Robert Winnett London Telegraph Saturday November 3, 2007
Fears of more turmoil hitting global stock markets grew last night after it emerged that Citigroup, the world’s biggest bank, has called an emergency board meeting for this weekend amid fears of escalating bad debts.
Citigroup is seen as a bellwether for the health of the financial system but has been rocked in recent days over concerns that its exposure to America’s sub-prime mortgage crisis is bigger than previously thought. News of the board meeting came after the US stock market closed so investors could not react immediately.
The emergency at Citigroup follows the run on the British bank Northern Rock which fell victim to the global credit crunch in September.
Just over a week ago, the Bank of England warned that the crunch was far from over and that the UK stock market was "particularly vulnerable" to a downturn.
Citigroup, which globally has more than a billion customers, has operated in the UK since 1902 and employs more than 12,000 people here.
As well as banking, in the UK it also provides a range of commercial investment services to corporate, financial institutions and public sector clients.
There were concerns in New York that the Citigroup board meeting had been called to discuss the possibility of the bank writing off an increasing amount of bad debt. This could seriously hit its profits.
Citigroup’s shares have already slumped 25 per cent over the past three weeks after the bank wrote off $5·9?billion (£2·8?billion) worth of bad debts.
Much of this originally arose in the US sub-prime mortgage market, which is currently in crisis as a large number of borrowers with poor credit histories have defaulted on their repayments.
Charles Prince, Citigroup’s chairman and chief executive, has come under mounting scrutiny over the bank’s performance and will come under pressure to resign if the bank is forced to write off more bad debt.
It follows the resignation on Wednesday of Stan O'Neal, chairman and chief executive of Merrill Lynch, after the investment bank wrote-down $7.9bn in sub-prime exposure in the third quarter.
Markets will be concerned that Citigroup’s growing problems will spread into the economy at large as it, and other large banks, curtail lending which could prompt a slowdown in activity.
British banks are also under pressure and the three leading institutions have seen their share price value plunge by almost £14? billion I two days.
Barclays’ market value has dropped by a total of 11 per cent amid rumours that it had approached the Bank of England for an emergency loan.
Royal Bank of Scotland shares fell by eight per cent over the two days while those of HSBC, Britain’s biggest bank, dropped 4·7 per cent.
Against this fevered background, it emerged that Gordon Brown risks sidelining his Chancellor, Alistair Darling, by using his former Treasury "fixer" to help resolve key financial issues.
Shriti Vadera, a former adviser to Mr Brown who was ennobled in the summer, was allegedly involved in discussions with Lloyds TSB about a rescue deal for crisis-hit Northern Rock, The Daily Telegraph has learned.
Baroness Vadera, now international development minister, is also said to be involved in discussions to water down Mr Darling’s proposals for reforming capital gains tax.
Lady Vadera was infamously involved in the government’s disastrous renationalisation of Railtrack in 2001.
There is said to be a history of antagonism between her and Mr Darling. George Osborne, the shadow chancellor said last night: "If these revelations are true, then it seriously undermines Alistair Darling’s credibility.
"If the Prime Minister does not trust his own Chancellor to run the economy in a crisis, why should the country trust him?"
It also emerged that Northern Rock has borrowed £23?billion from the Bank of England, equivalent to about £1,000 for every British family, after no rescue emerged.
Lord Oakeshott, the Liberal Democrat Treasury spokesman and a City fund manager, said: "Alarm bells are ringing. Until the Government clears the failed board of management out and allows accountants to go through the books there must be very serious concerns."
Before the Northern Rock crisis became public, it is understood that the Government held talks with Eric Daniels, the chief executive of Lloyds TSB, about a possible takeover.
Lloyds TSB is being advised by UBS, the investment bank in which Lady Vadera was a senior executive before joining the Treasury.
Lloyds TSB is chaired by Sir Victor Blank, the former head of Trinity Mirror newspapers who is regarded as a close friend of Gordon Brown.
Lord Leitch, a Labour peer who has carried out several government reviews for Mr Brown, is also on the board.
One well-placed source said: "It was thought rather odd that a junior minister in another department was dealing with the worst banking crisis in a generation rather than the Chancellor."
Another banking source said: "I am told there is a lot of frustration at Number 10 and among senior civil servants with the Treasury and the way it is letting the Northern Rock situation drift. Nick Macpherson [the permanent secretary at the Treasury] is under particular pressure."
The Tories have asked parliamentary questions demanding that the Government reveal details about Lady Vadera’s involvement.
Shahid Malik, her boss at the Department for International Development has blocked their requests saying: "Ministers and senior officials meet a range of individuals and organisations to discuss policy and delivery issues. As was the case with the previous administration, the Government does not provide details of all such meetings."
Lloyds TSB declined to comment but a Treasury spokesman said: "No information on any proposed sale of Northern Rock has been provided to Baroness Vadera, nor have there been any meetings whatsoever between the Treasury and Baroness Vadera to discuss Northern Rock.
"Furthermore, it is incorrect to suggest that Baroness Vadera has held talks with Lloyds TSB, UBS or anyone else in the City on a potential takeover of Northern Rock. Tax policy is a matter for the Chancellor and decisions are made as part of the Budget process. Shriti Vadera has not been involved in discussions on capital gains tax."
Lady Vadera, nicknamed Shrieky within Whitehall, was reportedly blocked by Sir Gus O’Donnell, the head of the civil service, from taking a position at Downing Street when Mr Brown became Prime Minister.
However, she remains a central figure in Mr Brown’s inner circle and was one of his few trusted advisers at the Treasury. Whitehall sources said that she remains a significant player in Downing Street.
A New American Consensus to Meet Foreign Policy Challenges
Hillary Clinton @ Council On Foreign Relations
Watch Here
FAIR USE NOTICE: This site may contain copyrighted material, the use of which may not always have been specifically Authorized by the copyright owner. Such material is made available for educational purposes, and as such this constitutes 'fair use' of any such copyrighted material as provided for in section 107 of the US Copyright Act. In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, the material on this site is available without profit to those who have expressed an interest in the included information for research and educational purposes.
=============================================================================
